Leanne Sherred

54. Online Speech Therapy Business: Meet expressable.io founder Leanne Sherred, CCC-SLP

Kyle White

53. The Perfect Student Interview: Meet Kyle White

With the onset of COVID-19, I talk about making changes in your your Speech Therapy Private Practice. With sudden change comes anxiety, but in this episode, I look back at other events in my life that gave me the abilities to make good solid changes in our business so that patients can get their treatments and employees can receive a paycheck during these difficult times. Resources for Small Businesses: The Small Business Owner’s Guide to the CARES Act In this episode: 02:15 – Space for Perfect Student 02:45 – Change happens 05:30 – Adapt and Change 08:30 – Teletherapy 09:48 – Shutting doors to take care of family and staff 11:10 – Change comes with opportunity DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION I remember I was on a business trip in Vegas about four weeks ago, and we were talking amongst ourselves, some other big clinic owners and we were talking about the same thing, we’re hearing on the news about this Coronavirus. And I said, I started thinking about that Teletherapy thing and I said, we got to get ready for this. We need to go to our pandemic plans and get this thing moving. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 52. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a Speech Pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show, everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions. And as of today. Today’s Friday, March 27th, 2020. We have well over 64,836 listeners to the show. And I’m super glad you guys are out there and getting good, valuable information. You know me, I said every single podcast value is what you get in the absence of money and these podcasts are free for you. So if you wouldn’t mind, just please go to your Android or iTunes platform of your choice and leave some good 5-Star feedback. That way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you are receiving right here today. And I’d like to welcome those around the world who are listening to the podcast. We’ve got Australia, Japan, India, Canada, the U.K., Germany, South Africa and the Republic of South Korea just to name a few countries. So those are popping up on the list right now. So it’s just really nice to have you guys out there. And if you have any questions, you can also just reach out to me at privateslp.com. I wanted to let you guys know that we still have space for the perfect student. And if you want some one on one coaching with me, you can also get that head privateslp.com/coaching. And for those of you who are starting out and you are working with insurance companies, if you need some help with your billing or credentialing, you can always just go to privateslp.com/billing and I can help you there. Well, today is one of those topics that we all need to talk about. It’s really the 800 pound gorilla in the room, right? It’s called change. And change is something that happens whether we like it or not. And, with this whole coronavirus thing, I mean, I was forced to change, 47 employees, 48 employees, and we had to move thousands of patients over to a new platform and we had to do it quickly. And so I wanted to talk to you about that today. I just got off of a live webinar with our all access community members. And we were speaking about the same thing that I’m talking to you about here right now. And that’s just really how to adapt to an online platform so we can continue to help those that we serve, with speech or occupational or physical therapy or even a B.A. therapy. So, I get many calls from around the United States, e-mails, communications about people starting, different kinds of clinics. And so, we just have to get used to that change. And it’s just really a crazy time in the world right now. And it’s everybody. But it really got me thinking about when I was a kid. I remember I was in a Middle-Class home. And my mom and my dad were hardworking people. And my dad was a plumber. This was back in the 80s. For those of you who are old enough to remember the savings and loan bust back in the 80s. And that’s when pretty much interest rates went sky high. And values of properties went low. And my dad was a plumber. And I remember at that time, he had about 100 employees and he was worried. And I just remember I didn’t know what was going on, but I know that it wasn’t good. I remember my dad. He had some land down the way and he built a couple of duplexes. And I remember he couldn’t sell our house. I just remember that Century 21 real estate sign was just in our yard for the longest time. I remember asking my mom, why isn’t the house selling? And she gave me some answer, but I really didn’t understand it. But I remember my mom and my dad. And now we moved out of that house and we moved down to one of our duplexes. And so, looking back, I saw that what my dad was doing is, he was consolidating and kind of, riding out that storm at that time so other people would pay rent and he could use that money to pay the mortgage. So, that’s one of the things my dad did. But, I just remember that and how we had to adapt and change. You know, we had a Middle-Class lifestyle. We used to take trips, used to go out to eat. And I remember for the most part, all of that stopped and then I remember I had to go to work. I remember my dad and I’ve spoken about this on some of my earlier podcast. I had to go to work on my dad’s plumbing trucks and I had to wash cars and run gasline and dig ditches. But I really understood the value of money. And then fast forward to, the early 2000s and I just moved back from New Zealand and got back into New Orleans. And then, a few months later, here it goes, Hurricane Katrina. And I just remember going through that natural disaster. I lost my job overnight. Yet I had no income. But I did have about eight to ten thousand dollars in the bank. I do remember that. And I remember just all the devastation, all the doom and gloom. I had a hospital pass because I worked at a major hospital, Ochsner Hospital in New Orleans. And I remember I was able to come back a little bit early. My buddy Bobby was in the National Guard, so I got back into the city earlier than most. And I just remember seeing all the flooding. And there’s a Web page that I put up on privateslp.com. If you want to see some of those images, just the destruction that I saw. And it really did something to me. It changed me just like that event that changed me when I was a kid in the 80s. This event changed me in the early 2000s, Hurricane Katrina. And I remember, I had a couple duplexes at the time and I was living on top and renting the bottom out and that was paying for that mortgage. And then down the street, I had another couple, two bedrooms, one bath place, and that was paying for their mortgage. And all of a sudden, after one day there were no more tenants. And that students at Tulane, they were gone. And the students said all the major universities, the whole place to shut down overnight. And I remember getting back to my house and it was just gross. It was a lot of water. And I remember walking my roofs and I needed a couple roofs and called my friend. He was a contractor. And I said, hey, can you hook me up with a couple roofs? And he says, yeah, I do two roofs for it’s going to be about fifty five hundred cash on. Said you got a deal. Next day, I had two new roofs on my house and I remember right then and there I learned this lesson again. My neighbor comes over, he says hey wait insurance company do you use. And I said, oh, that’s the Bank of Kyle. I just pay cash. He goes, Really? I said, Yeah, I don’t have time to wait for insurance companies. I mean, why would you do that? Because when you need to get things done, you got to move quickly. You got to get it done and get it done fast. So I made that phone call and I had two new roofs that next day the roofs were on my house. The top of my house, put a new roof on, so I was grateful I had that money saved up. And here it is the Coronavirus. We got 48 employees, we see about thirty eight hundred patients a month. And then all of a sudden, boom, I remember I was on a business trip in Vegas about four weeks ago. And we were talking amongst ourselves, some other big clinic owners. And we were talking about the same thing, we’re hearing on the news about this Coronavirus. And I said, I started thinking about that Teletherapy thing and I said, we got to get ready for this. We need to go to our pandemic plans and get this thing, move in. And so we got into action. And a couple of weeks ago before all this hit, on our terms. And, because I was seeing all these states being closed down and people, stuck at home and couldn’t leave their house and in quarantine and stuck at home and people were dying at hospitals, this is really getting bad. And so I said, on our terms, let’s get a plan for this. Let’s go and get online and get an online platform and let’s go ahead and start talking to our families and patients and staff and getting them ready, because again, I want to do this on my terms. So that’s what we started doing. I’ve got some wonderful staff here who helped me get this done. And I mean, really worked hard to get all this coordinated. And we got it done. We communicate with staff and family members. And I remember this past Monday, I just decided to shut the doors because really, look, this is not about money and greed. And, I still see businesses open right now who are still seeing patients one on one. And look, I’m not judging. I’m just saying for me and only me speaking for myself. I want to take care of my families, my staff and things that I’m directly in control of. So that’s what I did. I chose to shut my business and have everybody work from home. And I promised everybody I said, I’m going to pay your insurance. I’m going to pay for your dental, your vision. I’m in a match your 401K and you may not get 100 percent of what you normally make, but you might get about 60 to 75 percent. And that’s what I did. We made some changes in watching our payroll and watching our expenses right now. But I promised everybody you. Will have a place to comeback, too, to continue to work. And as a leader, as a boss, as an owner, as a clinic owner, it’s my job to make sure that we all have, during this moment of crisis. So that’s really what I wanted to talk to you guys about today. And, if you’re one of our all access community members, you know how I am. You’ve got direct access to me to bounce all these ideas off of the same thing you’re going through. You can talk to me. We have that private coaching thread where you can work with me one on one. Nobody else will see it or read your comments. But we also have the community of people who are working hand in hand to get through this crisis. So that’s what I wanted to talk to you guys today about it. It’s about change. And with change comes opportunity. And it’s an opportunity to improve and grow and just get better because it forces you to do things you really wouldn’t do. I get comfortable over time and I’m always used to doing this. And I drive the same way to work and I eat the same foods and I wear the same clothes. People who know me have always got a white Costco t-shirt on, and vans or whatever. I just do the same thing over and over. But boy, when this change happens, it’s always good to have a plan. So I’d like to know what you guys are doing to manage, the Coronavirus crisis around the United States. If you’ve got a clinic or you’re in private practice, comment below this posting and let me know what you’re doing to take care of yourself and your family and your patients. So I hope this has been helpful for you. And if you have any questions, you can always reach out to me at privateslp.com. And thank you for listening. The post 52. Managing Change in Your Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

With the onset of COVID-19, I talk about making changes in your your Speech Therapy Private Practice. With sudden change comes anxiety, but in this episode, I look back at other events in my life that gave me the abilities to make good solid changes in our business so that patients can get their treatments and employees can receive a paycheck during these difficult times. Resources for Small Businesses: <a href="http://slplist.com/2e" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">The Small Business Owner’s Guide to the CARES Act</a> In this episode: 02:15 – Space for Perfect Student 02:45 – Change happens 05:30 – Adapt and Change 08:30 – Teletherapy 09:48 – Shutting doors to take care of family and staff 11:10 – Change comes with opportunity DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION I remember I was on a business trip in Vegas about four weeks ago, and we were talking amongst ourselves, some other big clinic owners and we were talking about the same thing, we’re hearing on the news about this Coronavirus. And I said, I started thinking about that Teletherapy thing and I said, we got to get ready for this. We need to go to our pandemic plans and get this thing moving. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 52. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a Speech Pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show, everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions. And as of today. Today’s Friday, March 27th, 2020. We have well over 64,836 listeners to the show. And I’m super glad you guys are out there and getting good, valuable information. You know me, I said every single podcast value is what you get in the absence of money and these podcasts are free for you. So if you wouldn’t mind, just please go to your Android or iTunes platform of your choice and leave some good 5-Star feedback. That way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you are receiving right here today. And I’d like to welcome those around the world who are listening to the podcast. We’ve got Australia, Japan, India, Canada, the U.K., Germany, South Africa and the Republic of South Korea just to name a few countries. So those are popping up on the list right now. So it’s just really nice to have you guys out there. And if you have any questions, you can also just reach out to me at <a href="https://privateslp.com/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com</a>. I wanted to let you guys know that we still have space for the perfect student. And if you want some one on one coaching with me, you can also get that head <a href="https://privateslp.com/coaching/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/coaching</a>. And for those of you who are starting out and you are working with insurance companies, if you need some help with your billing or credentialing, you can always just go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/billing/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/billing</a> and I can help you there. Well, today is one of those topics that we all need to talk about. It’s really the 800 pound gorilla in the room, right? It’s called change. And change is something that happens whether we like it or not. And, with this whole coronavirus thing, I mean, I was forced to change, 47 employees, 48 employees, and we had to move thousands of patients over to a new platform and we had to do it quickly. And so I wanted to talk to you about that today. I just got off of a live webinar with our all access community members. And we were speaking about the same thing that I’m talking to you about here right now. And that’s just really how to adapt to an online platform so we can continue to help those that we serve, with speech or occupational or physical therapy or even a B.A. therapy. So, I get many calls from around the United States, e-mails, communications about people starting, different kinds of clinics. And so, we just have to get used to that change. And it’s just really a crazy time in the world right now. And it’s everybody. But it really got me thinking about when I was a kid. I remember I was in a Middle-Class home. And my mom and my dad were hardworking people. And my dad was a plumber. This was back in the 80s. For those of you who are old enough to remember the savings and loan bust back in the 80s. And that’s when pretty much interest rates went sky high. And values of properties went low. And my dad was a plumber. And I remember at that time, he had about 100 employees and he was worried. And I just remember I didn’t know what was going on, but I know that it wasn’t good. I remember my dad. He had some land down the way and he built a couple of duplexes. And I remember he couldn’t sell our house. I just remember that Century 21 real estate sign was just in our yard for the longest time. I remember asking my mom, why isn’t the house selling? And she gave me some answer, but I really didn’t understand it. But I remember my mom and my dad. And now we moved out of that house and we moved down to one of our duplexes. And so, looking back, I saw that what my dad was doing is, he was consolidating and kind of, riding out that storm at that time so other people would pay rent and he could use that money to pay the mortgage. So, that’s one of the things my dad did. But, I just remember that and how we had to adapt and change. You know, we had a Middle-Class lifestyle. We used to take trips, used to go out to eat. And I remember for the most part, all of that stopped and then I remember I had to go to work. I remember my dad and I’ve spoken about this on some of my earlier podcast. I had to go to work on my dad’s plumbing trucks and I had to wash cars and run gasline and dig ditches. But I really understood the value of money. And then fast forward to, the early 2000s and I just moved back from New Zealand and got back into New Orleans. And then, a few months later, here it goes, Hurricane Katrina. And I just remember going through that natural disaster. I lost my job overnight. Yet I had no income. But I did have about eight to ten thousand dollars in the bank. I do remember that. And I remember just all the devastation, all the doom and gloom. I had a hospital pass because I worked at a major hospital, Ochsner Hospital in New Orleans. And I remember I was able to come back a little bit early. My buddy Bobby was in the National Guard, so I got back into the city earlier than most. And I just remember seeing all the flooding. And there’s a Web page that I put up on <a href="https://privateslp.com/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com</a>. If you want to see some of those images, just the destruction that I saw. And it really did something to me. It changed me just like that event that changed me when I was a kid in the 80s. This event changed me in the early 2000s, Hurricane Katrina. And I remember, I had a couple duplexes at the time and I was living on top and renting the bottom out and that was paying for that mortgage. And then down the street, I had another couple, two bedrooms, one bath place, and that was paying for their mortgage. And all of a sudden, after one day there were no more tenants. And that students at Tulane, they were gone. And the students said all the major universities, the whole place to shut down overnight. And I remember getting back to my house and it was just gross. It was a lot of water. And I remember walking my roofs and I needed a couple roofs and called my friend. He was a contractor. And I said, hey, can you hook me up with a couple roofs? And he says, yeah, I do two roofs for it’s going to be about fifty five hundred cash on. Said you got a deal. Next day, I had two new roofs on my house and I remember right then and there I learned this lesson again. My neighbor comes over, he says hey wait insurance company do you use. And I said, oh, that’s the Bank of Kyle. I just pay cash. He goes, Really? I said, Yeah, I don’t have time to wait for insurance companies. I mean, why would you do that? Because when you need to get things done, you got to move quickly. You got to get it done and get it done fast. So I made that phone call and I had two new roofs that next day the roofs were on my house. The top of my house, put a new roof on, so I was grateful I had that money saved up. And here it is the Coronavirus. We got 48 employees, we see about thirty eight hundred patients a month. And then all of a sudden, boom, I remember I was on a business trip in Vegas about four weeks ago. And we were talking amongst ourselves, some other big clinic owners. And we were talking about the same thing, we’re hearing on the news about this Coronavirus. And I said, I started thinking about that Teletherapy thing and I said, we got to get ready for this. We need to go to our pandemic plans and get this thing, move in. And so we got into action. And a couple of weeks ago before all this hit, on our terms. And, because I was seeing all these states being closed down and people, stuck at home and couldn’t leave their house and in quarantine and stuck at home and people were dying at hospitals, this is really getting bad. And so I said, on our terms, let’s get a plan for this. Let’s go and get online and get an online platform and let’s go ahead and start talking to our families and patients and staff and getting them ready, because again, I want to do this on my terms. So that’s what we started doing. I’ve got some wonderful staff here who helped me get this done. And I mean, really worked hard to get all this coordinated. And we got it done. We communicate with staff and family members. And I remember this past Monday, I just decided to shut the doors because really, look, this is not about money and greed. And, I still see businesses open right now who are still seeing patients one on one. And look, I’m not judging. I’m just saying for me and only me speaking for myself. I want to take care of my families, my staff and things that I’m directly in control of. So that’s what I did. I chose to shut my business and have everybody work from home. And I promised everybody I said, I’m going to pay your insurance. I’m going to pay for your dental, your vision. I’m in a match your 401K and you may not get 100 percent of what you normally make, but you might get about 60 to 75 percent. And that’s what I did. We made some changes in watching our payroll and watching our expenses right now. But I promised everybody you. Will have a place to comeback, too, to continue to work. And as a leader, as a boss, as an owner, as a clinic owner, it’s my job to make sure that we all have, during this moment of crisis. So that’s really what I wanted to talk to you guys about today. And, if you’re one of our all access community members, you know how I am. You’ve got direct access to me to bounce all these ideas off of the same thing you’re going through. You can talk to me. We have that private coaching thread where you can work with me one on one. Nobody else will see it or read your comments. But we also have the community of people who are working hand in hand to get through this crisis. So that’s what I wanted to talk to you guys today about it. It’s about change. And with change comes opportunity. And it’s an opportunity to improve and grow and just get better because it forces you to do things you really wouldn’t do. I get comfortable over time and I’m always used to doing this. And I drive the same way to work and I eat the same foods and I wear the same clothes. People who know me have always got a white Costco t-shirt on, and vans or whatever. I just do the same thing over and over. But boy, when this change happens, it’s always good to have a plan. So I’d like to know what you guys are doing to manage, the Coronavirus crisis around the United States. If you’ve got a clinic or you’re in private practice, comment below this posting and let me know what you’re doing to take care of yourself and your family and your patients. So I hope this has been helpful for you. And if you have any questions, you can always reach out to me at <a href="https://privateslp.com/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com</a>. And thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/52-managing-change-in-your-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">52. Managing Change in Your Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

52. Managing Change in Your Speech Therapy Private Practice

2019 has been a great year for PrivateSLP, the Speech Therapy Private Practice Startup Podcast and Kyle’s clinics, Therapy Group of Tucson! When starting, growing or scaling a real speech therapy private practice, one of the benefits of learning from an active clinic owner with multiple disciplines and locations is gaining real-life experience and expertise so that you can avoid the pitfalls and mistakes that Kyle has made already.   If you’re going to learn, then learn from someone who is actively managing thousands of visits and multiple locations. In this episode, I review 2019 and list our highlights and celebrate our overall growth while giving you an idea of what to expect if you start and grow your own clinic. Also, the time to join my PrivateSLP All Access Community is right now before the price increases on January 1, 2020. In this episode: 01:12 – 59769 + listeners 01:48 – Welcome to Julie Griffith, SLP to the AAC 05:38 – Making Changes 06:30 – Insanity defined 07:05 – Second location 07:35 – Speech Therapy numbers 07:48 – Employees and benefits DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION If you sit around and talk about it on Facebook or sit there and watching YouTube videos and kind of dreaming about it, you’re going to get what you’ve always got. Nothing, no change, whatsoever, you can sit there and absorb information till the cows come home. But if you don’t get off of it and change and do something get into action nothing’s going to change. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 51. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a Speech Pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions, and as of today, today’s Friday December 27th 2019, we have well over 59769 listeners to the show and I’m super glad you guys are out there getting good valuable information because you know me I’m going to say it every single episode, value is what you get in the absence of money. And these podcasts are absolutely free for you, so if you don’t mind, please go to the iOS or Android platform of your choice and leave some good five star feedback that way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you’re receiving right now. And also I wanted to have a shout out and welcome to Julie Griffith. She’s a speech pathologist. She joined the All Access Community here in early December someone to welcome her to the community. And in our community right now we just launched an iOS and Android application so the community is actually easily accessible more so than ever before. And we’ve got monthly trainings we’ve got weekly coaching calls also wanted to recognize one of our perfect students who’s doing a splendid job. Their company now they contacted me in June of this past year and this is just amazing. I was in Hawaii vacationing with my family and I get this email about the All Access Community and some questions. I pick up the phone and I speak to these two individuals and I start interviewing them for a possible membership in the community but more specifically I just knew that this person was the Perfect student. And since we’ve started working together this past June their business now has over 20 visits per week in less than six months they’ve actually got their own office now. We helped their company complete their credentialing and contracting. I helped these two individuals negotiate their service contracts and helping them with their employees. It just gets better and better and you’re going to be hearing from this company very soon I’m going to do some interviews with these guys. They’re just killing it and it’s just this is what I do this and it’s just wonderful to see what happens when people just ordinary people who have a dream, who have a skill set, who have that degree. Well it’s funny because the person that I’m helping doesn’t even have a degree in Speech and Hearing or communication disorders or Speech therapy services. This person is a husband of a person and it’s just really cool to help people grow and improve their life and sit there and have these conversations knowing that 2020 is going to be even better than 2019. I mean what a great feeling it is. I remember before Hurricane Katrina I used to take these walks around Audubon Park in New Orleans, just complain and edges ticked off and hateful. I was so angry inside because I hated to go to work. I hated the kind of hours I was pulling at this local hospital. And my boss was doing the best she could and the people I work with, they were doing the best they could. But this big organization was just sucking the life out of me. we used to have these beepers on my pants there and on the edge of my coat and that thing would go off constantly, “We need you on this floor.” I mean yes, I’m a hard worker. Don’t get me wrong but I knew I wanted something different, I knew I wanted a different life, I knew I needed a change but I was just stuck in that comfort zone. When you get those checks weekly or bi monthly checks and you just get stuck in a rut and that’s when Hurricane Katrina happened and I moved to Tucson. And so that’s when my life changed. So it’s just nice to see that change happened to other people who reach out and contact me. I’m able to help these guys improve their business improve their life and I can’t wait for 2020 to help these guys grow even more. So I’m just fired up about that so I want to share that with you. But this Episode 51 is sort of a year in review for the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. My business Therapy group of Tucson and also some things I’ve been doing on a personal note so just to kind of give you a glimpse into what can actually happen when you do change your life or when you do change your mindset, when you do have that shift. And again people say, you’re just bragging and blah-blah-blah. No I’m not. I’m showing you guys if you want to do this, what can happen. That’s simply all I’m doing here. I’m giving you guys a roadmap. I’m a guide. I’m kind of a conduit. I’m showing you guys what can be accomplished when you do certain things. So if you sit around and talk about it on Facebook or sit there watching YouTube videos and kind of dreaming about it, you’re going to get what you’ve always got. Nothing, no change, whatsoever you can sit there and absorb information till the cows come home. But if you don’t get off of it and change and do something, get into action nothing’s going to change. I mean doing the same thing over and over and expecting a different result, that’s called insanity. So you can continue to be insane or you can reach out and pay a little bit of money and get some help and get the right information, so you can change your life and get into action and do it the right way. Or you can get multiple opinions from multiple people and sit there and kind of like a dog chasing their tail spin-spin-spin and you just get sick and fall down right. So I’m just trying to help. Anyway year in review for our business we did this year. We got a new commercial building. We’re able to get almost 8000 square foot commercial building for our second location. I started looking in Tucson and there’s a really nice place down towards the south area town. I started looking into that and comparing rents in the area and we were able to negotiate and actually buy the building from a company who just had this building completely renovated so that was exciting for us. We also expanded our disciplines to meet the wants and needs of our community. We increased our Speech Therapy discipline, we also increased our occupational therapy and added physical therapy to the mix. So we’re now offering all three disciplines speech occupational and physical therapy. Also this year I increased the benefits for all our employees. We offered a couple different health plans to choose from. One is always free and it’s a great plan. It’s the same plan that I have for my family but we also added a couple more. There was an HSA plan and also a plan that you can pay a little bit of money every paycheck and get just a little bit lower deductible copay. So we did that for our employees. Also I increased bonuses for our employees this year. Also going back to that commercial building I went to pay the first half of the year’s taxes on that real estate property and it’s real property. You have real taxes on real property so went to pay and the City of Tucson they sent me my first payment back and they said you don’t have to pay taxes we’re refunding this amount and it floored me. I called and I said, “Why are you doing that?” And they said, the owner of that building in January was approved for a non profit status. And you get that for the year, so basically you don’t have to pay taxes. We’re given twelve grand back to you for the year of 2019. So I said, great I’m gonna give that to my employees so that’s what I did. That’s part of their bonus this year. I also increased the profit sharing plan from a traditional 401 k to a higher plan to give more free money to all the employees who work with me at Therapy group of Tucson because our employees are the best they do the best job they’re the hardest working people that I know wonderful people. And so I wanted to give them more bonuses. And so that’s what I did. I increase that profit sharing for them. So that’s just some of the things that our business has done this past year to give you guys an idea of what we do and how it can be done. It’s not the only way it’s just the way I choose to do things. And also with our all access community and PrivateSLP we had a great year in 2019. We increased our membership and that it’s always fun because there’s always somebody out there who bring something to the table for the other members to learn from. And we’re now doing weekly coaching calls with select individuals who want that service. Also we’re doing that 24/7 access to me via the apps we’ve got that Android and iOS application now on your smartphone or your tablet. And that way you can just reach out to me anytime and I’ll be there to help you and answer all your questions. And don’t forget with the All Access Community you’ve got the experience of an active owner of multiple occasions who’s running thousands of visits per month in multiple locations with multiple disciplines. So when you need help you’re not getting, I mean how many business owners do you know right now who sit here and answer all your questions. I mean some people who reach out to me once in a while via email, they get a little bit frustrated because I don’t spend 10 hours with them answering like 50 questions that they dump on me and I don’t mind answering questions and I don’t mind helping. I want people to answer questions but at the end of the day I’m not gonna sit here and answer 50 questions for free. I had one person recently reach out to me, he said, “Do you have a cheaper option for coaching?” The answer is “No”. And the reason is because I want to make you accountable for your actions. And I don’t give this stuff away for free and that’s just the way it is. If you want my expertise and my abilities you do have to pay a fee to access me which I think is totally reasonable and appropriate. Now is it thousand dollars. Nope it’s a few hundred dollars. And by the way the membership to the All Access Community will be going up at the end of this year. It goes up by 100 dollars every single year. So when you join you only pay the price that you subscribed under so that way your price will never go up. So I’m sorry I don’t have time to answer 50 questions for someone for free. But I do answer maybe about 10. So anyway enough of that. But we also in our all access community like I said earlier we’ve got the apps now to help people access the material and the content of the videos, the PDF transcriptions and the MP3s all at your fingertips so that’s something that we did in 2019. And on a personal note, I’ve been taking some personal time from the office and the podcast because I had been pursuing something for me and that’s a pilot’s license. And you probably heard that on episode number 50. And that’s something I’ve always wanted to do and I’m doing it right now and I should be fully licensed here by January the 15th and I’m going to start doing some more podcasting from about 10500 feet. So that’s gonna be exciting. I was also talking to one of our members in the community about coming to her clinic flying in and doing an interview style podcast or video and just flying in and helping them. So again when you join the all access community you get all access to me and my experience and I can help you. And also if you want to come to Tucson and let me show you how we run our clinics when you join you also get that perk. And we also have a service if you’re interested in credentialing or contracting for insurance services, we do offer that as well. We also have billing services for your practice and we can coach you and advise you on all of those aspects of a Speech Therapy Private Practice, and who does all that? Me, I will help you. You’re not gonna get pushed off to someone else or some sales pitch or something like that. But anyway if you’re interested in joining the All Access Community you can just simply go to privateSLP.com/membership and I just again wanted to say thank you guys for being a listener and I hope you had a wonderful 2019, and I hope your year was better than 2018. I hope you guys with your practice are seeing more patients, getting more revenue and seeing more profits and just helping and changing the lives of others. So with that I just wanted to leave you now and say Happy New Year. And as always thank you for listening. The post 51. PrivateSLP Year in Review appeared first on PrivateSLP.

2019 has been a great year for <a href="http://www.PrivateSLP.com" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>, the <a href="https://privateslp.com/list-all/" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">Speech Therapy Private Practice Startup Podcast</a> and Kyle’s clinics, <a href="http://therapygrouptucson.com" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">Therapy Group of Tucson</a>! When starting, growing or scaling a real speech therapy private practice, one of the benefits of learning from an active clinic owner with multiple disciplines and locations is gaining real-life experience and expertise so that you can avoid the pitfalls and mistakes that Kyle has made already.   If you’re going to learn, then learn from someone who is actively managing thousands of visits and multiple locations. In this episode, I review 2019 and list our highlights and celebrate our overall growth while giving you an idea of what to expect if you start and grow your own clinic. Also, the time to join my <a href="https://privateslp.com/coaching/" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP All Access Community</a> is right now before the price increases on January 1, 2020. In this episode: 01:12 – 59769 + listeners 01:48 – Welcome to Julie Griffith, SLP to the AAC 05:38 – Making Changes 06:30 – Insanity defined 07:05 – Second location 07:35 – Speech Therapy numbers 07:48 – Employees and benefits DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION If you sit around and talk about it on Facebook or sit there and watching YouTube videos and kind of dreaming about it, you’re going to get what you’ve always got. Nothing, no change, whatsoever, you can sit there and absorb information till the cows come home. But if you don’t get off of it and change and do something get into action nothing’s going to change. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 51. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a Speech Pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions, and as of today, today’s Friday December 27th 2019, we have well over 59769 listeners to the show and I’m super glad you guys are out there getting good valuable information because you know me I’m going to say it every single episode, value is what you get in the absence of money. And these podcasts are absolutely free for you, so if you don’t mind, please go to the iOS or Android platform of your choice and leave some good five star feedback that way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you’re receiving right now. And also I wanted to have a shout out and welcome to Julie Griffith. She’s a speech pathologist. She joined the <a href="https://privateslp.com/coaching/" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">All Access Community</a> here in early December someone to welcome her to the community. And in our community right now we just launched an iOS and Android application so the community is actually easily accessible more so than ever before. And we’ve got monthly trainings we’ve got weekly coaching calls also wanted to recognize one of our perfect students who’s doing a splendid job. Their company now they contacted me in June of this past year and this is just amazing. I was in Hawaii vacationing with my family and I get this email about the All Access Community and some questions. I pick up the phone and I speak to these two individuals and I start interviewing them for a possible membership in the community but more specifically I just knew that this person was the Perfect student. And since we’ve started working together this past June their business now has over 20 visits per week in less than six months they’ve actually got their own office now. We helped their company complete their credentialing and contracting. I helped these two individuals negotiate their service contracts and helping them with their employees. It just gets better and better and you’re going to be hearing from this company very soon I’m going to do some interviews with these guys. They’re just killing it and it’s just this is what I do this and it’s just wonderful to see what happens when people just ordinary people who have a dream, who have a skill set, who have that degree. Well it’s funny because the person that I’m helping doesn’t even have a degree in Speech and Hearing or communication disorders or Speech therapy services. This person is a husband of a person and it’s just really cool to help people grow and improve their life and sit there and have these conversations knowing that 2020 is going to be even better than 2019. I mean what a great feeling it is. I remember before Hurricane Katrina I used to take these walks around Audubon Park in New Orleans, just complain and edges ticked off and hateful. I was so angry inside because I hated to go to work. I hated the kind of hours I was pulling at this local hospital. And my boss was doing the best she could and the people I work with, they were doing the best they could. But this big organization was just sucking the life out of me. we used to have these beepers on my pants there and on the edge of my coat and that thing would go off constantly, “We need you on this floor.” I mean yes, I’m a hard worker. Don’t get me wrong but I knew I wanted something different, I knew I wanted a different life, I knew I needed a change but I was just stuck in that comfort zone. When you get those checks weekly or bi monthly checks and you just get stuck in a rut and that’s when Hurricane Katrina happened and I moved to Tucson. And so that’s when my life changed. So it’s just nice to see that change happened to other people who reach out and contact me. I’m able to help these guys improve their business improve their life and I can’t wait for 2020 to help these guys grow even more. So I’m just fired up about that so I want to share that with you. But this Episode 51 is sort of a year in review for the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. My business Therapy group of Tucson and also some things I’ve been doing on a personal note so just to kind of give you a glimpse into what can actually happen when you do change your life or when you do change your mindset, when you do have that shift. And again people say, you’re just bragging and blah-blah-blah. No I’m not. I’m showing you guys if you want to do this, what can happen. That’s simply all I’m doing here. I’m giving you guys a roadmap. I’m a guide. I’m kind of a conduit. I’m showing you guys what can be accomplished when you do certain things. So if you sit around and talk about it on Facebook or sit there watching YouTube videos and kind of dreaming about it, you’re going to get what you’ve always got. Nothing, no change, whatsoever you can sit there and absorb information till the cows come home. But if you don’t get off of it and change and do something, get into action nothing’s going to change. I mean doing the same thing over and over and expecting a different result, that’s called insanity. So you can continue to be insane or you can reach out and pay a little bit of money and get some help and get the right information, so you can change your life and get into action and do it the right way. Or you can get multiple opinions from multiple people and sit there and kind of like a dog chasing their tail spin-spin-spin and you just get sick and fall down right. So I’m just trying to help. Anyway year in review for our business we did this year. We got a new commercial building. We’re able to get almost 8000 square foot commercial building for our second location. I started looking in Tucson and there’s a really nice place down towards the south area town. I started looking into that and comparing rents in the area and we were able to negotiate and actually buy the building from a company who just had this building completely renovated so that was exciting for us. We also expanded our disciplines to meet the wants and needs of our community. We increased our Speech Therapy discipline, we also increased our occupational therapy and added physical therapy to the mix. So we’re now offering all three disciplines speech occupational and physical therapy. Also this year I increased the benefits for all our employees. We offered a couple different health plans to choose from. One is always free and it’s a great plan. It’s the same plan that I have for my family but we also added a couple more. There was an HSA plan and also a plan that you can pay a little bit of money every paycheck and get just a little bit lower deductible copay. So we did that for our employees. Also I increased bonuses for our employees this year. Also going back to that commercial building I went to pay the first half of the year’s taxes on that real estate property and it’s real property. You have real taxes on real property so went to pay and the City of Tucson they sent me my first payment back and they said you don’t have to pay taxes we’re refunding this amount and it floored me. I called and I said, “Why are you doing that?” And they said, the owner of that building in January was approved for a non profit status. And you get that for the year, so basically you don’t have to pay taxes. We’re given twelve grand back to you for the year of 2019. So I said, great I’m gonna give that to my employees so that’s what I did. That’s part of their bonus this year. I also increased the profit sharing plan from a traditional 401 k to a higher plan to give more free money to all the employees who work with me at Therapy group of Tucson because our employees are the best they do the best job they’re the hardest working people that I know wonderful people. And so I wanted to give them more bonuses. And so that’s what I did. I increase that profit sharing for them. So that’s just some of the things that our business has done this past year to give you guys an idea of what we do and how it can be done. It’s not the only way it’s just the way I choose to do things. And also with our all access community and PrivateSLP we had a great year in 2019. We increased our membership and that it’s always fun because there’s always somebody out there who bring something to the table for the other members to learn from. And we’re now doing weekly coaching calls with select individuals who want that service. Also we’re doing that 24/7 access to me via the apps we’ve got that Android and iOS application now on your smartphone or your tablet. And that way you can just reach out to me anytime and I’ll be there to help you and answer all your questions. And don’t forget with the All Access Community you’ve got the experience of an active owner of multiple occasions who’s running thousands of visits per month in multiple locations with multiple disciplines. So when you need help you’re not getting, I mean how many business owners do you know right now who sit here and answer all your questions. I mean some people who reach out to me once in a while via email, they get a little bit frustrated because I don’t spend 10 hours with them answering like 50 questions that they dump on me and I don’t mind answering questions and I don’t mind helping. I want people to answer questions but at the end of the day I’m not gonna sit here and answer 50 questions for free. I had one person recently reach out to me, he said, “Do you have a cheaper option for coaching?” The answer is “No”. And the reason is because I want to make you accountable for your actions. And I don’t give this stuff away for free and that’s just the way it is. If you want my expertise and my abilities you do have to pay a fee to access me which I think is totally reasonable and appropriate. Now is it thousand dollars. Nope it’s a few hundred dollars. And by the way the membership to the All Access Community will be going up at the end of this year. It goes up by 100 dollars every single year. So when you join you only pay the price that you subscribed under so that way your price will never go up. So I’m sorry I don’t have time to answer 50 questions for someone for free. But I do answer maybe about 10. So anyway enough of that. But we also in our all access community like I said earlier we’ve got the apps now to help people access the material and the content of the videos, the PDF transcriptions and the MP3s all at your fingertips so that’s something that we did in 2019. And on a personal note, I’ve been taking some personal time from the office and the podcast because I had been pursuing something for me and that’s a pilot’s license. And you probably heard that on episode number 50. And that’s something I’ve always wanted to do and I’m doing it right now and I should be fully licensed here by January the 15th and I’m going to start doing some more podcasting from about 10500 feet. So that’s gonna be exciting. I was also talking to one of our members in the community about coming to her clinic flying in and doing an interview style podcast or video and just flying in and helping them. So again when you join the all access community you get all access to me and my experience and I can help you. And also if you want to come to Tucson and let me show you how we run our clinics when you join you also get that perk. And we also have a service if you’re interested in credentialing or contracting for insurance services, we do offer that as well. We also have billing services for your practice and we can coach you and advise you on all of those aspects of a Speech Therapy Private Practice, and who does all that? Me, I will help you. You’re not gonna get pushed off to someone else or some sales pitch or something like that. But anyway if you’re interested in joining the All Access Community you can just simply go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/membership/" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">privateSLP.com/membership</a> and I just again wanted to say thank you guys for being a listener and I hope you had a wonderful 2019, and I hope your year was better than 2018. I hope you guys with your practice are seeing more patients, getting more revenue and seeing more profits and just helping and changing the lives of others. So with that I just wanted to leave you now and say Happy New Year. And as always thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/51-privateslp-year-in-review/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">51. PrivateSLP Year in Review</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

51. PrivateSLP Year in Review

Welcome to Episode 50 of the Speech Therapy Private Practice Startup Podcast! This episode is all about doing things differently to achieve maximum results in business and your personal life.  To celebrate my 50th birthday this Christmas Eve, I decided to accomplish another one of my life goals – That is to earn a private pilot’s license   In this podcast, I talk about something that I realized while I was soloing a 172 Cessna in the pattern at KTUS (Tucson International Airport), speech therapy private practice just is like flying a private plane – when all else fails, use your checklists, get the right training, get over the fear and don’t give up! In this episode: 02:09 – Taking some time off 05:12 – Taking up flying 06:52 – Learning how to fly a Cessna 172 08:49 – If you don’t change, nothing is going to change 10:08 – Take your checklist, follow your checklist 10:45 – Remember the checklist 14:58 – It’s kind of like in traffic 16:15 – Learning how to start, grow and scale own Private practice 17:01 – Big FIVE O thing DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION We have a checklist in the All access community, PrivateSLP. There’s a checklist for referrals. There’s a checklist on how to get paid. There’s all kinds of checklists that I’ve documented along the way. When it comes to staying airborne, I was thinking I’m freaking out. I’m sure you guys freak out too when it comes to your business. I mean I’m sure some you do but I know a lot of the people I work with on a daily basis they’re always up to something and there’s always something to learn. So my instructor gets out of a plane and he says remember the checklist. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 50. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a Speech Pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions. As of today, today is Friday, November 8, 2019. We have well over 57,000 listeners to the show and I’m super glad you guys are out there, getting good valuable information because you know me. I say it every single time, value is what you get in the absence of money, and these podcasts who absolutely free for you. So if you wouldn’t mind please do your part and go to the iOS or Android platform of your choice and leave some five star feedback. That way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you guys are getting.   I hope you guys are doing well, and I’ve had some listeners reach out to me recently and they’re saying things like, “Hey Kyle, where you been? or are you alive or hey, when’s the next podcast coming out?” All right I got you. So I have been taking some time off to myself. When I first started the Speech Therapy Private Practice starter podcast, I always said I was going to do these at least once a month. Sometimes try to do two a month but life is life, and unlike other podcasters that I know I’m actually running a full time clinic. We have two locations in Tucson. We just opened our second location. We offer speech and occupational and physical therapy services to many people here in our community. And we just do a lot of great work. On top of opening our second location and purchasing a new commercial building, it’s a little over 7800 square feet. We’re using all of that space too for Speech and OT, and one of the locations we’ve got PT.  On top of that, we just had our Annual Trunk or Treat where we had a ton of kids come out we gave them tons of candy with a cakewalk and we got a D.J. and face painting. And if you think I’m doing all this there’s no way, I mean I am not that smart. We’ve got some really great people who work here for our practice and our clinic and they come up with all these ideas. I just pay for these things and just supply the canvas and let them do the painting. So that’s what we’ve been doing.  We also did our annual Halloween employee night out. We went over to Old Tucson studios. If you Google that, it’s an old movie set out here in the mountains outside of Tucson, Arizona. I mean back in the day I was way out but because of our population growth here in Tucson it’s not too far out now. But John Wayne filmed a lot of movies out there and like the Three Amigos with Steve Martin was filmed out there. And for those of you who are a little bit dated if you remember the episodes and show Little House On The Prairie was filmed out there, parts of it. That’s where I took all the employees. They turned that whole movie set into a haunted house. So that’s my favorite time of the year. My son and his friends they like to do all that, and I get tickets for everybody, and the employees, their kids &amp; families and we just give tickets and go out there and have some fun.  That’s what we’ve been doing lately and just keeping it real. And like I said earlier I’m actually doing this, I’m running multiple locations and paying health insurance for the employees 401K profit sharing dental vision for our employees. We’ve got many people that we see some running an operation, so sometimes I just may not feel like getting behind a microphone and podcasting. But today I have been really wanting to get back into it. But there’s another reason I haven’t been behind the mic and that’s because I am pursuing something that’s really important to me personally not really professionally. But I’ve got a little bit of time to myself during the week so I’m taking up flying and when I was at LSU, Louisiana State University, I was there from ‘87 to ‘91 and when I was graduating I was also in the ROTC program at LSU and I was supposed to be commissioned as a second lieutenant in the United States Air Force, and I was supposed to fly planes. But because of growing up around guns and shooting things in the bayou. You’ve all seen Swamp People that’s where I grew up. So shooting guns and just not taking care of my hearing and playing drums and things like that, I had a mild noise induced hearing loss in my left ear. I couldn’t get a waiver. It’s kind of cool having a speech therapy audience base because you guys get it. I couldn’t get a waiver for my left ear so I had to scrap the idea of being a pilot or a navigator in the United States Air Force. I mean it was all set. I was supposed to go Lackland Air Force Base and do my Officer training.  So for the many years that I’ve been a Speech pathologist I always said when I get a little bit of time I’m gonna start flying. I want to get my private pilot’s license and so back in June and July, which is the hardest time in Tucson. And that’s when the air is the most bumpiest in Tucson, because the heat rises and it causes thermals and you get thrown around. I said I’m going to do it. And so that’s what I’ve been doing. I have been studying and getting in a plane two-three times a week I’ve been working with a couple of instructors and learning how to fly a Cessna 172 and recently I soloed which is when you get in a plane and you go up by yourself with a student pilot license and now next Thursday, I’m supposed to fly from Tucson to a place called Benson, and then a little bit north to another place called Safford, Arizona. And that’s kind of going towards North E sort of close to the New Mexico area border of Arizona. So that’s part of the private pilot training, you have to do Solo in a plane without the instructor.  And that’s what I wanted to talk about today because when we’re starting, growing and scaling our own Speech therapy private practice, this stuff can be so overwhelming and so mind boggling because you have to not only deal with scheduling a patient, you got to see the patient and then after you see the patient, you got to document what you did and then you’ve got to take that information and put it into a billing system or have somebody bill it for you. And then once you bill it, which anybody can do really but it’s the AR the accounts receivable, that really helps you get paid. That’s when you go through and because it’s probably going to be denied. Right? And then you have to send your notes and things like that to the Insurance company. So you’re doing all this work just to get paid to see one patient and then if you want to have a real true Speech therapy private practice, you have to multiply that. You got to rinse and repeat, and do this over and hopefully you can build it up to 100 or 200 or 500 people a week. I mean that’s the goal. Why wouldn’t you want to be in business? Why wouldn’t you want to just do something, the best you can do and be the best you can be? Let’s think about it. If you don’t change nothing is going to change. I mean if you keep doing what you’re always done you’re going to get what you’ve always got. That’s what I’m trying to say. So this stuff is mind boggling and that’s what we’re doing at All Access Community. We talk about these things, these systems in Private Practice and that’s why really it dawned on me one day and when I was on the plane because I’m sitting there and I’ve always got my instructor with me, and finally one day he says, “Hey, I need to get out of the economy.” I want you to get out because I want you to solo. I don’t want a solo because it’s time you need to do this. So he gets out of the plane and he shuts the door and the engine’s humming. I’m sitting there, what do I do? There’s nobody in here to yell at me. There’s nobody in the cockpit to tell me what to do. What if I crash? What if the engine goes out? What if there’s no fuel? What if there’s oil burns up and I crash? I know we’re talking Tucson International Airport there’s Alaskan Airlines as FedEx planes taken off all day long here at Tucson International there’s United Airlines is American Airlines. There was a big Hawaiian Airlines jet, they got diverted from Phoenix to Tucson recently. There’s F16 is in and C 130 is in. Like how am I going to do this? And I just remembered, he says, “Take your checklist, follow your checklist.” I’m like, “Oh, yeah the checklist. Oh yeah”. We have a checklist in the All access community, PrivateSLP. There’s a checklist for referrals. There’s a checklist on how to get paid. There’s all kinds of checklists that I’ve documented along the way. When it comes to staying airborne, I was thinking I’m freaking out. I’m sure you guys freak out too when it comes to your business. I mean I’m sure some you do but I know a lot of the people I work with on a daily basis they’re always up to something and there’s always something to learn. So my instructor gets out of a plane and he says remember the checklist.  So what do I do? I grab my checklist and I go through it. Okay, the avionics (the radios) are on and the lights are on, the strobes are on, the fuel is on, there’s a fuel tank selector it’s turned on both, engines running, air pressure is good, everything’s in the green and here I’m on the West ramp and I’ve got my Bose noise cancelling headset on and I’m really freaking out. At one point I said I’m just going to wait till tomorrow and do this. And I said I can’t wait till tomorrow. I gotta get this done. I got a solo I gotta do this myself. If I can start a Speech Therapy Private Practice, surely I could fly a plane. I supposed to do this years ago and then I start doubting myself and I know you guys doubt yourself too sometimes with what you’re doing.  And I said I gotta do it. If I Crash, I crash, right? But I’m gonna do it. So I get on the radio and I say, “Hey, I’m on the West ramp.  I’m with Charlie,” which is this code they give out. It’s called ADAS and it gives you the weather and all this blah-blah-blah and I’m sitting there, and I went through the checklist. I told him where I wanted to go in the pattern and fly around and do some pattern work, and take off and land. That’s what I wanted to do and they told me what to do and I did it. And so I’m sitting there by myself on a runway Tucson International Airport and he says you’re clear for takeoff. I’m like holy moly, I ease that to our land and we get up to about 55 or 60 and I pull back on and there I am I’m flying. I got overwhelmed with happiness, joy, and fear, and just the same stuff I was talking about in episode one. You can hear it my voice scared to death.   I went up and I took a right turn, and I went all the way back around, watch my speed and do what I was told. I watch my checklist there and I put my flaps in, I brought the throttle back and it started to coast in, and there I am looking at runway 1-1 right. Because 1-1 left is where all the big planes are and I’m on runway 1-1 right which is parallel and there I am just kind of gliding in. And look there it is. I landed, I didn’t bounce. I didn’t crash. The prop still on and I hit my flaps. I slowly increase the throttle and I did it again. I’m sitting there and second time I’m thinking. Okay, I got this-I got this. So I go around and I go down when I’m looking at the runway on my right and they told me I’m clear to land, and touching goes. And I just did it again and I’m looking at the runway and 1500 feet and 1000 feet and 500 feet and 250 feet, and whoop, did it again. It has a good landing. My God this is so much fun. Well I ease the throttle and through the flaps up and I take off again and this time the controller, he tells me to do something I wasn’t expecting. He says, I want you to extend this and take a ride here and go way out over here and I’m thinking, come on, I said, “I’m a solo student pilot” and he said, “Keep doing what you’re doing”. And so I kept doing it and it just threw me off. But I went back to the checklist. I went back to my little trusty checklist and next thing I’m looking at the runway again and 1000 feet, 750 feet, 500 feet, 250 feet, boom, touched down again. It was so cool and then I exited the runway on Alpha 11 and I was waiting on holding short of runway when I left and next thing, Four F16 just go, they took off. I’m like Wow, check this out. And then I got permission across that runway and hangar left and I’m going back to the hangar on the West ramp.  And I got this F16 fighter jet, looking right at me. He’s in my way. He’s on my yellow line, and the tower says he’s going to yield to me and this guy wasn’t going to yield to me. He’s looking at me and I’m looking at him. It’s an Air Force pilot and he looks at me he waves. I think about it folks. Here’s an F 16 fighter pilot waving at me and a little Cessna plane. And I just motioned him to go ahead he can just go around and I’ll let him up. So it’s kind of like in traffic you let somebody in let the guy in. And then as I passed him, there’s four other planes ready to take off. There they’re waving at me because I guess back in the day they had to train in one of these planes. This kind of cool waving at the pilots and everybody’s happy. Next thing the airports kind of shutting down. All these fighter jets are taken off and Vice President Pence coming into Tucson on that Thursday. He was going down to do some work on the border. So I got caught up and the vice president of the United States on the day I solo go figure. But I listen to what I had to do. I did what I was told and I got over it. So now I’m all fired up and ready to fly again. So next Thursday I’m going to Safford, Arizona and I may get a private pilot’s license and I’m gonna start flying around the United States and come in to see you at your clinic. So if you want me to fly up there and let me know and we’ll start seeing if we can carve it out and make it happen.   But anyway, that’s what I’ve been up to for the last 60-70-80 days. Sometimes I just don’t feel like making a podcast but I tell you what I have been doing I’ve been showing up and the private SLP all access communities we’ve got two more members in there and it’s really great because I’m meeting with these folks on a weekly basis. They’re getting their checklist, they’re learning how to start and grow and scale their own Private practice from somebody who’s actually doing it. And everything is good and I show up and you’ve got direct access to me and you can reach me on the All Access Community. There’s a place where you can ask privately and if you want to have a private coaching session with me online you can do that or if you want me to call you during the week I can do that or if you want to throw something out there to the community you can do that.  So there are some options for that private coaching section of the All Access Community. But I just want to give you guys a heads up and let you know this is episode number 50 and guess what. I’m going to be 50 this year Christmas Eve. I’m going to be 50 so this is kind of that big FIVE O thing for me. And I’m just so grateful that I can help you guys grow, scale and learn. So if there’s anything I can help you out with, all you have to do is reach out to me, go to PrivateSLP.com/contact, you can see how to get in contact with me there. And as always thank you for listening. The post 50. Keep Doing What Your Doing &amp; You’ll Get What You’ve Got appeared first on PrivateSLP.

Welcome to Episode 50 of the Speech Therapy Private Practice Startup Podcast! This episode is all about doing things differently to achieve maximum results in business and your personal life. To celebrate my 50th birthday this Christmas Eve, I decided to accomplish another one of my life goals – That is to earn a private pilot’s license In this podcast, I talk about something that I realized while I was soloing a 172 Cessna in the pattern at <a href="https://www.airnav.com/airport/KTUS" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">KTUS</a> (Tucson International Airport), speech therapy private practice just is like flying a private plane – when all else fails, use your checklists, get the right training, get over the fear and don’t give up! In this episode: 02:09 – Taking some time off 05:12 – Taking up flying 06:52 – Learning how to fly a Cessna 172 08:49 – If you don’t change, nothing is going to change 10:08 – Take your checklist, follow your checklist 10:45 – Remember the checklist 14:58 – It’s kind of like in traffic 16:15 – Learning how to start, grow and scale own Private practice 17:01 – Big FIVE O thing DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION We have a checklist in the All access community, PrivateSLP. There’s a checklist for referrals. There’s a checklist on how to get paid. There’s all kinds of checklists that I’ve documented along the way. When it comes to staying airborne, I was thinking I’m freaking out. I’m sure you guys freak out too when it comes to your business. I mean I’m sure some you do but I know a lot of the people I work with on a daily basis they’re always up to something and there’s always something to learn. So my instructor gets out of a plane and he says remember the checklist. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 50. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a Speech Pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions. As of today, today is Friday, November 8, 2019. We have well over 57,000 listeners to the show and I’m super glad you guys are out there, getting good valuable information because you know me. I say it every single time, value is what you get in the absence of money, and these podcasts who absolutely free for you. So if you wouldn’t mind please do your part and go to the iOS or Android platform of your choice and leave some five star feedback. That way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you guys are getting. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/KTUS.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> I hope you guys are doing well, and I’ve had some listeners reach out to me recently and they’re saying things like, “Hey Kyle, where you been? or are you alive or hey, when’s the next podcast coming out?” All right I got you. So I have been taking some time off to myself. When I first started the Speech Therapy Private Practice starter podcast, I always said I was going to do these at least once a month. Sometimes try to do two a month but life is life, and unlike other podcasters that I know I’m actually running a full time clinic. We have two locations in Tucson. We just opened our second location. We offer speech and occupational and physical therapy services to many people here in our community. And we just do a lot of great work. On top of opening our second location and purchasing a new commercial building, it’s a little over 7800 square feet. We’re using all of that space too for Speech and OT, and one of the locations we’ve got PT. On top of that, we just had our Annual Trunk or Treat where we had a ton of kids come out we gave them tons of candy with a cakewalk and we got a D.J. and face painting. And if you think I’m doing all this there’s no way, I mean I am not that smart. We’ve got some really great people who work here for our practice and our clinic and they come up with all these ideas. I just pay for these things and just supply the canvas and let them do the painting. So that’s what we’ve been doing. We also did our annual Halloween employee night out. We went over to Old Tucson studios. If you Google that, it’s an old movie set out here in the mountains outside of Tucson, Arizona. I mean back in the day I was way out but because of our population growth here in Tucson it’s not too far out now. But John Wayne filmed a lot of movies out there and like the Three Amigos with Steve Martin was filmed out there. And for those of you who are a little bit dated if you remember the episodes and show Little House On The Prairie was filmed out there, parts of it. That’s where I took all the employees. They turned that whole movie set into a haunted house. So that’s my favorite time of the year. My son and his friends they like to do all that, and I get tickets for everybody, and the employees, their kids &amp; families and we just give tickets and go out there and have some fun. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/KTUS-Runway-11R.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> That’s what we’ve been doing lately and just keeping it real. And like I said earlier I’m actually doing this, I’m running multiple locations and paying health insurance for the employees 401K profit sharing dental vision for our employees. We’ve got many people that we see some running an operation, so sometimes I just may not feel like getting behind a microphone and podcasting. But today I have been really wanting to get back into it. But there’s another reason I haven’t been behind the mic and that’s because I am pursuing something that’s really important to me personally not really professionally. But I’ve got a little bit of time to myself during the week so I’m taking up flying and when I was at LSU, Louisiana State University, I was there from ‘87 to ‘91 and when I was graduating I was also in the ROTC program at LSU and I was supposed to be commissioned as a second lieutenant in the United States Air Force, and I was supposed to fly planes. But because of growing up around guns and shooting things in the bayou. You’ve all seen Swamp People that’s where I grew up. So shooting guns and just not taking care of my hearing and playing drums and things like that, I had a mild noise induced hearing loss in my left ear. I couldn’t get a waiver. It’s kind of cool having a speech therapy audience base because you guys get it. I couldn’t get a waiver for my left ear so I had to scrap the idea of being a pilot or a navigator in the United States Air Force. I mean it was all set. I was supposed to go Lackland Air Force Base and do my Officer training. So for the many years that I’ve been a Speech pathologist I always said when I get a little bit of time I’m gonna start flying. I want to get my private pilot’s license and so back in June and July, which is the hardest time in Tucson. And that’s when the air is the most bumpiest in Tucson, because the heat rises and it causes thermals and you get thrown around. I said I’m going to do it. And so that’s what I’ve been doing. I have been studying and getting in a plane two-three times a week I’ve been working with a couple of instructors and learning how to fly a Cessna 172 and recently I soloed which is when you get in a plane and you go up by yourself with a student pilot license and now next Thursday, I’m supposed to fly from Tucson to a place called Benson, and then a little bit north to another place called Safford, Arizona. And that’s kind of going towards North E sort of close to the New Mexico area border of Arizona. So that’s part of the private pilot training, you have to do Solo in a plane without the instructor. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Kyle-Meades-Student-Pilot-Cochise-P33.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> And that’s what I wanted to talk about today because when we’re starting, growing and scaling our own Speech therapy private practice, this stuff can be so overwhelming and so mind boggling because you have to not only deal with scheduling a patient, you got to see the patient and then after you see the patient, you got to document what you did and then you’ve got to take that information and put it into a billing system or have somebody bill it for you. And then once you bill it, which anybody can do really but it’s the AR the accounts receivable, that really helps you get paid. That’s when you go through and because it’s probably going to be denied. Right? And then you have to send your notes and things like that to the Insurance company. So you’re doing all this work just to get paid to see one patient and then if you want to have a real true Speech therapy private practice, you have to multiply that. You got to rinse and repeat, and do this over and hopefully you can build it up to 100 or 200 or 500 people a week. I mean that’s the goal. Why wouldn’t you want to be in business? Why wouldn’t you want to just do something, the best you can do and be the best you can be? Let’s think about it. If you don’t change nothing is going to change. I mean if you keep doing what you’re always done you’re going to get what you’ve always got. That’s what I’m trying to say. So this stuff is mind boggling and that’s what we’re doing at All Access Community. We talk about these things, these systems in Private Practice and that’s why really it dawned on me one day and when I was on the plane because I’m sitting there and I’ve always got my instructor with me, and finally one day he says, “Hey, I need to get out of the economy.” I want you to get out because I want you to solo. I don’t want a solo because it’s time you need to do this. So he gets out of the plane and he shuts the door and the engine’s humming. I’m sitting there, what do I do? There’s nobody in here to yell at me. There’s nobody in the cockpit to tell me what to do. What if I crash? What if the engine goes out? What if there’s no fuel? What if there’s oil burns up and I crash? I know we’re talking Tucson International Airport there’s Alaskan Airlines as FedEx planes taken off all day long here at Tucson International there’s United Airlines is American Airlines. There was a big Hawaiian Airlines jet, they got diverted from Phoenix to Tucson recently. There’s F16 is in and C 130 is in. Like how am I going to do this? And I just remembered, he says, “Take your checklist, follow your checklist.” I’m like, “Oh, yeah the checklist. Oh yeah”. We have a checklist in the All access community, PrivateSLP. There’s a checklist for referrals. There’s a checklist on how to get paid. There’s all kinds of checklists that I’ve documented along the way. When it comes to staying airborne, I was thinking I’m freaking out. I’m sure you guys freak out too when it comes to your business. I mean I’m sure some you do but I know a lot of the people I work with on a daily basis they’re always up to something and there’s always something to learn. So my instructor gets out of a plane and he says remember the checklist. So what do I do? I grab my checklist and I go through it. Okay, the avionics (the radios) are on and the lights are on, the strobes are on, the fuel is on, there’s a fuel tank selector it’s turned on both, engines running, air pressure is good, everything’s in the green and here I’m on the West ramp and I’ve got my Bose noise cancelling headset on and I’m really freaking out. At one point I said I’m just going to wait till tomorrow and do this. And I said I can’t wait till tomorrow. I gotta get this done. I got a solo I gotta do this myself. If I can start a Speech Therapy Private Practice, surely I could fly a plane. I supposed to do this years ago and then I start doubting myself and I know you guys doubt yourself too sometimes with what you’re doing. And I said I gotta do it. If I Crash, I crash, right? But I’m gonna do it. So I get on the radio and I say, “Hey, I’m on the West ramp. I’m with Charlie,” which is this code they give out. It’s called ADAS and it gives you the weather and all this blah-blah-blah and I’m sitting there, and I went through the checklist. I told him where I wanted to go in the pattern and fly around and do some pattern work, and take off and land. That’s what I wanted to do and they told me what to do and I did it. And so I’m sitting there by myself on a runway Tucson International Airport and he says you’re clear for takeoff. I’m like holy moly, I ease that to our land and we get up to about 55 or 60 and I pull back on and there I am I’m flying. I got overwhelmed with happiness, joy, and fear, and just the same stuff I was talking about in episode one. You can hear it my voice scared to death. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/KTUS-Jet.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> I went up and I took a right turn, and I went all the way back around, watch my speed and do what I was told. I watch my checklist there and I put my flaps in, I brought the throttle back and it started to coast in, and there I am looking at runway 1-1 right. Because 1-1 left is where all the big planes are and I’m on runway 1-1 right which is parallel and there I am just kind of gliding in. And look there it is. I landed, I didn’t bounce. I didn’t crash. The prop still on and I hit my flaps. I slowly increase the throttle and I did it again. I’m sitting there and second time I’m thinking. Okay, I got this-I got this. So I go around and I go down when I’m looking at the runway on my right and they told me I’m clear to land, and touching goes. And I just did it again and I’m looking at the runway and 1500 feet and 1000 feet and 500 feet and 250 feet, and whoop, did it again. It has a good landing. My God this is so much fun. Well I ease the throttle and through the flaps up and I take off again and this time the controller, he tells me to do something I wasn’t expecting. He says, I want you to extend this and take a ride here and go way out over here and I’m thinking, come on, I said, “I’m a solo student pilot” and he said, “Keep doing what you’re doing”. And so I kept doing it and it just threw me off. But I went back to the checklist. I went back to my little trusty checklist and next thing I’m looking at the runway again and 1000 feet, 750 feet, 500 feet, 250 feet, boom, touched down again. It was so cool and then I exited the runway on Alpha 11 and I was waiting on holding short of runway when I left and next thing, Four F16 just go, they took off. I’m like Wow, check this out. And then I got permission across that runway and hangar left and I’m going back to the hangar on the West ramp. And I got this F16 fighter jet, looking right at me. He’s in my way. He’s on my yellow line, and the tower says he’s going to yield to me and this guy wasn’t going to yield to me. He’s looking at me and I’m looking at him. It’s an Air Force pilot and he looks at me he waves. I think about it folks. Here’s an F 16 fighter pilot waving at me and a little Cessna plane. And I just motioned him to go ahead he can just go around and I’ll let him up. So it’s kind of like in traffic you let somebody in let the guy in. And then as I passed him, there’s four other planes ready to take off. There they’re waving at me because I guess back in the day they had to train in one of these planes. This kind of cool waving at the pilots and everybody’s happy. Next thing the airports kind of shutting down. All these fighter jets are taken off and Vice President Pence coming into Tucson on that Thursday. He was going down to do some work on the border. So I got caught up and the vice president of the United States on the day I solo go figure. But I listen to what I had to do. I did what I was told and I got over it. So now I’m all fired up and ready to fly again. So next Thursday I’m going to Safford, Arizona and I may get a private pilot’s license and I’m gonna start flying around the United States and come in to see you at your clinic. So if you want me to fly up there and let me know and we’ll start seeing if we can carve it out and make it happen. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Cochise-P33.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> But anyway, that’s what I’ve been up to for the last 60-70-80 days. Sometimes I just don’t feel like making a podcast but I tell you what I have been doing I’ve been showing up and the private SLP all access communities we’ve got two more members in there and it’s really great because I’m meeting with these folks on a weekly basis. They’re getting their checklist, they’re learning how to start and grow and scale their own Private practice from somebody who’s actually doing it. And everything is good and I show up and you’ve got direct access to me and you can reach me on the All Access Community. There’s a place where you can ask privately and if you want to have a private coaching session with me online you can do that or if you want me to call you during the week I can do that or if you want to throw something out there to the community you can do that. So there are some options for that private coaching section of the All Access Community. But I just want to give you guys a heads up and let you know this is episode number 50 and guess what. I’m going to be 50 this year Christmas Eve. I’m going to be 50 so this is kind of that big FIVE O thing for me. And I’m just so grateful that I can help you guys grow, scale and learn. So if there’s anything I can help you out with, all you have to do is reach out to me, go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/contact/" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP.com/contact</a>, you can see how to get in contact with me there. And as always thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/50-keep-doing-what-your-doing-youll-get-what-youve-got/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">50. Keep Doing What Your Doing &amp; You’ll Get What You’ve Got</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

50. Keep Doing What Your Doing & You’ll Get What You’ve Got

49. Fully Committed and “All In” in Speech Therapy Private Practice

A speech therapy private practice is not always easy or fun and games. Many people suffer from the illusion that business owners are sitting around at the beach on their laptops getting rich while paying employees to do all of the grunt work.  This is far from the truth.  To be successful in speech therapy private practice, one has to be dedicated, motivated and have serious discipline. Starting, growing and scaling a speech therapy private practice requires hard work, money, elbow grease and late hours but the payoff can be rewarding. In this episode, I discuss the discipline required to make a speech therapy private practice work and discuss some of the challenges along the way!  In this episode: 02:22 – Question from SpeakPipe 03:31 – The Perfect Student 05:05 – Our Second Location 09:50 – Topic = Discipline 11:38 – Retraining your Brain 12:47 – Positive Association 13:50 – Starting TODAY 14:30 – Consistency is the Key DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION So at an early age I learned the value of a dollar and how to work. And so I really believe those experiences as a child I carried it over into my business life. So these days what it looks like I’m always up at 4:30 I don’t need an alarm. For the last three or four days, I’ve been really excited to get to work I’ve been getting up on my own at about 2:33 a.m. And got there and sit on my hot tub and I do my morning meditation. I drink my carrot juice, beet juice, I do my juicing and then I go to work. Sometimes I’m at this new office getting it ready but I got to do it. If I don’t do it nobody’s going to do it. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 48. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a Speech Pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails, all the questions and all the SpeakPipes. As of today, we have well over 48,432 listeners to the show and I’m super glad you guys are out there getting good valuable information and you know me, I say it every single time, “Value is what you get in the absence of money” and these podcasts are free for you. So if you wouldn’t mind just go to the Android or iOS platform of your choice and leave some good five star feedback that way other people like you can get the same value that you’re receiving right now.  Now if this is your first episode, welcome and you can just easily go back through all the podcasts and start at episode one and you can hear all the great topics that we have all the way from Accounts Receivable, billing, referrals, there is other information on there about mindset. I mean it’s all on there and if you have any questions at all, all you have to do is just reach out to me at privateSLP.com/contact and I’ll do my best to help you. I also received a recent question from SpeakPipe and it was from a gentleman. His name is Michael and he wanted to know about getting contracts and he’s got a business in another state and he’s got some home health going but he also wanted to add another discipline besides speech therapy. He wanted to recently add occupational therapy as well to the mix and he didn’t want to do that in the home and community you wanted to do that more of an outpatient clinical setting. Now again I’m not a lawyer but I did speak to him and I thought the best way to go about this would be maybe just to start another entity another private practice name and get your contracts through a clinic based entity and just start from scratch so that way you can keep your home visits home and then you can run that separate business out of the clinic and just make that a separate tax I.D. and NPI and you can just run everything through that through your contracts and so that was one of my suggestions and again I’m not a lawyer you definitely want to talk to your attorney and make sure these things are working for you in your state in your own unique situation. So that was the advice that I gave. I also wanted to let you know we have a space for the perfect student and that’s when you fly into Tucson work with me hand in hand and I’ll be more than happy to help you work and set your clinic up and also under unique circumstances I can fly out to your area and help you pick a location for your clinic and all you have to do is just reach out to me kyle@privateslp.com and I’ll help you as much as I can. We are accepting new students right now in the All Access Community and you can find that at privateSLP.com/coaching and I just wanted to say hi to Darla. She is a new member in the All access community and I heard from her in the forum a couple of days ago and she was just working through all the trainings. We just recently had a training yesterday about how to maximize what you currently have because a lot of people right now think that bigger is better and you got to buy all the software and tools and have multiple locations but you’ll be surprised. I spoke to a clinic owner recently who was not doing well financially and they’re losing thousands of dollars today a day over multiple locations so that’s not good. And trying to help that person adjust and readjust working on contracts and things like that. I wanted to talk to you today about discipline. Discipline is something that I really I’m glad I have because I wouldn’t be in the spot where I am today without a ton of discipline. I’m actually recording this podcast right now in one of our administrative offices at our second location. Currently we are opening up our second location here in Tucson. We just purchased a 7580 square foot building about five to six miles away from our current location. And it’s really exciting because when I first started this business I never dreamed that I would have a building of this size and capacity. I remember I used to see a doctor at this small doctor’s office and he left the state and he was selling his office space and I remember going over there and it was a thousand square feet and I was thinking how I could raise my son at that time. He was about six years old and I was going to try to find out in the back. There was a little woodshed and I was going to try to make that into an apartment and I was going to live and he was going to live in that apartment with me and we were going to live in the back and then I was going to try to rent the front. How I can chop that up and make that three rooms and then right down the street there was a property for sale. And at the time I really didn’t have the money saved up for the down payment. But I remember I was just trying to find a way to make that happen. And that was about a twelve hundred square foot building. But if I would have gone through with either those two deals I wouldn’t be sitting in this administrative office right now recording this podcast in this 7580 square foot building I mean this thing is huge. It’s gorgeous and again I’m not bragging or boasting. I’m just stating the facts and it’s because of discipline that I am able to sit in this little squeaky chair you might hear a little bit but in record a podcast and let you guys know that this stuff is doable and you can attain what you want to attain if you have the discipline to do it. And we’ve got this gorgeous huge gym. There’s actually three big 600 square feet spaces in one’s gonna be a motor room with single point swings. The other room’s gonna be like an office admin meant for our physical therapy and occupational therapy and assistant rooms and there’s gonna be a rock wall in there and then we’ve got a whole huge 600 square foot kitchen with two refrigerators microwaves, so the OTs can do their feeding and then on the other side and I’ll leave some pictures below this podcast so you guys can see it. We’ve got these big beautiful Speech therapy treatment rooms. The people before us who own this clinic, it really was designed for children and they put a lot of money into this building. They kind of I think overbuilt the building for the area but they couldn’t sell it for what it was worth because they really overbuilt the building into giving examples moving some tiles the other day because this whole building was rebuilt and constructed in 2016 and they left a lot of paint cans and leftover tiles and carpet tiles and the place has a new roof and there’s five air conditioners ten ton ACs, the furniture. There were some furniture left but I was moving these tiles and these things are super heavy. I had to grab the Dolly and I look in these tiles were made in Italy and I’m like wow these people put a lot of money into this building but we didn’t pay that kind of price. We got this thing about 40 percent off and so it was just another reason to save your money and to run lean and to be able to purchase an asset. And I did a walkthrough of this building and I put this into the All Access Community for our members to show them all the ins and outs of when you buy a clinic or when you rent and lease a space. Things to look for like safety features if you’ve got fire sprinklers and alarms things to take into consideration, security cameras, the space layout, how people check in, the workflows – checking in / checking out, the check in Windows placements all of that is included in this walkthrough that I did for the All access community. It was just really nice to show the members what it looked like, what it feels like to move in and get it ready and get the equipment going and the insurances that I need to make this thing operational.  So it’s just a real delight to be able to have a podcast and record this podcast in my new space. So I just wanna let you guys know that we are really growing and do the best that we can to help our families here in Tucson we just hired another Occupational therapist and we interviewed a Physical therapist this morning and we’ve got another interview for a Physical therapist coming if you’re looking for work in the Tucson area, you can go to therapyjobtucson.com and you can find a place to apply for a Speech occupational or Physical therapy position here in our clinic. So I just wanted to talk to you today about discipline. Discipline is something I remember as a child when we weren’t in school we had to work with my dad and my dad was a licensed plumber. He was a really tough and still he’s a tough guy and a hard worker. And so was my grandfather. My grandfather was a union pipefitter who used to run pipe, gas pipe, water pipe and he would fit hospitals and I remember as a young boy I would go visit my grandparents and I go see my I my papa I’d go visit my papa and he would be working on this big hospital in Lafayette Louisiana. I remember just going up these elevators and up these flights of stairs and just seeing my Papa and I thought it was a big deal, there’s my Papa and he’s working on these buildings and new construction for these big hospitals.  And then my dad he had a plumbing contracting business in Belle Rose, Louisiana. He had over 100 employees at one time and I just remember growing up my dad. In the summertime, he used to wake us up early in the morning. He wakes up at 4:30 in the morning. He’d say, “The train’s leaving at five o’clock, if you’re not on it you’re going to be in some trouble, so it’s time to get up and go.” And I just remember saying, “I’m tired. Can’t we just have a day off?” and my dad would say, “No, you don’t have a day off. You gotta get up and go to work”. And that’s what my summers looked like when I turned nine and ten years of age. But there was a payoff too. I remember asking my dad how much I get paid. And he laughed. But I remember getting a company check when I was that age, I get 100 bucks sometimes 120 and that cash I had my bank account and I used to save my money. I just love making that money and saving it. But I remember getting up and my dad used to talk to us on the way to work. He did say, “You know what boys sometimes you got to do things you just don’t want to do and you got to get up and you got to work”. And he’d give us a shovel and we’d go out there. I remember there was this man Mr. Johnny Jones and I would have to ride with Mr. Johnny Jones in his pickup truck and I had to do what Mr. Johnny Jones told me to do and my dad says, “This man when he tells you to do something it’s just like me saying it because you need to do it”. And I remember Mr. Johnny Jones would say I need you to dig a line trench. It needs to be four feet deep and needs to be 25 feet long and you need to do it. And I remember going back in the office and I asked my dad I said “Dad, it’s really hot out here and this was southeast Louisiana, like sweaty and I’m hot and tired”. And he said, “well get some water”. I’m like, “Well, can I just hang out in the A.C. with you in the office” and he says, “If you want an AC job at an office you might want to think about going to college. But right now you need to get out there and go listen to what Mr. Johnny Jones wants you to do”. And I did it and I didn’t want to. And I remember when I wouldn’t work with Mr. Johnny Jones, My daddy had me making pieces of pipe to run gas lines through attics so houses could have gas lines for heat and water heaters.  So at an early age I learned the value of a dollar and how to work. And so I really believe those experiences as a child I carried it over into my business life. So these days what it looks like I’m always up at 4:30 I don’t need an alarm. For the last three or four days, I’ve been really excited to get to work I’ve been getting up on my own at about 2:33 a.m. And got there and sit on my hot tub and I do my morning meditation. I drink my carrot juice, beet juice I do my juicing and then I go to work. Sometimes I’m at this new office getting it ready but I got to do it. If I don’t do it nobody’s going to do it. So yeah, I got help I got people to help us move around some of these walls and put our Internet systems in and have our cables going through the ceiling all the way to the back in the server room. All that stuff I’ve got people helping me with that. But at the end of the day I’ve got to be the one that’s gotta get up and I’ve got to do it and it takes discipline.  Discipline is what’s going to help you build your own Speech therapy private practice. And if you don’t do it today when are you going to do it. And I’m just going to tell you right now if you wanted to do it yesterday and you don’t start tomorrow chances are in about five years from now you’re going to look back and go, “I should really start my own business”. So I don’t want to be the bearer of bad news but I will say this, “if there’s something in your life you don’t want, change it. If you don’t like where you are living, move.” I mean you’re not a tree you can move. You can do anything you want to do be anything you want to be, as long as it’s legal, right. You can do and start and grow any business you want but there’s one thing you got to do, have discipline. Do the same thing over and over in that positive direction. And what does that look like to start. Well it might be starting to get some patients on the side and might be putting some business cards out. It might be getting some contracts with some insurance companies or getting an NPI number, a tax I.D. number starting your own corporation with a paralegal or a lawyer or getting a bank account under your business name and getting referrals out there talking to doctors, talking to other health care professionals who would deliver, recommend and refer patients to you. So that’s what it looks like. And there’s certain steps I mean when you want to go in to a gym and start lifting weights you don’t just go grab the 200 pounds and start going. Now you got to start out slowly and that’s why at privateSLP.com, we help people just like you who want to grow scale start your own Speech therapy private practice. So that’s something to interest you get in touch with me and I promise I will work really hard to help you achieve what you want to achieve. So I hope this has been helpful today if there’s anything you need for me. Hit me up at PrivateSLP.com and as always thank you for listening. The post 48. Discipline in Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

A speech therapy private practice is not always easy or fun and games. Many people suffer from the illusion that business owners are sitting around at the beach on their laptops getting rich while paying employees to do all of the grunt work. This is far from the truth. To be successful in speech therapy private practice, one has to be dedicated, motivated and have serious discipline. Starting, growing and scaling a speech therapy private practice requires hard work, money, elbow grease and late hours but the payoff can be rewarding. In this episode, I discuss the discipline required to make a speech therapy private practice work and discuss some of the challenges along the way! <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Discipline-in-speech-therapy-private-practice.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> In this episode: 02:22 – Question from SpeakPipe 03:31 – The Perfect Student 05:05 – Our Second Location 09:50 – Topic = Discipline 11:38 – Retraining your Brain 12:47 – Positive Association 13:50 – Starting TODAY 14:30 – Consistency is the Key DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION So at an early age I learned the value of a dollar and how to work. And so I really believe those experiences as a child I carried it over into my business life. So these days what it looks like I’m always up at 4:30 I don’t need an alarm. For the last three or four days, I’ve been really excited to get to work I’ve been getting up on my own at about 2:33 a.m. And got there and sit on my hot tub and I do my morning meditation. I drink my carrot juice, beet juice, I do my juicing and then I go to work. Sometimes I’m at this new office getting it ready but I got to do it. If I don’t do it nobody’s going to do it. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 48. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a Speech Pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails, all the questions and all the SpeakPipes. As of today, we have well over 48,432 listeners to the show and I’m super glad you guys are out there getting good valuable information and you know me, I say it every single time, “Value is what you get in the absence of money” and these podcasts are free for you. So if you wouldn’t mind just go to the Android or iOS platform of your choice and leave some good five star feedback that way other people like you can get the same value that you’re receiving right now. Now if this is your first episode, welcome and you can just easily go back through all the podcasts and start at episode one and you can hear all the great topics that we have all the way from Accounts Receivable, billing, referrals, there is other information on there about mindset. I mean it’s all on there and if you have any questions at all, all you have to do is just reach out to me at <a href="http://www.privateSLP.com/contact" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">privateSLP.com/contact</a> and I’ll do my best to help you. I also received a recent question from SpeakPipe and it was from a gentleman. His name is Michael and he wanted to know about getting contracts and he’s got a business in another state and he’s got some home health going but he also wanted to add another discipline besides speech therapy. He wanted to recently add occupational therapy as well to the mix and he didn’t want to do that in the home and community you wanted to do that more of an outpatient clinical setting. Now again I’m not a lawyer but I did speak to him and I thought the best way to go about this would be maybe just to start another entity another private practice name and get your contracts through a clinic based entity and just start from scratch so that way you can keep your home visits home and then you can run that separate business out of the clinic and just make that a separate tax I.D. and NPI and you can just run everything through that through your contracts and so that was one of my suggestions and again I’m not a lawyer you definitely want to talk to your attorney and make sure these things are working for you in your state in your own unique situation. So that was the advice that I gave. I also wanted to let you know we have a space for the perfect student and that’s when you fly into Tucson work with me hand in hand and I’ll be more than happy to help you work and set your clinic up and also under unique circumstances I can fly out to your area and help you pick a location for your clinic and all you have to do is just reach out to me <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> and I’ll help you as much as I can. We are accepting new students right now in the All Access Community and you can find that at <a href="https://privateslp.com/coaching/" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">privateSLP.com/coaching</a> and I just wanted to say hi to Darla. She is a new member in the All access community and I heard from her in the forum a couple of days ago and she was just working through all the trainings. We just recently had a training yesterday about how to maximize what you currently have because a lot of people right now think that bigger is better and you got to buy all the software and tools and have multiple locations but you’ll be surprised. I spoke to a clinic owner recently who was not doing well financially and they’re losing thousands of dollars today a day over multiple locations so that’s not good. And trying to help that person adjust and readjust working on contracts and things like that. I wanted to talk to you today about discipline. Discipline is something that I really I’m glad I have because I wouldn’t be in the spot where I am today without a ton of discipline. I’m actually recording this podcast right now in one of our administrative offices at our second location. Currently we are opening up our second location here in Tucson. We just purchased a 7580 square foot building about five to six miles away from our current location. And it’s really exciting because when I first started this business I never dreamed that I would have a building of this size and capacity. I remember I used to see a doctor at this small doctor’s office and he left the state and he was selling his office space and I remember going over there and it was a thousand square feet and I was thinking how I could raise my son at that time. He was about six years old and I was going to try to find out in the back. There was a little woodshed and I was going to try to make that into an apartment and I was going to live and he was going to live in that apartment with me and we were going to live in the back and then I was going to try to rent the front. How I can chop that up and make that three rooms and then right down the street there was a property for sale. And at the time I really didn’t have the money saved up for the down payment. But I remember I was just trying to find a way to make that happen. And that was about a twelve hundred square foot building. But if I would have gone through with either those two deals I wouldn’t be sitting in this administrative office right now recording this podcast in this 7580 square foot building I mean this thing is huge. It’s gorgeous and again I’m not bragging or boasting. I’m just stating the facts and it’s because of discipline that I am able to sit in this little squeaky chair you might hear a little bit but in record a podcast and let you guys know that this stuff is doable and you can attain what you want to attain if you have the discipline to do it. And we’ve got this gorgeous huge gym. There’s actually three big 600 square feet spaces in one’s gonna be a motor room with single point swings. The other room’s gonna be like an office admin meant for our physical therapy and occupational therapy and assistant rooms and there’s gonna be a rock wall in there and then we’ve got a whole huge 600 square foot kitchen with two refrigerators microwaves, so the OTs can do their feeding and then on the other side and I’ll leave some pictures below this podcast so you guys can see it. We’ve got these big beautiful Speech therapy treatment rooms. The people before us who own this clinic, it really was designed for children and they put a lot of money into this building. They kind of I think overbuilt the building for the area but they couldn’t sell it for what it was worth because they really overbuilt the building into giving examples moving some tiles the other day because this whole building was rebuilt and constructed in 2016 and they left a lot of paint cans and leftover tiles and carpet tiles and the place has a new roof and there’s five air conditioners ten ton ACs, the furniture. There were some furniture left but I was moving these tiles and these things are super heavy. I had to grab the Dolly and I look in these tiles were made in Italy and I’m like wow these people put a lot of money into this building but we didn’t pay that kind of price. We got this thing about 40 percent off and so it was just another reason to save your money and to run lean and to be able to purchase an asset. And I did a walkthrough of this building and I put this into the All Access Community for our members to show them all the ins and outs of when you buy a clinic or when you rent and lease a space. Things to look for like safety features if you’ve got fire sprinklers and alarms things to take into consideration, security cameras, the space layout, how people check in, the workflows – checking in / checking out, the check in Windows placements all of that is included in this walkthrough that I did for the All access community. It was just really nice to show the members what it looked like, what it feels like to move in and get it ready and get the equipment going and the insurances that I need to make this thing operational. So it’s just a real delight to be able to have a podcast and record this podcast in my new space. So I just wanna let you guys know that we are really growing and do the best that we can to help our families here in Tucson we just hired another Occupational therapist and we interviewed a Physical therapist this morning and we’ve got another interview for a Physical therapist coming if you’re looking for work in the Tucson area, you can go to <a href="http://therapyjobtucson.com" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">therapyjobtucson.com</a> and you can find a place to apply for a Speech occupational or Physical therapy position here in our clinic. So I just wanted to talk to you today about discipline. Discipline is something I remember as a child when we weren’t in school we had to work with my dad and my dad was a licensed plumber. He was a really tough and still he’s a tough guy and a hard worker. And so was my grandfather. My grandfather was a union pipefitter who used to run pipe, gas pipe, water pipe and he would fit hospitals and I remember as a young boy I would go visit my grandparents and I go see my I my papa I’d go visit my papa and he would be working on this big hospital in Lafayette Louisiana. I remember just going up these elevators and up these flights of stairs and just seeing my Papa and I thought it was a big deal, there’s my Papa and he’s working on these buildings and new construction for these big hospitals. And then my dad he had a plumbing contracting business in Belle Rose, Louisiana. He had over 100 employees at one time and I just remember growing up my dad. In the summertime, he used to wake us up early in the morning. He wakes up at 4:30 in the morning. He’d say, “The train’s leaving at five o’clock, if you’re not on it you’re going to be in some trouble, so it’s time to get up and go.” And I just remember saying, “I’m tired. Can’t we just have a day off?” and my dad would say, “No, you don’t have a day off. You gotta get up and go to work”. And that’s what my summers looked like when I turned nine and ten years of age. But there was a payoff too. I remember asking my dad how much I get paid. And he laughed. But I remember getting a company check when I was that age, I get 100 bucks sometimes 120 and that cash I had my bank account and I used to save my money. I just love making that money and saving it. But I remember getting up and my dad used to talk to us on the way to work. He did say, “You know what boys sometimes you got to do things you just don’t want to do and you got to get up and you got to work”. And he’d give us a shovel and we’d go out there. I remember there was this man Mr. Johnny Jones and I would have to ride with Mr. Johnny Jones in his pickup truck and I had to do what Mr. Johnny Jones told me to do and my dad says, “This man when he tells you to do something it’s just like me saying it because you need to do it”. And I remember Mr. Johnny Jones would say I need you to dig a line trench. It needs to be four feet deep and needs to be 25 feet long and you need to do it. And I remember going back in the office and I asked my dad I said “Dad, it’s really hot out here and this was southeast Louisiana, like sweaty and I’m hot and tired”. And he said, “well get some water”. I’m like, “Well, can I just hang out in the A.C. with you in the office” and he says, “If you want an AC job at an office you might want to think about going to college. But right now you need to get out there and go listen to what Mr. Johnny Jones wants you to do”. And I did it and I didn’t want to. And I remember when I wouldn’t work with Mr. Johnny Jones, My daddy had me making pieces of pipe to run gas lines through attics so houses could have gas lines for heat and water heaters. So at an early age I learned the value of a dollar and how to work. And so I really believe those experiences as a child I carried it over into my business life. So these days what it looks like I’m always up at 4:30 I don’t need an alarm. For the last three or four days, I’ve been really excited to get to work I’ve been getting up on my own at about 2:33 a.m. And got there and sit on my hot tub and I do my morning meditation. I drink my carrot juice, beet juice I do my juicing and then I go to work. Sometimes I’m at this new office getting it ready but I got to do it. If I don’t do it nobody’s going to do it. So yeah, I got help I got people to help us move around some of these walls and put our Internet systems in and have our cables going through the ceiling all the way to the back in the server room. All that stuff I’ve got people helping me with that. But at the end of the day I’ve got to be the one that’s gotta get up and I’ve got to do it and it takes discipline. Discipline is what’s going to help you build your own Speech therapy private practice. And if you don’t do it today when are you going to do it. And I’m just going to tell you right now if you wanted to do it yesterday and you don’t start tomorrow chances are in about five years from now you’re going to look back and go, “I should really start my own business”. So I don’t want to be the bearer of bad news but I will say this, “if there’s something in your life you don’t want, change it. If you don’t like where you are living, move.” I mean you’re not a tree you can move. You can do anything you want to do be anything you want to be, as long as it’s legal, right. You can do and start and grow any business you want but there’s one thing you got to do, have discipline. Do the same thing over and over in that positive direction. And what does that look like to start. Well it might be starting to get some patients on the side and might be putting some business cards out. It might be getting some contracts with some insurance companies or getting an NPI number, a tax I.D. number starting your own corporation with a paralegal or a lawyer or getting a bank account under your business name and getting referrals out there talking to doctors, talking to other health care professionals who would deliver, recommend and refer patients to you. So that’s what it looks like. And there’s certain steps I mean when you want to go in to a gym and start lifting weights you don’t just go grab the 200 pounds and start going. Now you got to start out slowly and that’s why at <a href="https://privateslp.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" target="_blank">privateSLP.com</a>, we help people just like you who want to grow scale start your own Speech therapy private practice. So that’s something to interest you get in touch with me and I promise I will work really hard to help you achieve what you want to achieve. So I hope this has been helpful today if there’s anything you need for me. Hit me up at <a href="http://PrivateSLP.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP.com</a> and as always thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/48-discipline-in-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">48. Discipline in Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

48. Discipline in Speech Therapy Private Practice

Beata Klarowska

47. Private Practice Management Software with Beata Klarowska, M.S. CCC-SLP

46. How to Become Redundant in Speech Therapy Private Practice

45. Teletherapy and Online Therapy Services:  What You Must Know

Start a Real Speech Therapy Private Practice

Kyle’s podcast has been both a reality check and an inspiration as I push forward with starting up my private practice. It feels like I’ve got someone in my corner even as I strike out on my own! Since my family’s roots are in south Louisiana it’s also so nice to hear that lovely slight drawl as he gives solid advice and motivation. Thanks for this great podcast, Kyle!

Extremely helpful, practical and inspiring

I have enjoied this podcast! Authentic and great information.

Added Value

Speech Therapy Private Practice Startup Podcast

Cognitive distortions are ways that our mind convinces us of something that simply isn’t true. These irrational thoughts are usually used to reinforce negative thinking or emotions, such as telling ourselves things that sound rational and accurate, but really only serve to keep us feeling bad about ourselves. Generally, these distortions are at the subliminal level, but with awareness they are easily identified. Is this podcast, I discuss the 10 most common cognitive distortions and relate them to our world of speech therapy private practice. In this episode: 01:01 – Wow, it’s a new year 01:06 – Seahawks VS Cardinals, lessons learned 02:15 – Family time is very important – with corn hole 03:07 – Cognitive distortions 03:30 – Common misconceptions of speech therapy private practice 04:20 – Costco, Organic Mighty Green Juice and exercise 05:15 – Backward masking and the Reverse Speech App 06:05 – All-or-Nothing Thinking 06:26 – Overgeneralizing 07:00 – Mental Filter 07:15 – Discounting the positives 07:26 – Jumping to conclusions – A. Mind Reading or B: Fortune Telling 08:30 – Magnification or minimizing 08:42 – Emotional Reasoning 09:01 – “Should” Statements 09:03 – Labeling 09:12 – Personalization or blame 09:17 – Business can be stressful – but don’t fall into the cognitive distortion trap 09:51 – Ready for a mentor? I am taking 2 students – email me with “The Perfect Student” in Subject Line Download PDF Transcription   Transcription of Episode Seven: You’ve got to take care of your mind as a business owner, as clinic owner, you’ve got to take care of yourself, especially your mind. You are your most important asset to your business. Well, hello everyone, you’re listening to this Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast, this is episode number 7. My name is Kyle Meades and am a speech pathologist since 1993 and this podcast is designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast, at a time. Well everyone it’s 2016. This is the first episode of 2016. Today is Monday January 4th, I’m really thrilled to be on the podcast today to share with you some things that I’ve been thinking about already this year. We had a wonderful New Year’s Eve I took my family up to Phoenix for the weekend. We went up and shared some time with a very good friend of mine. He’s a clinic owner up in Phoenix. We also went to a NFL football game. I took my son to his first NFL football game. It was the Seahawks versus the Cardinals. Now we live in Arizona, but my son, he loves the Seahawks he loves the Seahawks. So he had his number three Seahawks jersey and I’ll tell you what, the Cardinals got shut down and my friend that I was with in Phoenix he told my son, he said you know you’re going to be crying by the half-time. Because the Seahawks are going to lose and every time the Seahawks scored or made some great play, he turned around and looked at my friend and he gives him that little grin you know that little, I can’t repeat it but that little grin just shuts everybody down. But anyway, the Seahawks won. It was very fun. We had a great family time; we stayed at the Hyatt out in Scottsdale, beautiful resort, beautiful place to stay, the team for West Virginia who played Arizona State. They were staying at the Hyatt. My son was playing corn hole. I think that’s a game that was invented in Cleveland, Ohio if I know my history right, Cornole. Leave a comment if you know where cornole that game where you throw the beanbag up in the air and to the other side, it hits the little board and goes through the hole. Leave me a comment. Seriously, leave me a comment and tell me where cornhole was invented. I think it was Cleveland Ohio because my other half, she’s from Chardon, Ohio, which a suburb or a place out in the country kind of around Cleveland. She says it was Cleveland, but I’m not too sure about that. So let me knew where corn hole was invented. Cardinals Got Killed by the Seahawks Anyway, we hung out at the Hyatt and play corn hole with West Virginia football team who also beat Arizona State. It’s a really fun weekend and I was reading some books and reading some material and I got to reflect on what’s called cognitive distortions and I’m not trying to go all hippie on you, but this stuff is real. This stuff can stop you dead in your tracks, because your mind. You’ve got to take care of your mind as a business owner, as a clinic owner, you’ve got to take care of yourself especially your mind. You are your most important asset to your business. A lot of people think once you start that private practice, you can jet on out to the beach and just, you know, get rich on the beach and live that dream. But you know what, that’s not how businesses is, you’ve got to take care your business, you’ve got a take care yourself. You are responsible for all the patients that come through your doors; you’re responsible for all the employees that you have got to pay taxes. You’ve got to do those things, this is serious, and you’ve got to keep your mind clean. You got to take care of your body. You’ve got to eat well, you’ve got exercise, you can’t drink a lot of alcohol. You can’t get bloated all the time you got a have a clean, pure, clear head to operate a business and you know what, let me know otherwise, but last time I checked, you’ve got to keep a clean head. I go to Casco, I shop at Casco, and so I’m drinking my organic mighty green drink. It’s apples, celery, cucumber, kale, colly greens, lemon, mentees, spinnage, ginger and all these other things that I can’t even say, Barley grass, alfalfa grass. Now for someone who comes from Southeast Louisiana, this was not on our dinner table. We didn’t have organic mighty greens. We had red beans, rice sausage, gumbo, jambalaya, it’s good food but I can’t eat that all the time. I’m trying to take care of myself, I’m exercising I just got out of the gym. I ran 5K, I went and did my stretches. I did my steam session, I did my Jacuzzi, you know I’m cutting up a little bit, listen to episode number six, I’m trying to liven up a little bit, trying to have a little fun. You know, think about it. Try to say Speech Therapy Private practice Startup podcast backwards [unclear] exactly, can you do that backwards? Well I just did I downloaded this, I reverse speech app from the iTunes Store downloaded it and that’s what came out. So I think it’s kind of funny. Trying to liven up a little bit. You know have some fun. You know, have fun, that’s what life is about and download the app it will be fun. Your kids will like it, the kids you work with in your clinic, your kids, you know your own personal children, and they will like it too. I don’t know about you guys, my sons always grabbing my phone and he’s 9, he’s playing on the phone all the time. Dad may I have your phone, he’s got his own phone but mine has more storage and so I’ve got more apps that he just put these things on. But anyway, check out that I reversed speech app and download it and have some fun with that.   Cognitive Distortions Can Be Dangerous !! Yeah checklist of cognitive distortions, number one, All-or-Nothing thinking, that’s when you look at things in absolute black and white categories. You ever done that? Number two – Overgeneralizing, that’s when you view a negative event as a never ending pattern of defeat. Number-3 – Mental filter, you dwell on the negatives and ignore the positives. You ever done that? Number-4 – Discounting the positives, you insist that your accomplishments are positive qualities that just don’t count. How about Number five – Jumping to conclusions. There is two parts to that you can be a mind reader or a fortuneteller. Mind reading, that’s when you assume that people are reacting negatively to you, when there’s no definite evidence or B fortune-telling; you arbitrarily predict that things will turn out badly. You ever done that? Probably could write a book on that. Number six – Magnifications or minimizing, that’s when you blow things way out of proportion or you shrink their importance inappropriately. Number seven, Emotional reasoning you reason from how you feel, like I don’t feel like an idiot, so I really must be one or I don’t feel like doing this so I’ll just put it off. Number 8 – Should statements, you criticize yourself or other people with should or shouldn’t or must or adds or have to or similar offenders. Labeling, Number nine – you identify with your shortcomings. Instead of saying I made a mistake. You tell yourself I’m a jerk or I’m no good, or I’m a fool, or I’m a loser, or I’m stupid. Number ten – Personalizations or blame, you blame yourself for something that you weren’t entirely responsible for or you blame other people and overlook ways that your own attitudes and behavior might contribute to a problem.  So those are ten cognitive distortions that I came across this past weekend when I was doing some reflection and some reading. I just want to throw it out there because I’ve noticed when businesses, things get stressful or things just don’t go my way. You know look I’m a vulnerable individual. I’m going to throw it out there and life is just not perfect all the time. Oh my gosh, you mean Kyle the podcast guy for Speech Therapy Private practice Startup podcast says his life is not perfect, that’s right. My life is not perfect and I make mistakes all the time, all the time every day and some of this negative thinking, this cognitive distortion comes up and I think it’s important because again, this subliminal self-sabotage, it’s real. It can happen. And it’s important to recognize it shinning a light on and call it out by name. So you don’t make that same mistake because, again, our mind is our most important asset to our business and our profession, and it affects everything. So we have to stay clear and stay on top of things. So I just want to share that with you guys because it’s important.                                                Family Time is Important You know if you have any comments or feedback please send me an email to kyle@privateslp.com or you can send me a Tweet, my handle is privateslp you can use #privateslp when you are commenting. I wanted to also give you some information right now I’m looking for two students. Since this is the first half of twenty sixteen I’ve got some time for two extra students. You would be able to fly into Tucson, come spend a week with me in the clinic and I can show you how to run and start up your own clinic or your own home health business. You can have direct access one-on-one access to me for at least six months, I’ll answer your questions, give you honest feedback. Real advice, I’ll be your personal coach, so to speak. This isn’t free, but for the right person. It’s got to be the right fit. You know not everyone is designed to be together. So what I’d like you to do if you think you have what it takes to start your own private practice and if you think that twenty sixteen is your year to be successful in private practice and speech therapy private practice I want you to send me an email to kyle@privateslp.com and in subject line I want all caps I want you to put THE PERFECT STUDENT, because I think if you have what it takes and if you have that drive and you have that dedication. I want to work with you and I want to show you how to do this the right way, because you know right now we have twenty five part and full-time employees. You know we’ve got benefits now in a clinic for our employees. You know we’re just growing. We see over twelve to thirteen hundred people per month. We do excellent work in this community and we’re very proud of it and I want show you how to do the same. So if you think you got what it takes seriously send me an email to kyle@privateslp.com again the Subject line THE PERFECT STUDENT and I’ll get that e-mail and I’ll see if we got a match. So, also I’d like you to help others by doing one small tiny step. I want you to go to iTunes here and I want you to click on five-star rating and share your personal comments about this podcast because I want other people to have value to ad again value is what you get in the absence of money and this is a very, very valuable podcast and I want others to be able to find it easily. So please help others to find this podcast easily by giving it good, honest feedback, give us a good rating five stars would be very very appreciative and again, this is thank you for listening. If you have any questions, leave your comment to the bottom of the post. Have a wonderful week, folks. Thank you. The post 7: Cognitive Distortions That Affect Business Growth appeared first on PrivateSLP.

<a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/27-Cognitive-Distortions-That-Affect-Business-Growth.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a>Cognitive distortions are ways that our mind convinces us of something that simply isn’t true. These irrational thoughts are usually used to reinforce negative thinking or emotions, such as telling ourselves things that sound rational and accurate, but really only serve to keep us feeling bad about ourselves. Generally, these distortions are at the subliminal level, but with awareness they are easily identified. Is this podcast, I discuss the 10 most common cognitive distortions and relate them to our world of speech therapy private practice. In this episode: 01:01 – Wow, it’s a new year 01:06 – Seahawks VS Cardinals, lessons learned 02:15 – Family time is very important – with corn hole 03:07 – Cognitive distortions 03:30 – Common misconceptions of speech therapy private practice 04:20 – Costco, Organic Mighty Green Juice and exercise 05:15 – Backward masking and the <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/reverse-speech/id753357884?mt=8" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Reverse Speech App</a> 06:05 – All-or-Nothing Thinking 06:26 – Overgeneralizing 07:00 – Mental Filter 07:15 – Discounting the positives 07:26 – Jumping to conclusions – A. Mind Reading or B: Fortune Telling 08:30 – Magnification or minimizing 08:42 – Emotional Reasoning 09:01 – “Should” Statements 09:03 – Labeling 09:12 – Personalization or blame 09:17 – Business can be stressful – but don’t fall into the cognitive distortion trap 09:51 – Ready for a mentor? I am taking 2 students – email me with “The Perfect Student” in Subject Line Download PDF Transcription Transcription of Episode Seven: You’ve got to take care of your mind as a business owner, as clinic owner, you’ve got to take care of yourself, especially your mind. You are your most important asset to your business. Well, hello everyone, you’re listening to this Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast, this is episode number 7. My name is Kyle Meades and am a speech pathologist since 1993 and this podcast is designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast, at a time. Well everyone it’s 2016. This is the first episode of 2016. Today is Monday January 4th, I’m really thrilled to be on the podcast today to share with you some things that I’ve been thinking about already this year. We had a wonderful New Year’s Eve I took my family up to Phoenix for the weekend. We went up and shared some time with a very good friend of mine. He’s a clinic owner up in Phoenix. We also went to a NFL football game. I took my son to his first NFL football game. It was the Seahawks versus the Cardinals. Now we live in Arizona, but my son, he loves the Seahawks he loves the Seahawks. So he had his number three Seahawks jersey and I’ll tell you what, the Cardinals got shut down and my friend that I was with in Phoenix he told my son, he said you know you’re going to be crying by the half-time. Because the Seahawks are going to lose and every time the Seahawks scored or made some great play, he turned around and looked at my friend and he gives him that little grin you know that little, I can’t repeat it but that little grin just shuts everybody down. But anyway, the Seahawks won. It was very fun. We had a great family time; we stayed at the Hyatt out in Scottsdale, beautiful resort, beautiful place to stay, the team for West Virginia who played Arizona State. They were staying at the Hyatt. My son was playing corn hole. I think that’s a game that was invented in Cleveland, Ohio if I know my history right, Cornole. Leave a comment if you know where cornole that game where you throw the beanbag up in the air and to the other side, it hits the little board and goes through the hole. Leave me a comment. Seriously, leave me a comment and tell me where cornhole was invented. I think it was Cleveland Ohio because my other half, she’s from Chardon, Ohio, which a suburb or a place out in the country kind of around Cleveland. She says it was Cleveland, but I’m not too sure about that. So let me knew where corn hole was invented. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Stadium.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-656 nofollow" target="_blank"></a>Cardinals Got Killed by the Seahawks Anyway, we hung out at the Hyatt and play corn hole with West Virginia football team who also beat Arizona State. It’s a really fun weekend and I was reading some books and reading some material and I got to reflect on what’s called cognitive distortions and I’m not trying to go all hippie on you, but this stuff is real. This stuff can stop you dead in your tracks, because your mind. You’ve got to take care of your mind as a business owner, as a clinic owner, you’ve got to take care of yourself especially your mind. You are your most important asset to your business. A lot of people think once you start that private practice, you can jet on out to the beach and just, you know, get rich on the beach and live that dream. But you know what, that’s not how businesses is, you’ve got to take care your business, you’ve got a take care yourself. You are responsible for all the patients that come through your doors; you’re responsible for all the employees that you have got to pay taxes. You’ve got to do those things, this is serious, and you’ve got to keep your mind clean. You got to take care of your body. You’ve got to eat well, you’ve got exercise, you can’t drink a lot of alcohol. You can’t get bloated all the time you got a have a clean, pure, clear head to operate a business and you know what, let me know otherwise, but last time I checked, you’ve got to keep a clean head. I go to Casco, I shop at Casco, and so I’m drinking my organic mighty green drink. It’s apples, celery, cucumber, kale, colly greens, lemon, mentees, spinnage, ginger and all these other things that I can’t even say, Barley grass, alfalfa grass. Now for someone who comes from Southeast Louisiana, this was not on our dinner table. We didn’t have organic mighty greens. We had red beans, rice sausage, gumbo, jambalaya, it’s good food but I can’t eat that all the time. I’m trying to take care of myself, I’m exercising I just got out of the gym. I ran 5K, I went and did my stretches. I did my steam session, I did my Jacuzzi, you know I’m cutting up a little bit, listen to episode number six, I’m trying to liven up a little bit, trying to have a little fun. You know, think about it. Try to say Speech Therapy Private practice Startup podcast backwards [unclear] exactly, can you do that backwards? Well I just did I downloaded this, I reverse speech app from the iTunes Store downloaded it and that’s what came out. So I think it’s kind of funny. Trying to liven up a little bit. You know have some fun. You know, have fun, that’s what life is about and download the app it will be fun. Your kids will like it, the kids you work with in your clinic, your kids, you know your own personal children, and they will like it too. I don’t know about you guys, my sons always grabbing my phone and he’s 9, he’s playing on the phone all the time. Dad may I have your phone, he’s got his own phone but mine has more storage and so I’ve got more apps that he just put these things on. But anyway, check out that I reversed speech app and download it and have some fun with that. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Cognitive-Distortions.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-658 nofollow" target="_blank"></a>Cognitive Distortions Can Be Dangerous !! Yeah checklist of cognitive distortions, number one, All-or-Nothing thinking, that’s when you look at things in absolute black and white categories. You ever done that? Number two – Overgeneralizing, that’s when you view a negative event as a never ending pattern of defeat. Number-3 – Mental filter, you dwell on the negatives and ignore the positives. You ever done that? Number-4 – Discounting the positives, you insist that your accomplishments are positive qualities that just don’t count. How about Number five – Jumping to conclusions. There is two parts to that you can be a mind reader or a fortuneteller. Mind reading, that’s when you assume that people are reacting negatively to you, when there’s no definite evidence or B fortune-telling; you arbitrarily predict that things will turn out badly. You ever done that? Probably could write a book on that. Number six – Magnifications or minimizing, that’s when you blow things way out of proportion or you shrink their importance inappropriately. Number seven, Emotional reasoning you reason from how you feel, like I don’t feel like an idiot, so I really must be one or I don’t feel like doing this so I’ll just put it off. Number 8 – Should statements, you criticize yourself or other people with should or shouldn’t or must or adds or have to or similar offenders. Labeling, Number nine – you identify with your shortcomings. Instead of saying I made a mistake. You tell yourself I’m a jerk or I’m no good, or I’m a fool, or I’m a loser, or I’m stupid. Number ten – Personalizations or blame, you blame yourself for something that you weren’t entirely responsible for or you blame other people and overlook ways that your own attitudes and behavior might contribute to a problem. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Privateslp-Open-Image.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> So those are ten cognitive distortions that I came across this past weekend when I was doing some reflection and some reading. I just want to throw it out there because I’ve noticed when businesses, things get stressful or things just don’t go my way. You know look I’m a vulnerable individual. I’m going to throw it out there and life is just not perfect all the time. Oh my gosh, you mean Kyle the podcast guy for Speech Therapy Private practice Startup podcast says his life is not perfect, that’s right. My life is not perfect and I make mistakes all the time, all the time every day and some of this negative thinking, this cognitive distortion comes up and I think it’s important because again, this subliminal self-sabotage, it’s real. It can happen. And it’s important to recognize it shinning a light on and call it out by name. So you don’t make that same mistake because, again, our mind is our most important asset to our business and our profession, and it affects everything. So we have to stay clear and stay on top of things. So I just want to share that with you guys because it’s important. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Family-Time.png" rel="attachment wp-att-657 nofollow" target="_blank"></a>                                               Family Time is Important You know if you have any comments or feedback please send me an email to <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> or you can send me a Tweet, my handle is privateslp you can use #privateslp when you are commenting. I wanted to also give you some information right now I’m looking for two students. Since this is the first half of twenty sixteen I’ve got some time for two extra students. You would be able to fly into Tucson, come spend a week with me in the clinic and I can show you how to run and start up your own clinic or your own home health business. You can have direct access one-on-one access to me for at least six months, I’ll answer your questions, give you honest feedback. Real advice, I’ll be your personal coach, so to speak. This isn’t free, but for the right person. It’s got to be the right fit. You know not everyone is designed to be together. So what I’d like you to do if you think you have what it takes to start your own private practice and if you think that twenty sixteen is your year to be successful in private practice and speech therapy private practice I want you to send me an email to <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> and in subject line I want all caps I want you to put THE PERFECT STUDENT, because I think if you have what it takes and if you have that drive and you have that dedication. I want to work with you and I want to show you how to do this the right way, because you know right now we have twenty five part and full-time employees. You know we’ve got benefits now in a clinic for our employees. You know we’re just growing. We see over twelve to thirteen hundred people per month. We do excellent work in this community and we’re very proud of it and I want show you how to do the same. So if you think you got what it takes seriously send me an email to <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> again the Subject line THE PERFECT STUDENT and I’ll get that e-mail and I’ll see if we got a match. So, also I’d like you to help others by doing one small tiny step. I want you to go to <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a> here and I want you to click on five-star rating and share your personal comments about this podcast because I want other people to have value to ad again value is what you get in the absence of money and this is a very, very valuable podcast and I want others to be able to find it easily. So please help others to find this podcast easily by giving it good, honest feedback, give us a good rating five stars would be very very appreciative and again, this is thank you for listening. If you have any questions, leave your comment to the bottom of the post. Have a wonderful week, folks. Thank you. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/cognitive-distortions-that-affect-business-growth/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">7: Cognitive Distortions That Affect Business Growth</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

Cognitive Distortions

Many people contact me and ask this question, “How do I start a speech therapy private practice and just take cash and not deal with insurances and minimize headaches”? There isn’t an easy answer to this question, because with the increase of consumers forced to have insurance coverage, people want value. Patients want to use their insurances to cover medical services, and that includes therapy services. I truly believe as clinicians and business owners, we owe it to our patients to accommodate everyone. That is why I choose to take cash, insurances, Medicare and Medicaid as forms of payment in our clinic In this episode, I talk about this and other aspects of the cash-versus-insurance topic.                Television Advertising Still Works Today     In this episode: 01:08 – Over 4817 listeners from various parts of the world 01:52 – The Perfect Student 02:35 – Question from Andrew 04:32 – Survey in your area for Pricing 06:33 – Multiple payer source 07:22 – Insurance is not always a headache 08:54 – Old school tactics 10:16 – Biggest marketing secret 11:49 – Membership section of privateslp.com Download PDF Transcription You just turned an Insurance client into a cash pay patient, so that’s another way to think about it. Why settle for only forty-five dollars a visit when you might get a higher rate of reimbursement. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 16. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show and I want to say Thank you for listening. Thanks for all your emails, thanks for the feedback on iTunes I really appreciate it. And as of today, August the 6th 2016, we have over 4817 listeners from various parts of the world, like United States, Australia, United Kingdom, Canada, India, Israel, Philippines, Turkey, Singapore, we have people listening from all over the World. Its really nice to have all you guys listening and if you wouldn’t mind, jump in and chime in, go to Privateslp.com and at the bottom of each podcast post you’ll see a place for comments. I really appreciate you guys leaving comments and if you don’t mind leave some comments down there. Chime in, start telling me what you’re thinking so I can drive and steer this podcast to what you want to hear. And also too if you’re interested in working with me, please send me an email kyle@privateslp.com. Please put THE PERFECT STUDENT in the Subject line and tell me a little bit about yourself. Go in the detail and let me if you’re just starting out or if you’ve been working on your private practice for sometime, if you’re so practitioner, if you have employees, let me know some information about you so that I can help you better. Right now I do have a waiting list but I am accepting people. Just again, please give me as much information as possible and make sure you put a valid email address in there because likely I do email people back and their email are bounced for whatever reason and I just can’t get in touch with you. I just want to make sure I can help you so give me as much information as possible. I want to start today’s show with a question and this question comes from a person named Andrew and it says, “Hi Kyle, my wife wanted to start a private speech therapy practice in our area. She’s been working for a local school for the past 10 years and she’d an itch for a long time to go out on her own. She is almost to the point of launching her own business. She loves Speech but dislikes the business and technology part of it and that’s where I come in. I created a website, I setup her phone system, I registered her EIN, I took an old MacBook upgraded from 4 GB to 16 GB of Ram. And I’ll be doing the marketing and of course listening to your Podcast. We’ve learned a lot along the way and there are two things we’re worried about and hopefully you can help me with that.  Number 1 Pricing. How much should be charge for services? What if our local Speech therapy practices in our area charges fifty-five bucks for half hour and three hundred for the evau. My wife wanted to charge forty-five dollars for half hour and two hundred for the evau. I thought it might be too low. She wants to do private pay and I have to deal with the Insurance companies. Number 2, How to get clients. This is one of my wife’s biggest fears. What if we put all this work in starting get out and we just don’t get in the clients. I assured her that her field as you know is a very in-demand field. She’s going to work part-time for the school while she gets it up and running. What type of marketing have you found that works. Thanks for all you do, your podcast is great. Andrew.” Well Andrew, I wanted to say thank you for that email. Those are great questions, so I wanted to take the time. I know you wrote this to me couple of weeks ago and I wanted to take the time to really think this out for you and give you a good answer. I really believe that taking my time and being through with my answer will help you and others. That’s why I wanted to go and make these questions into a Podcast. Let me go and get started. When it comes to pricing, you want to do a cost survey in your area. Now there’s nothing wrong with fifty-five, fifty or forty-five dollars per half hour. That’s a very good solid price point. As far as the evaluation, two hundred fifty or two fifty five or three hundred dollars for the evaluation, obviously that’s going to take longer, because you got to do report, you got to send that report to the pediatrician or the doctors office. I get it. We are going to take more time on the Eval. When I started my own private practice, I knew I wanted to be an employer so when you’re asking me questions about pricing and taking an insurance plan. I get it, I understand. There are lot of physical therapist out there who podcast and blog about the cash-based business model. I totally understand. Insurance companies can be a headache. I totally get it. You’re preaching to the choir. But let me tell you this, I wanted to be an employer. I wanted to change lives for the better not only for my patients but also the employees who work with me. If you go back and listen to those earlier podcasts, you’ll hear me complaining about the places I used to work. For Christmas, we got a chocolate or cherry pie. It was my choice either chocolate or cherry. It was a frozen cisco pie. We had to by end of this fake culture in order to keep our job. It was horrible. So when I started my own private practice, I wanted to grow it and scale it as big as I can get it. I am still doing that today; because of insurances I was able to that. I am going to share with you my own personal experience and I totally understand a lot of people don’t want to deal with insurance companies. I was always told from the get go and I did talk to a lot of private practice owners before I started. Why would you only limit yourself to one payer source, you want to take multiple payers. Multiple payers might be cash or insurance or what about working with an attorney doing leans for people who have been in accidents, who need cognitive training. There are so many different things out there, why would I want to just limit myself to one payer. I think its smart Andrew that your wife is doing working part-time at the school and slowly building this thing up because you don’t want to go out there and borrow bunch of money from Banks because when you do that you are really working for the bank. I think what she’s doing is very smart and she’s got you to help with all the technology, website and marketing and that’s a really good solution. But please don’t forget Insurance is not always a headache. Lets say you want to just focus on forty-five dollars per half hour treatment, what if an Insurance company would reimburse you Seventy-six or Eighty-two dollars per visit, what’s wrong with that. And it’s just as simple as going to a computer program, inputting that charge, hitting enter and it’s done and maybe you get a cheque three days later. Sometimes it’s that simple. I will be honest when I say that yes, there are headaches to insurances. Sometimes Insurances play those games like United Health care and Cigna, they play that game, like we need a prior auth or its got to be medical necessary. But don’t forget sometimes lets just use an example for United Health Care, if this were covered by your Insurance your co-pay would be forty dollars for those treatment. However, this is not covered in our cash rates forty-five, its only five dollars more. You just turned an Insurance client into a cash pay patient, so that’s another way to think about it. Why set off only forty-five dollars a visit when you might get a higher rate of reimbursement. That’s another way to look at it.  We talk about marketing; I’m kind of old school when it comes to marketing. We do have a Facebook account at our Office. I do have a Twitter account but we do advertise with Twitter and we do some Facebook advertising. When I am really finding that works, its just old school tactics going to the pediatrician’s offices, doctor’s offices, introducing myself, giving them a copy of my Insurance list and saying, “Hey, here are the payers that we take. If you have any patients who need Speech therapy, here they are. We take all medicate, Medicare plans, third party liabilities, we take all these payers. So if you have the need for speech, fax the referral, here’s our Fax number. We’ll get your patients taken care of. Meeting personally with pediatricians and physicians offices, getting to know your referral clerk that’s a big thing too. Also I like going on television, I’ve been going on a morning talk show. I got invited monthly to do a morning talk show here in Tucson. That’s been very positive for me when I take that link from the TV station on their page; I send it out through Facebook and pay for advertising that way. And we just get a lot of marketing that way. Also too you can make pamphlet, you can hand those out of clinics. But I think the biggest thing as a clinic owner that we can do is treat those patients, get on work done, get those kids work done and treating with respect do wonderful treats. And those families will go back to that doctor and thank them for sending their loved ones to you and I think that’s the biggest marketing secret that I could share doing good quality work, not really focusing on the money part of it. Yes, it is important we got to pay the bills but if do a good job and you do this right, you will have the work. I’ve talked about this in another podcast about not being flaky, scheduling people appropriately, not being late for appointments, making patients accountable for missed appointments, no shows and late arrivals; and it works on our side too. We’ve got a show up and do our part too. But if you do the right thing, take care of those patients; that will do more than Facebook, Google, Website and talking referral clerks. It will happen but it’s a slow steady process. And I think your wife is smart for keeping her job while she builds her private practice up. It’s a lot of work and I notice in your question, you say what if this doesn’t works out. This a lot of work to get it started. It shouldn’t be too much work though to get it started. If you’re leasing a building, you’re going to have a lot of pressure there to meet your rental bill every month. I would recommend starting out may be a separate room in your home or an Office sweet where you’ve got a low rent and overtime you can grow and may be move from one office to two offices the three rooms, four rooms. I did a podcast about that recently in talks about your First Office. So if you check that podcast, that’ll give you some more information. We have a membership section of privateslp.com, its almost done. I know people have asked me about it, “Hey, when this membership website going to be ready?” I’m being putting some content on there and I’m almost done. I go into specifics on how to bill it, collect it, document, also how to just get paid because we’re really good at that in our clinic. We’re really good about getting reimbursement from Insurance companies. Andrew, I hope this has helped answering some of these questions that you and your wife have about starting your own private practice. To sum it all up, just do it. Don’t get in to the whole analysis, paralysis thing because I really believe a Speech pathologist, we are a certain type of personality, we are a certain type of people, we tend overthink things. We want to solve all the problems. Its almost like we have this perfectionism about us. We want to get everything done so right and perfect. Don’t fall into that trap, get moving, get started, get your first patient, get that person scheduled, take that payment, get a credit card, just start with square up. It’s an app in your phone. Its 2.75 % for swiping a credit card, yeah that’s expensive but move this up and cheaper later, get it to about five or six thousand a year from swiping or ten grand a year. Then you can go get your credit card system to a bank like Bank of America or something, but get started. Get into action, do something that’s in your future goal. Get that first patient scheduled; it doesn’t have to be perfect because when I get into that whole analysis paralysis, nothing gets done. Just like this recording, I got to hit record and talk, and go over my notes and just say it. I hope you guys have had a good listen on this podcast. If you have any question, send me an email kyle@privateslp.com. Thank you for listening. The post 16: Accepting Insurances: How to Have a Successful Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

Many people contact me and ask this question, “How do I start a speech therapy private practice and just take cash and not deal with insurances and minimize headaches”? There isn’t an easy answer to this question, because with the increase of consumers forced to have insurance coverage, people want value. Patients want to use their insurances to cover medical services, and that includes therapy services. I truly believe as clinicians and business owners, we owe it to our patients to accommodate everyone. That is why I choose to take cash, insurances, Medicare and Medicaid as forms of payment in our clinic In this episode, I talk about this and other aspects of the cash-versus-insurance topic. <a href="http://www.kgun9.com/morning-blend/therapy-group-of-tucson" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank"></a>             Television Advertising Still Works Today In this episode: 01:08 – Over 4817 listeners from various parts of the world 01:52 – The Perfect Student 02:35 – Question from Andrew 04:32 – Survey in your area for Pricing 06:33 – Multiple payer source 07:22 – Insurance is not always a headache 08:54 – Old school tactics 10:16 – Biggest marketing secret 11:49 – Membership section of <a href="http://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com</a> Download PDF Transcription You just turned an Insurance client into a cash pay patient, so that’s another way to think about it. Why settle for only forty-five dollars a visit when you might get a higher rate of reimbursement. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 16. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show and I want to say Thank you for listening. Thanks for all your emails, thanks for the feedback on <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a> I really appreciate it. And as of today, August the 6th 2016, we have over 4817 listeners from various parts of the world, like United States, Australia, United Kingdom, Canada, India, Israel, Philippines, Turkey, Singapore, we have people listening from all over the World. Its really nice to have all you guys listening and if you wouldn’t mind, jump in and chime in, go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Privateslp.com</a> and at the bottom of each podcast post you’ll see a place for comments. I really appreciate you guys leaving comments and if you don’t mind leave some comments down there. Chime in, start telling me what you’re thinking so I can drive and steer this podcast to what you want to hear. <a href="http://www.kgun9.com/morning-blend/therapy-group-of-tucson-62816" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank"></a>And also too if you’re interested in working with me, please send me an email <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. Please put THE PERFECT STUDENT in the Subject line and tell me a little bit about yourself. Go in the detail and let me if you’re just starting out or if you’ve been working on your private practice for sometime, if you’re so practitioner, if you have employees, let me know some information about you so that I can help you better. Right now I do have a waiting list but I am accepting people. Just again, please give me as much information as possible and make sure you put a valid email address in there because likely I do email people back and their email are bounced for whatever reason and I just can’t get in touch with you. I just want to make sure I can help you so give me as much information as possible. I want to start today’s show with a question and this question comes from a person named Andrew and it says, “Hi Kyle, my wife wanted to start a private speech therapy practice in our area. She’s been working for a local school for the past 10 years and she’d an itch for a long time to go out on her own. She is almost to the point of launching her own business. She loves Speech but dislikes the business and technology part of it and that’s where I come in. I created a website, I setup her phone system, I registered her EIN, I took an old MacBook upgraded from 4 GB to 16 GB of Ram. And I’ll be doing the marketing and of course listening to your Podcast. We’ve learned a lot along the way and there are two things we’re worried about and hopefully you can help me with that. <a href="http://www.kgun9.com/morning-blend/therapy-group-of-tucson-72616" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Number 1 Pricing. How much should be charge for services? What if our local Speech therapy practices in our area charges fifty-five bucks for half hour and three hundred for the evau. My wife wanted to charge forty-five dollars for half hour and two hundred for the evau. I thought it might be too low. She wants to do private pay and I have to deal with the Insurance companies. Number 2, How to get clients. This is one of my wife’s biggest fears. What if we put all this work in starting get out and we just don’t get in the clients. I assured her that her field as you know is a very in-demand field. She’s going to work part-time for the school while she gets it up and running. What type of marketing have you found that works. Thanks for all you do, your podcast is great. Andrew.” Well Andrew, I wanted to say thank you for that email. Those are great questions, so I wanted to take the time. I know you wrote this to me couple of weeks ago and I wanted to take the time to really think this out for you and give you a good answer. I really believe that taking my time and being through with my answer will help you and others. That’s why I wanted to go and make these questions into a Podcast. Let me go and get started. When it comes to pricing, you want to do a cost survey in your area. Now there’s nothing wrong with fifty-five, fifty or forty-five dollars per half hour. That’s a very good solid price point. As far as the evaluation, two hundred fifty or two fifty five or three hundred dollars for the evaluation, obviously that’s going to take longer, because you got to do report, you got to send that report to the pediatrician or the doctors office. I get it. We are going to take more time on the Eval. When I started my own private practice, I knew I wanted to be an employer so when you’re asking me questions about pricing and taking an insurance plan. I get it, I understand. There are lot of physical therapist out there who podcast and blog about the cash-based business model. I totally understand. Insurance companies can be a headache. I totally get it. You’re preaching to the choir. But let me tell you this, I wanted to be an employer. I wanted to change lives for the better not only for my patients but also the employees who work with me. If you go back and listen to those earlier podcasts, you’ll hear me complaining about the places I used to work. For Christmas, we got a chocolate or cherry pie. It was my choice either chocolate or cherry. It was a frozen cisco pie. We had to by end of this fake culture in order to keep our job. It was horrible. So when I started my own private practice, I wanted to grow it and scale it as big as I can get it. I am still doing that today; because of insurances I was able to that. I am going to share with you my own personal experience and I totally understand a lot of people don’t want to deal with insurance companies. I was always told from the get go and I did talk to a lot of private practice owners before I started. Why would you only limit yourself to one payer source, you want to take multiple payers. Multiple payers might be cash or insurance or what about working with an attorney doing leans for people who have been in accidents, who need cognitive training. There are so many different things out there, why would I want to just limit myself to one payer. I think its smart Andrew that your wife is doing working part-time at the school and slowly building this thing up because you don’t want to go out there and borrow bunch of money from Banks because when you do that you are really working for the bank. I think what she’s doing is very smart and she’s got you to help with all the technology, website and marketing and that’s a really good solution. But please don’t forget Insurance is not always a headache. Lets say you want to just focus on forty-five dollars per half hour treatment, what if an Insurance company would reimburse you Seventy-six or Eighty-two dollars per visit, what’s wrong with that. And it’s just as simple as going to a computer program, inputting that charge, hitting enter and it’s done and maybe you get a cheque three days later. Sometimes it’s that simple. I will be honest when I say that yes, there are headaches to insurances. Sometimes Insurances play those games like United Health care and Cigna, they play that game, like we need a prior auth or its got to be medical necessary. But don’t forget sometimes lets just use an example for United Health Care, if this were covered by your Insurance your co-pay would be forty dollars for those treatment. However, this is not covered in our cash rates forty-five, its only five dollars more. You just turned an Insurance client into a cash pay patient, so that’s another way to think about it. Why set off only forty-five dollars a visit when you might get a higher rate of reimbursement. That’s another way to look at it. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/traditional-advertising-methods-for-speech-therapy-private-practice.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> We talk about marketing; I’m kind of old school when it comes to marketing. We do have a Facebook account at our Office. I do have a Twitter account but we do advertise with Twitter and we do some Facebook advertising. When I am really finding that works, its just old school tactics going to the pediatrician’s offices, doctor’s offices, introducing myself, giving them a copy of my Insurance list and saying, “Hey, here are the payers that we take. If you have any patients who need Speech therapy, here they are. We take all medicate, Medicare plans, third party liabilities, we take all these payers. So if you have the need for speech, fax the referral, here’s our Fax number. We’ll get your patients taken care of. Meeting personally with pediatricians and physicians offices, getting to know your referral clerk that’s a big thing too. Also I like going on television, I’ve been going on a morning talk show. I got invited monthly to do a morning talk show here in Tucson. That’s been very positive for me when I take that link from the TV station on their page; I send it out through Facebook and pay for advertising that way. And we just get a lot of marketing that way. Also too you can make pamphlet, you can hand those out of clinics. But I think the biggest thing as a clinic owner that we can do is treat those patients, get on work done, get those kids work done and treating with respect do wonderful treats. And those families will go back to that doctor and thank them for sending their loved ones to you and I think that’s the biggest marketing secret that I could share doing good quality work, not really focusing on the money part of it. Yes, it is important we got to pay the bills but if do a good job and you do this right, you will have the work. I’ve talked about this in another podcast about not being flaky, scheduling people appropriately, not being late for appointments, making patients accountable for missed appointments, no shows and late arrivals; and it works on our side too. We’ve got a show up and do our part too. But if you do the right thing, take care of those patients; that will do more than Facebook, Google, Website and talking referral clerks. It will happen but it’s a slow steady process. And I think your wife is smart for keeping her job while she builds her private practice up. It’s a lot of work and I notice in your question, you say what if this doesn’t works out. This a lot of work to get it started. It shouldn’t be too much work though to get it started. If you’re leasing a building, you’re going to have a lot of pressure there to meet your rental bill every month. I would recommend starting out may be a separate room in your home or an Office sweet where you’ve got a low rent and overtime you can grow and may be move from one office to two offices the three rooms, four rooms. I did a podcast about that recently in talks about your First Office. So if you check that podcast, that’ll give you some more information. We have a membership section of <a href="https://privateslp.com/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com</a>, its almost done. I know people have asked me about it, “Hey, when this membership website going to be ready?” I’m being putting some content on there and I’m almost done. I go into specifics on how to bill it, collect it, document, also how to just get paid because we’re really good at that in our clinic. We’re really good about getting reimbursement from Insurance companies. Andrew, I hope this has helped answering some of these questions that you and your wife have about starting your own private practice. To sum it all up, just do it. Don’t get in to the whole analysis, paralysis thing because I really believe a Speech pathologist, we are a certain type of personality, we are a certain type of people, we tend overthink things. We want to solve all the problems. Its almost like we have this perfectionism about us. We want to get everything done so right and perfect. Don’t fall into that trap, get moving, get started, get your first patient, get that person scheduled, take that payment, get a credit card, just start with square up. It’s an app in your phone. Its 2.75 % for swiping a credit card, yeah that’s expensive but move this up and cheaper later, get it to about five or six thousand a year from swiping or ten grand a year. Then you can go get your credit card system to a bank like Bank of America or something, but get started. Get into action, do something that’s in your future goal. Get that first patient scheduled; it doesn’t have to be perfect because when I get into that whole analysis paralysis, nothing gets done. Just like this recording, I got to hit record and talk, and go over my notes and just say it. I hope you guys have had a good listen on this podcast. If you have any question, send me an email <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. Thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/accepting-insurances-how-to-have-a-successful-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">16: Accepting Insurances: How to Have a Successful Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

16: Accepting Insurances: How to Have a Successful Speech Therapy Private Practice

In speech therapy private practice, there are two things that really matter if you want to stay profitable (and open for business). In this episode, I discuss revenue and expenses and the importance of managing the flow of money coming into and out of the practice. In this episode: 02:00 – Listener Statistics 02:40 – Staying Connected 03:45 – Revenue &amp; Expenses 04:18 – Profit &amp; Loss 05:50 – CPT 92507 Untimed Code 08:20 – Managing Expenses 10:40 – All Access Community DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION Now with insurance remember in speech therapy we bill the code 92507 that’s what you bill. But don’t forget this goal now 92507 is an untimed code, it’s non-time, it’s not time. So in other words you don’t bill 92507 by the unit, you bill one visit 92507 and that’s it. Unless you have a contract that clearly states that your 92507 is per unit. And I’ve only seen that one time. So again 92507 is a non-time code when you bill that out and you look at your EOB’s when they come back you want to see what your reimbursement rate is and then you want to see how long you’re seeing that patient for because again if you are giving away more time than what you’re bringing in you’re losing money you’re giving away revenue and that’s going to put you in the negative. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 31. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions. And as of today today is Sunday October the 29th 2017. We have well over 24,122 listeners to the show and when you break that down all over the world you’re going to find the United States tops the map and then we’ve got Japan and then Australia, the U.K., Canada, Germany, India, South Africa and Singapore. And then when you look at the United States as a whole the top state that listens in the most right now is California, then Texas, New York, Florida, Arizona, Illinois, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and then Maryland. So that’s the distribution of our listeners out there and again if you’re brand new to the podcast. Welcome aboard and I hope you find some good valuable information, if you want to start and grow or scale your own Speech therapy private practice. And if you go to the front page privateslp.com that main index landing page you’ll see a place there that says “Stay connected”. Go and put your email address in there and I’ll send you some information on Speech therapy private practice events and that may be in your area in the near future. I really don’t send a lot of emails, for those of you who’ve been around since day one and it’s been about three years now so it’s really nice to have you guys still out there listening. But you know I’m not a spammer. I don’t have a lot of corporate sponsorship. I’ve had a few people lately who want to put some advertisements on the Web site. I just decline it. I just don’t want that and I want to keep this free of charge. And for you guys we don’t need a lot of advertisements at the moment so I declined those and so again if you want to stay up to date with Speech therapy private practice and also too there’s going to be a PrivateSLP live event coming up pretty soon so you may want to go ahead and put your name on that list, again privateslp.com. Now I wanted to talk to you today about a very basic model that something I follow on a monthly basis. It’s called Revenue and Expenses. I’m going to take a shot of this white board that I have right in front of me right now for this podcast it’s my notes but I think it’s important for you guys to follow this model. If you want to stay profitable because if you’re not profitable you are no good to yourself or to the patients that you serve.                          If you can’t stay profitable you can’t stay in operation. If you can’t stay in operation you’re not going to be in business. So what I wanted to do I wanted to do a podcast on Revenue and Expenses. Now this is something that my CPA we meet once a month and I get what’s called a P&amp;L statement, Profit and loss statements what money comes in and what money goes out. I do this every single month with my CPA and she is really smart and she’s always talking about these things that I’m going to share with you today so free of charge here we go. Now when it comes to revenue you’ve got a graph, we’ve got revenue on the left and expenses on the right. Now what are some forms of revenue for your own Speech therapy private practice. Well those are payments and those can come in the form of cash or a check or credit card or insurance. Now with cash, Cash is king you hear it all the time. And if you can go ahead and take the cash. Now also too, our patients write checks in our clinic. We also take credit cards. We started out with square, but square is really really expensive. Its Okay. When you’re doing home visits and you need to have that payment processor when you got your smartphone and you want to go ahead and collect your payments at the time of service in the clinic or in the community so square is an option. But look at Amazon they’ve got a payment platform out there too. It’s a little bit cheaper. Now what we do in our clinics now we have a bank processing through Bank of America and it’s really really affordable. So we’ve saved thousands by switching from square to our own bank processing platform. But again shop around, now that’s the other form of revenue for your clinic.                          Now with insurance remember in speech therapy we bill the code 92507 that’s what you bill. But don’t forget this goal now 92507 is a untimed code it’s non-time, it’s not time. So in other words you don’t bill 92507 by the unit, you bill one visit 92507 and that’s it. Unless you have a contract that clearly states that your 92507 is per unit. And I’ve only seen that one time. So again 92507 is a non-time code when you bill that out and you look at your EOB’s when they come back you want to see what your reimbursement rate is and then you want to see how long you’re seeing that patient for because again if you are giving away more time than what you’re bringing in you’re losing money you’re giving away revenue and that’s going to put you in the negative. So again revenue on one side expenses on the other. Make sure that your revenue exceed your expenses. Now on the other side of the column we’ve got our rate. We’ve got our electricity. We’ve got our wages. We’ve got Internet. We’ve got phone. We’ve got Insurances. And when I say Insurances, professional liability and general liability. What’s professional liability? Well that’s simply insurance that covers you as a practitioner. General liability covers the office. The things like slip and falls or anything like in fire hazards, that’s general liability. Then you’ve got advertising and credit cards. So just off the top of my head those are some of the major expenses that we have in our office. Now if you look at the third one when it goes down to wages, you have to pay taxes, you have quarterly taxes, and every time you run payroll you’ve got payroll taxes withholding. Now in my clinic I choose to have employees W-2. I don’t really mess around with 1099. That’s because my CPA she’s the smart, when she tells me what to do and I just say yes ma’am thank you. So again we have to pay payroll taxes, we have to pay quarterly taxes, we pay income taxes all that’s in there. Now with the phone we’ve got our clinic phone. We also have our cell phone. I recently switched my cell phone plan from Sprint to Google Fi. And Google Fi, I encourage you to check out Google Fi on our page privateslp.com. We have a place for services that we use often and there’s going to be a link if you want to click on that and check out Google Fi. I have just found that Google Fi coverage is incredible. The price is about half so for our phone our cell phones in the clinic we use Google Fi we’ve been really happy with it. Now also to the credit card. I’d like American Express I like my Amex platinum card. The reason is I’ve been a member with American Express since 1993. I get tons of perks. But the main reason is when I need to pay that bill I can’t pay just a little bit. I’ve got to pay it all off so I need that discipline so I choose to use American Express Platinum card services for our business. I do have a city bank card through Costco. It used to be American Express but they switched to Citibank so we have a Costco card for our business and our office manager has one of those and then we have the American Express Platinum card. So again if you go to privateslp.com/services you’ll see some links there for credit cards and cell phones and things like that if you want to see what we’re using as well. And again I like to pay my balance in full every month. That keeps the credit score up it keeps the cash flow going and so we can stay operational so that patients can get what they need the employees can get what they need. And everybody is happy. So again revenue on one side, expenses on the other. Revenue, you’ve got insurance payments. And again watch your timed codes and non-timed codes. Speech therapy – 92507 that’s a CPT code that we bill out for speech therapy all the time and that’s a Non-timed or un-timed code. Then you get cash as far as revenue then you get checks and credit cards. Expenses – rent, electricity, wages, taxes – quarterly and payroll taxes, Internet phone, clinics cell phones, Insurance – professional liability &amp; general liability, advertising and then credit cards.  If there’s something you think that we may have left off in this podcast go ahead and mention it in the comments section below. But I hope you’re getting some good valuable information out of this podcast and if you need help don’t do it alone. We have a coaching platform where we help people just like you start grow and scale your own Speech therapy private practice. There’s a couple of options there you can take off for a couple of weeks come into Tucson I’ll help you hand in hand. I’ll show you how to set up your own business and get going. Or if he can’t do that we have an online coaching platforms called the all access community. Go ahead and look at that too. And as always if you need help reach out to me at kyle@privateslp.com. And as always thank you for listening. The post 31: Revenue and Expenses in Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

In speech therapy private practice, there are two things that really matter if you want to stay profitable (and open for business). In this episode, I discuss revenue and expenses and the importance of managing the flow of money coming into and out of the practice. In this episode: 02:00 – Listener Statistics 02:40 – Staying Connected 03:45 – Revenue &amp; Expenses 04:18 – Profit &amp; Loss 05:50 – CPT 92507 Untimed Code 08:20 – Managing Expenses 10:40 – <a href="https://privateslp.com/membership/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">All Access Community</a> DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION Now with insurance remember in speech therapy we bill the code 92507 that’s what you bill. But don’t forget this goal now 92507 is an untimed code, it’s non-time, it’s not time. So in other words you don’t bill 92507 by the unit, you bill one visit 92507 and that’s it. Unless you have a contract that clearly states that your 92507 is per unit. And I’ve only seen that one time. So again 92507 is a non-time code when you bill that out and you look at your EOB’s when they come back you want to see what your reimbursement rate is and then you want to see how long you’re seeing that patient for because again if you are giving away more time than what you’re bringing in you’re losing money you’re giving away revenue and that’s going to put you in the negative. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 31. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions. And as of today today is Sunday October the 29th 2017. We have well over 24,122 listeners to the show and when you break that down all over the world you’re going to find the United States tops the map and then we’ve got Japan and then Australia, the U.K., Canada, Germany, India, South Africa and Singapore. And then when you look at the United States as a whole the top state that listens in the most right now is California, then Texas, New York, Florida, Arizona, Illinois, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and then Maryland. So that’s the distribution of our listeners out there and again if you’re brand new to the podcast. Welcome aboard and I hope you find some good valuable information, if you want to start and grow or scale your own Speech therapy private practice. And if you go to the front page <a href="https://privateslp.com/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com</a> that main index landing page you’ll see a place there that says “Stay connected”. Go and put your email address in there and I’ll send you some information on Speech therapy private practice events and that may be in your area in the near future. I really don’t send a lot of emails, for those of you who’ve been around since day one and it’s been about three years now so it’s really nice to have you guys still out there listening. But you know I’m not a spammer. I don’t have a lot of corporate sponsorship. I’ve had a few people lately who want to put some advertisements on the Web site. I just decline it. I just don’t want that and I want to keep this free of charge. And for you guys we don’t need a lot of advertisements at the moment so I declined those and so again if you want to stay up to date with Speech therapy private practice and also too there’s going to be a PrivateSLP live event coming up pretty soon so you may want to go ahead and put your name on that list, again <a href="https://privateslp.com/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com</a>. Now I wanted to talk to you today about a very basic model that something I follow on a monthly basis. It’s called Revenue and Expenses. I’m going to take a shot of this white board that I have right in front of me right now for this podcast it’s my notes but I think it’s important for you guys to follow this model. If you want to stay profitable because if you’re not profitable you are no good to yourself or to the patients that you serve. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/speech-therapy-private-practice-financial.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> If you can’t stay profitable you can’t stay in operation. If you can’t stay in operation you’re not going to be in business. So what I wanted to do I wanted to do a podcast on Revenue and Expenses. Now this is something that my CPA we meet once a month and I get what’s called a P&amp;L statement, Profit and loss statements what money comes in and what money goes out. I do this every single month with my CPA and she is really smart and she’s always talking about these things that I’m going to share with you today so free of charge here we go. Now when it comes to revenue you’ve got a graph, we’ve got revenue on the left and expenses on the right. Now what are some forms of revenue for your own Speech therapy private practice. Well those are payments and those can come in the form of cash or a check or credit card or insurance. Now with cash, Cash is king you hear it all the time. And if you can go ahead and take the cash. Now also too, our patients write checks in our clinic. We also take credit cards. We started out with square, but square is really really expensive. Its Okay. When you’re doing home visits and you need to have that payment processor when you got your smartphone and you want to go ahead and collect your payments at the time of service in the clinic or in the community so square is an option. But look at Amazon they’ve got a payment platform out there too. It’s a little bit cheaper. Now what we do in our clinics now we have a bank processing through Bank of America and it’s really really affordable. So we’ve saved thousands by switching from square to our own bank processing platform. But again shop around, now that’s the other form of revenue for your clinic. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/speech-therapy-trunk-or-treat.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Now with insurance remember in speech therapy we bill the code 92507 that’s what you bill. But don’t forget this goal now 92507 is a untimed code it’s non-time, it’s not time. So in other words you don’t bill 92507 by the unit, you bill one visit 92507 and that’s it. Unless you have a contract that clearly states that your 92507 is per unit. And I’ve only seen that one time. So again 92507 is a non-time code when you bill that out and you look at your EOB’s when they come back you want to see what your reimbursement rate is and then you want to see how long you’re seeing that patient for because again if you are giving away more time than what you’re bringing in you’re losing money you’re giving away revenue and that’s going to put you in the negative. So again revenue on one side expenses on the other. Make sure that your revenue exceed your expenses. Now on the other side of the column we’ve got our rate. We’ve got our electricity. We’ve got our wages. We’ve got Internet. We’ve got phone. We’ve got Insurances. And when I say Insurances, professional liability and general liability. What’s professional liability? Well that’s simply insurance that covers you as a practitioner. General liability covers the office. The things like slip and falls or anything like in fire hazards, that’s general liability. Then you’ve got advertising and credit cards. So just off the top of my head those are some of the major expenses that we have in our office. Now if you look at the third one when it goes down to wages, you have to pay taxes, you have quarterly taxes, and every time you run payroll you’ve got payroll taxes withholding. Now in my clinic I choose to have employees W-2. I don’t really mess around with 1099. That’s because my CPA she’s the smart, when she tells me what to do and I just say yes ma’am thank you. So again we have to pay payroll taxes, we have to pay quarterly taxes, we pay income taxes all that’s in there. Now with the phone we’ve got our clinic phone. We also have our cell phone. I recently switched my cell phone plan from Sprint to Google Fi. And Google Fi, I encourage you to check out Google Fi on our page <a href="https://privateslp.com/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com</a>. We have a place for services that we use often and there’s going to be a link if you want to click on that and check out Google Fi. I have just found that Google Fi coverage is incredible. The price is about half so for our phone our cell phones in the clinic we use Google Fi we’ve been really happy with it. Now also to the credit card. I’d like American Express I like my Amex platinum card. The reason is I’ve been a member with American Express since 1993. I get tons of perks. But the main reason is when I need to pay that bill I can’t pay just a little bit. I’ve got to pay it all off so I need that discipline so I choose to use American Express Platinum card services for our business. I do have a city bank card through Costco. It used to be American Express but they switched to Citibank so we have a Costco card for our business and our office manager has one of those and then we have the American Express Platinum card. So again if you go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/services" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/services</a> you’ll see some links there for credit cards and cell phones and things like that if you want to see what we’re using as well. And again I like to pay my balance in full every month. That keeps the credit score up it keeps the cash flow going and so we can stay operational so that patients can get what they need the employees can get what they need. And everybody is happy. So again revenue on one side, expenses on the other. Revenue, you’ve got insurance payments. And again watch your timed codes and non-timed codes. Speech therapy – 92507 that’s a CPT code that we bill out for speech therapy all the time and that’s a Non-timed or un-timed code. Then you get cash as far as revenue then you get checks and credit cards. Expenses – rent, electricity, wages, taxes – quarterly and payroll taxes, Internet phone, clinics cell phones, Insurance – professional liability &amp; general liability, advertising and then credit cards. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/speech-therapy-in-tucson-az.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> If there’s something you think that we may have left off in this podcast go ahead and mention it in the comments section below. But I hope you’re getting some good valuable information out of this podcast and if you need help don’t do it alone. We have a coaching platform where we help people just like you start grow and scale your own Speech therapy private practice. There’s a couple of options there you can take off for a couple of weeks come into Tucson I’ll help you hand in hand. I’ll show you how to set up your own business and get going. Or if he can’t do that we have an online coaching platforms called the all access community. Go ahead and look at that too. And as always if you need help reach out to me at <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. And as always thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/revenue-and-expenses-in-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">31: Revenue and Expenses in Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

31: Revenue and Expenses in Speech Therapy Private Practice

When you have a speech therapy private practice, you’ve got to have cash in the bank to operate appropriately.  Keep in mind, if you don’t have enough money to cover your expenses, then you’re really working for someone else, and that someone else is the bank.  In this episode, I discuss the basics of cash flow, AR and billing  for speech therapy private practice. In this episode: 01:02 – + 11,866 listeners 02:58 – Importance of asking questions 04:31 – The Perfect Student 05:05 – Cash Flow: Billing and AR 07:28 – Closed internet communities 10:36 – Cash flow is money movement 13:25 – Importance of cash in the bank for operations 13:50 – More about 1099s + taxes  DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION  Anybody can bill, billing is the easiest thing in the world but it’s how you get that money it’s called AR. That’s when you get the money and follow up after you bill. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 24. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone today is Tuesday morning, March 21st 2017 and as of today we have over 11,866 listeners to the show and its really nice to have you guys on-board and if you are new to the show Welcome. And thanks again for all the questions and comments. Keep them coming in. And I really appreciate it. Right now when you’re looking at the demographics of the show lets say from the worldview, you have the United States listening, UK, Australia, Canada, India, Japan, Singapore, Israel and the Philippines. Now when you breakdown the United States some of the Top states that are listening in is California, Texas, Arizona, New York and Florida. Then we’ve got Pennsylvania, Illinois, Georgia and Massachusetts. So it’s really cool to have you guys listening, and again if you are new Welcome to the show.              As always if you need some questions answered about your Private practice or if there is something you just want to talk to me about, go to www.privateslp.com/contact and there is a link to send an email to me. Also at the bottom of the page there is a little SpeakPipe application where you can send a voice message directly to me, nobody else would hear that. And right now its setup for it will come right to my Inbox. So if you want to ask a lengthy question and you just don’t want to type that out because I hate emails and I hate typing. A lot of time I just like to speak and let things get transcribed. So if that something you would like to do just go to the bottom of the Contact me page, there is a SpeakPipe application and you just hit Start recording, and you just say what you want to say or ask me your question. I’ll take that question out and answer for you. I wanted to remind you guys this is a really need thing where you can ask questions and get the feedback that you are looking for when it comes to starting a Private practice, because when I was starting out my own business there wasn’t much out there we have some PDF files we had a few things on the internet about Speech therapy Private practice, but it was very rare. There were a lot of things like on Chiropractic and physical therapy, a couple of things on occupational therapy there were a few older books out there on Private practice, Speech pathologist and things like that. If I would have the ability to work with another Speech pathologist hand in hand I would have paid a lot of money to do that. I would have gotten on a plane and travel just to see how a clinic runs, how the billing aspect works (that’s the most important thing) or how you bill it, how do you collect it, how do you get all of that money so you can afford to stay in business. I learned the hard way I had to make some mistakes along the way. I lost multiple thousands of dollars doing it my way. And the first time I did this I mean it was really hard it’s not like you open up your own Private practice Office and you just have this big pot full of money. No for me I had to make mistakes, I had to bill, I had to see people and sometimes I just didn’t get paid. I had to eat it and it didn’t taste so good at that time. And I remember like I how am I ever going to get this done, how am I going to crack this code, how can I survive on my own. So with that said, I do have one space available for the Perfect Student. That is where you can come out to Tucson and you can work with me hand in hand and I will work with you and I will show you how to set it up a Private practice, how to grow it, how to scale it, whatever you need to know I will show you all the billing secrets, all the things that we do in our Clinic to get paid. Anybody can bill, billing is the easiest thing in the world but it’s how you get that money it’s called AR. That’s when you get the money and follow up after you bill. Again anybody can bill but it’s the follow-up that makes the money so we will teach you AR, we will teach you how to schedule it, how to collect it how to increase your referrals, all the forms all the systems that we have in our clinic I will show you how to do that. Now in order to do that it’s a lot of information. Part of the perfect student is where you come in to Tucson and you fly out, we meet, I will show you the clinic, introduce you to the staff, the billing, the referral clerks, all that you get to meet everybody and we work hand in hand. But also that includes weekly Skype calls, you will have direct access to me, my personal cell phone, so it’s like having a team member to help you grow and scale your own Private practice. So if that’s something you are interested in and again I would have paid a lot of money starting out for that. It’s not going to cost a ton of money but it does cost because this is not free the podcast is free. And podcast is something that will get you motivated and get inspired so you can make those decisions and grow and start that Private practice. But this is not free, this is working with me one on one there is a cost but if that’s something that interests you, please go to www.privateslp.com/coaching and once click on that and you will see there’s a Speech therapy private practice coaching section and to be considered for the Private practice coaching, I need you to answer some questions – enter your email, give me your phone number, and again nobody is going to see this. This goes directly to me. This even bypasses my assistant she is not going to see this, this goes to my inbox and there is a series of questions there and I need you to answer those questions for me as honestly as you can so it will help me help you better. That way we can all make a good decision to see if this is a good fit so if that’s something that you would like to do, go ahead www.privateslp.com/coaching. Today I wanted to talk a little bit about Cash flow, which is a very important aspect of the business. Before I do start, I want to tell you something I just got back from Australia I’m still kind of suffering from Jet lag, for those of you who do listen to the Podcast regularly you will know that I go to Australia on a yearly basis. I have a group of people that I meet there every year, I am a member of a closed internet community in Australia and it’s just a group of like-minded people you know we talked about internet marketing and just all kinds of neat stuff. But I went into Australia I arrived on a Tuesday and then I left this past Sunday and got home on a Sunday. It’s a 15-hour trip from Tucson to LA, LA to Australia and then back; it’s crazy. I used to live in New Zealand for about 4 or 5 years and I was a Speech pathologist there and I worked in one of the hospital systems there in the Northland District Health Board so I am kind of used to the plane ride but the older I get I am just realizing that I can’t handle that jet lag like I used to. But it was a great trip, it was fun and I got to see all these guys and gals that I have seen on the closed form and it’s just you go for the content but you stay for the community and that’s what I really enjoyed about it. I am noticing as I am getting older my hearing it is not as good as it used to be, my vision is definitely not as good as it used to be so I am sitting there and I had to get an Uber to go a couple places and well in Australia here they say “Uba” but I wanted to get an Uber and I wanted to tip the driver. I was excited and I got this $50 bill and I needed to change it, so I ran out of the Uber and I am going into the hotel, and there was these two big glass doors you know the first one opens up kind of like Star Trek right and then you go through the next door and it opens up like Star Trek and you are in the hotel lobby, you take a right and you can get some change their at the bar. And I was a little bit too excited you know I guess I went through the first door and didn’t go through the second door. I took a quick right and I walk right into a pane of glass and I busted my head. The lady at the bar there she said, “Sir you’re bleeding” and I am like, “Oh my goodness it was really embarrassing, there’s nothing worse than walking into a glass wall. It was a beautiful glass wall, I couldn’t see it and BOOM I walked right into it, ended up in the Manly emergency room. It was great; it was a wonderful experience. If you want have stitches that’s the place to go Manly hospital. The lady who checked me in she was just absolutely lovely. She was the nicest lady in the world I think she was from England and she said, “Oh, I’ve got friends from New Orleans”, you know all this good stuff. And guess how much the emergency room bill was with no insurance, no overseas insurance just take guess. Nope, it’s not $2500, it’s not $2,000, it wasn’t even $1500, it wasn’t even 799 bucks, it was a $135 Australian dollar that’s cheap so 45 minutes I was out of there, I got stitched up and I’ve got this nice big bandage on my forehead and I’m good to go. I’ve got to go on television next week for our local segment of the Morning Blend here in Tucson, so I am going to have to do a little bit of work cover that up but it’s life and life is life. I just wanted you to know about that that was interesting. Let’s talk about cash flow today. What is cash flow? That’s the amount of money you need in your bank to survive. Basically cash flow is the money moving in and out of your business and what’s left over after your expenses is called Profit. But let’s say your expenses exceeds your monthly reimbursements, that’s a loss and if the business can’t meet the needs of your monthly expenses then your Private practice you’ll have to use reserves to cover those expenses. So if you’ve got some cash in hand you can use that but if you don’t have cash in hand you’ve got to borrow the money from the bank, so are you working for yourself or are you working for the bank? If you are borrowing the money so that’s the big question but cash flow is so very important. What makes a business cash flow positive? I’ve got apartments too I’ve got six apartments here in Tucson. I used to have a couple of duplexes right there by Tulane University in New Orleans when I lived there before hurricane Katrina. I was so lucky so blessed to have cash flow positive properties. Now to break it down let’s just keep it really simple. I was living upstairs and I was renting the downstairs, the monthly mortgage was 1200 bucks at that time. This was in 2000, which was a really good mortgage. I was living upstairs for free and renting downstairs for 1600 bucks. My note was 1200 so that’s a profit every month, so I was living for free and making a little something. So then I was able to buy a second apartment, a second duplex and then I was renting those two plus the bottom and then cash flow positive there. So it’s great until hurricane Katrina happens right and then you are like what do I do now. Well I was lucky I had ten thousand bucks saved up. So after the storm I was able to hire a contractor to come out. I didn’t have to worry about insurance I didn’t have to file a claim with Travelers Insurance. Everybody had blue roofs trapped over their homes, but the day after I was able to get back into the city a little bit earlier than other people because I had connections. I had connections with the Army and they were able to get me in. Everybody’s got these blue roofs tarps over their roof to keep water from getting in their roof and to their home. And I was able to call one of my contractors, I said, “Hey, can you get me two roofs on my house?” and he said, “Yeah, I can do that.” and I said, “I got cash. How much?” and he says, “For you yeah let’s do that.” I was able to get two roofs on my own house for 8 grand. So that’s $4000 roof, that was cheap but the real reason was I had cash in the Bank. I could just reach in the bank, write a check, paid the guy and before it in two days I had two roofs. I didn’t have to worry about it. I didn’t have to go hack over the insurance companies; wait for checks so I can pay the contractor, nope I did all that later. So the moral of the story is you’ve got to have cash in the bank to operate and because when you come across a deal you are going to get a significant discount you can purchase what you need to purchase at a discount because you’ve got the cash to do it. It’s the same with the business; it’s the same with your Speech therapy Private practice. You want to have cash in the bank. So that means when you get paid from insurance companies when you get paid from your contracts that you serve you want to make sure that you hold onto that money and don’t spend it. Because you are going to need that money to use on employees, you are going to need that money to pay your taxes. If you listen to the other podcasts especially the one about taxes, at the end of the year you get these 1099s from these insurance companies when they pay you out. They keep track of all that and at the end of the year they send you a little form and it’s your job to take that form and give it to your CPA or file it with your taxes because when the government come knocking they want their money and you are going to have to have cash on hand or you can borrow it but then again who you are working for yourself or the Bank? And don’t forget when it comes to cash flow how are you going to increase it, now you can go out and knock on doors and talk to doctors’ offices and have contracts but you want to be careful like I was saying in Episode 23, if you bring an employee on there is cost for that. There’s a payroll cost there’s insurance cost like professional and general liability. And then the time it takes to get reimbursed from the third party and when we talk about third party payers we’re talking about private insurances like Blue Cross, Blue Shield, Aetna, Humana things like that. It takes a while it’s not like you see the kids today and you get paid tomorrow. You might not see that money for 60, 90 or 120 days out. AR that’s why that’s important, you want to make sure you get paid so you can increase your cash flow to get the money in to survive. Just because you hire a bunch of employees doesn’t mean you’re going to make that much more money, you just have that much more expenses that is guaranteed. So you want to be again very careful and increase your cash flow, increase your growth slowly. The first CPA I talk to years ago she said you want to grow your business about %10 to %15 to %20 every year that way you can manage it, and you want to be very careful it’s like a chess game. So when I hear about people who want to rush into private practice and they want to quit their jobs. They want to leave their job without having cash reserve; you want to be very cautious. It’s like a chess game don’t go out and quit your job and you think when you’re just going to hang that shingle up and it says Speech therapy private practice, People are just going to roll in, and even if they do how are you going to get paid? You want to make sure you got all your bases covered. Now if you are taking insurances you want to make sure you get credential you want to have your billing in place, you want to have your referrals in place, before you even get started. Also too remember I was telling you about New Orleans and having apartments and rentals and being cash flow positive. Everything is great until something happens like a natural disaster. I mean life is good until a hurricane wipes your city out in the floods. Then you have no job I didn’t have my job. I remember the place that I was working at they took the money back. They paid me via direct deposit they credited my account and then for some reason I can’t really remember they took it back. Here I am thinking what’s that about I got to have this money to survive. I got a family to feed and here I am it’s a long story. But the reason I am telling you this is because government regulations can change just like a hurricane or a natural disaster can affect the area that you are living in. what about when government regulation change. Look at the changes and MedicAid rates back in 2016 in Texas. Talk to those providers and see how they did when the bottom fell out when they’re reimbursement rates dropped you know 50%. So what do you do when that happens when government regulations change, you have immediate rate reductions? How does that affect your business? You want to run lean you want to be frugal you want to save you want to work for yourself and not the bank. Cash flow is the way to do that you want to have a good positive cash flow in your business. I hope this is been a good episode trying to bringing it in from many areas and kind of give you examples about cash flow get your brain thinking. But if you have other questions about cash flow all you have to do is go to www.privateslp.com/contact you can reach me there or you can simply leave a comment below on my website there. Each podcast has its own post and at the bottom of the post there is a place for comment. Go ahead and leave a comment, again my assistant she doesn’t read those either those come straight to me so I will be more than happy to answer that too. Also if you’re finding these podcasts valuable please go to iTunes and rate us a five star so other people can find this information easier can get the same value. And again value is what you get in the absence of money, so these podcast are free for you. I hope you guys have enjoyed this episode and as always if you have any questions about Speech therapy private practice, reach out to me and as always, Thank you for listening. The post 24: Cash Flow Basics for Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

24: Cash Flow Basics for Speech Therapy Private Practice

It may seem counter intuitive, but I believe that some people may be more afraid of being successful than failing. When you look the flow charts of failure and success, failure is easy. A successful flow chart is more complex, however. In this episode, I address common fears of success and provide some action steps and tips to overcome the fear of success and self sabotage. In this episode: 01:32 – 31,182 listeners to show 03:21 – Fear of Succeeding 03:55 – Flowchart for success 07:18 – Grow your reputation in the community 07:38 – Improve your savings account 08:18 – Increase your Patient flow 08:38 – Take care of yourself, physically or mentally and emotionally 10:45 – How to deal with negative feedback 12:29 – Fear of becoming Business Owner DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION I always wanted to start my own Speech Therapy Private Practice and it took Hurricane Katrina to throw me out of my comfort zone to push me into this realm of starting and growing and scaling a Private Practice, so again it’s for a specific type of person. And I’ve also talked to people who say you, I want to do this, I want to open my own Speech Therapy Private Practice and then they join the community or they start getting coaching and then after a couple of months they get a little complacent. They don’t interact with the group. They start doing other things or not being as accountable to their own actions. They’re not being honest with themselves and they kind of just fizzle out and it’s just the same idea over and over. [Commercial] Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 37. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails, questions and all the feedback. And as of today, today is Sunday April 8th 2018. We have well over 31,182 listeners to the show and I’m super happy you guys are out there getting good valuable free information and I say it every single episode, “Value is what you get in the absence of money”. These podcasts are absolutely free for you so if you wouldn’t mind please go to your Android platform or your iOS platform of choice and leave some good 5 Star feedback that way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you’re receiving. And I would really appreciate that that way other people can get the same help and assistance that you’re getting off of these podcasts. Again when I first started out I just didn’t see or hear or find anything on the web except for some PDF and things like that, so I wanted to change that. And as I slowly grew and improve my own business I wanted to just go ahead and share that information. So that’s what I’m doing on these podcasts. And we have listeners now from all over the world. It’s really cool to see who’s out there. United States is topping the charts, but lately the Japanese are coming up there and we’ve got Australia on the top the list. We have India, United Kingdom, Canada, Germany, South Africa and The Republic of Korea. And when you break it down in the United States from the state standpoint, we’ve got California topping the charts, then Texas, New York, Florida, Arizona, Illinois, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Georgia. So again I’m happy you guys are out there if you have any questions or if you want to know more about Speech Therapy Private Practice just simply go to privateslp.com/contact. You can reach me there and I’m willing to help you. So I wanted to talk to you today about the ‘Fear of Succeeding’. Now that might sound a little bit counter-intuitive because a lot of people are just scared to fail. But when you start your own Speech Therapy Private Practice or when you’re growing it and scaling it, there’s a lot of fear because when you do something one time you need to do it over and over and over. So the stakes just get higher and higher and higher. And if you look at success, success is actually more complex than failing. The flowchart for failure is simply you try something you fail and you’re done. But the flowchart for success can be really complex. For example, you start your own Private Practice, you see some patients in the home or the home of community setting or your office and then you might lease a space and then you start to make a small profit. You save that money so you can hire other employees and then you hire an employee and then you save more money and you grow it. That’s success, that’s when you just opened yourself to a new set of growth opportunities. And those growth opportunities, for me those things are very scary. They makes a person sort of fearful. You’ve got employees and you’ve got management, you’ve got compliance issues, I speak to a lot of people in the private practice world and they have fear of compliance issues, service delivery, taxes, problems with billing and credentialing, payroll, legal issues and employment issues. And the list goes on and on. But that’s success. That’s what’s going to take me obviously to another level with my own Private Practice. But also it’s going to help me grow and push me into those areas that I really don’t want to be pushed into. And again let me say this being successful and having your own Speech Therapy Private Practice it takes a certain type of person to want to do this. Now, there’s nothing wrong with being an employee working for the same company or multiple companies for multiple years. There is absolutely nothing wrong with that. It’s a simple good consistent life where you can go to work for a set amount of days and a set amount of time, you get a paycheck and you get benefits. You get your caseload and you get everything done for your schedule and it’s very convenient. And there’s nothing wrong with it. And I did that for years. But there was finally a piece of the puzzle, I always wanted to start my own Speech Therapy Private Practice and it took Hurricane Katrina to throw me out of my comfort zone to push me into this realm of starting and growing and scaling a Private Practice, so again it’s for a specific type of person.  And I’ve also talked to people who say you, I want to do this, I want to open my own Speech Therapy Private Practice and then they join the community or they start getting coaching and then after a couple of months they get a little complacent. They don’t interact with the group. They start doing other things or not being as accountable to their own actions. They’re not being honest with themselves and they kind of just fizzle out and it’s just the same idea over and over. And so that’s something that when you do start your own Private Practice you want to make sure that you get over those humps and that you get over those problems of getting distracted. I’ve mentioned that another podcast going after those bright shiny objects, those BSO’s, spending too much time on Social media, Facebook, Insta, Twitter, YouTube and its just distractions. So here’s some tips on how you can overcome sabotaging yourself when you’re starting or growing your scaling your own private practice. Number one, what you can do is you can really grow your reputation in the community and this takes time. Wherever you’re working, whatever community you’re involved in. You can actually help and change a lot of lives for a lot of people and be of service. So that will help you overcome that sabotaging fear. The second thing is you can improve your savings account your bottom line. There’s no secret the more money you save in the bank the more money you’re going to have to grow your business and that’s directly proportional, you can go out and borrow money but there’s no guarantee that you can pay that loan back. You might be able to service that loan and make those minimal payments but again why would you want to borrow a lot of money when you haven’t tested the waters on a smaller scale. That way when you borrow a lot of money from the banks you’re working for the bank and when you’re borrowing money from yourself you’re in for yourself. So that’s another thing to remember when you want to overcome sabotaging yourself. A third tip to remember you can just increase your Patient flow. I mean over time if you’re doing a good job and providing a good quality service you’re going to get more patients, more doctor referrals. You’re going to see that patient flow increase and improve. Also a fourth thing you can do to overcome fear and self sabotage. I mean you can just take care of yourself, physically or mentally and emotionally. Physically you can hire a personal trainer. You can work out, you can eat well, you can exercise, you can set off time, set aside time during the week to take care of you. I love to go to the gym. I’m not a big weight lifter but I do like to get my cardio on. I like to exercise and rhyme. I love to hit that treadmill, like to steam and I like to sit in a jacuzzi. I like to go to the JCC, it’s here in Tucson. It’s a place I’d like to go work out and I do that on a regular basis. And I do notice when I’m not taking care of myself physically, my mental state I get a little fearful when I get a little worried, I get a bit squirrelly they call it but I gotta get back into my routine. Now mentally and emotionally, you can take care of yourself. You can attend seminars and there’s nothing better than getting on a plane going to a foreign country and working with others and meeting new people and working with other people and getting a new perspective on different ways to run and scale and grow a business. You can also meet other professionals through close communities like privateslp.com/membership there. You can get one on one coaching with me and also meet other professionals and receive feedback from others too. So also besides getting coaching or attending seminars you can block out time in your week and you can have a certain day once a month or you can just disappear from the office. If you’ve got everything in place you can disappear and take care of yourself. So that’s another tip. The fifth tip would be maybe realize that you can’t please everybody. Now we are in a helping profession. We love to help people we like to fix things. That’s just what Speech Language Pathologist do. That’s her personality trait and if you go back to graduate school when they select people for our profession that’s something that they look at. Do you have that helping gene that helping trait? So again there’s nothing more scary and worrisome and fearful when we get a negative feedback. I mentioned that on one of my previous podcasts dealing with negative feedback. We want to please and help everybody but sometimes you just can’t please everybody. But the more that you go through the more that I go through, these scenarios of negative feedback or criticism it really helps us grow. So we can change and alter our way we do business I mean recently we had a parent that came into the clinic and she was upset and she posted some negative feedback and my default is run and hide. Let’s just run and hide and pretend like that never happened. But it was six o’clock in the evening and I simply just picked up the phone and I spoke to the mother and I said, “Hey, this is Kyle, I’m the owner of the clinic and I really appreciate the fact that you left me some feedback”. She says, “Well I’m really sorry”. I’d normally don’t leave negative feedback and I said No I’m glad you did because it’s going to help me improve our overall service delivery and systems that we use and we have put in place to provide service. So the mom at the end the conversation not only was she grateful that I took the time out of my schedule to call her but she got the help she needed. I got the help that I needed because we’re all learning at the end of the day. Nobody’s perfect and because of that it’s given me a chance to grow as a clinic owner and to do a better job to help our patients. So really negative feedback in itself or realizing that you can’t please everybody and you can’t do it all the time for everybody. I mean it’s not a bad thing. I mean good things come out of everything. I think maybe just not on the timeline that I want it to happen on so. And lastly when I’m taking these notes and writing things down the Sixth tip, would be just the fear of becoming that person, that Business Owner. A lot of people are scared to succeed and become that crazy business owner, where you’re always attached to your phone. I remember the days of the Blueberry member folks way back in the day the big red light days to call it the Crackberry the red light with blink and it’s like Oh man, I got another message, I got another message, or you see people who work in long term care who are maybe going up the ladder not just speech pathologist but they might be in charge of an area or a couple of states and they’re always on the phone, emails, calls, webinars and dealing with problems. But it doesn’t have to be that way because when I put systems and people in place, that’s kind of a buffer between me, other people and consumers and so again that fear of becoming that person, that business owner is not always what I think it’s going to be. It doesn’t have to be crazy and just always tied to the phone and always tied to the internet. You want to think about it as adding something. This ain’t homework folks. It’s not all about subtraction, it’s about adding value. And you want to think about it is adding you where you can help other people, families in need, entities in your community like donating money to a soccer team or a softball team or helping out a local charity or working in a food bank, given back to the local community. Paying taxes, yes paying taxes. What a blessing to have the gift of being able to pay more taxes right to be a part of the local community. A thriving business in the community so you help employees they get the insurances and health insurances and vision dental 401k with a match. They get what they need, they get a paycheck, patients that they can help. And again, this couldn’t be possible unless you start your business and do it the right way. So if you need help with starting growing scaling your own Speech Therapy Private Practice, hit me up, go to privateslp.com/membership. Also if you’re kind of be in a right year in a you’ve got your own private practice but you’re having trouble with billing and collections or maybe even getting credentialed. We have a service we have a separate company that does that too. Just go to privateslp.com/billing. And as always I hope you’re getting valuable information out of these podcasts. If there’s anything I could do please reach out to me at kyle@privateslp.com. And as always thank you for listening. The post 37. Fear of Success appeared first on PrivateSLP.

It may seem counter intuitive, but I believe that some people may be more afraid of being successful than failing. When you look the flow charts of failure and success, failure is easy. A successful flow chart is more complex, however. In this episode, I address common fears of success and provide some action steps and tips to overcome the fear of success and self sabotage. In this episode: 01:32 – 31,182 listeners to show 03:21 – Fear of Succeeding 03:55 – Flowchart for success 07:18 – Grow your reputation in the community 07:38 – Improve your savings account 08:18 – Increase your Patient flow 08:38 – Take care of yourself, physically or mentally and emotionally 10:45 – How to deal with negative feedback 12:29 – Fear of becoming Business Owner DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION I always wanted to start my own Speech Therapy Private Practice and it took Hurricane Katrina to throw me out of my comfort zone to push me into this realm of starting and growing and scaling a Private Practice, so again it’s for a specific type of person. And I’ve also talked to people who say you, I want to do this, I want to open my own Speech Therapy Private Practice and then they join the community or they start getting coaching and then after a couple of months they get a little complacent. They don’t interact with the group. They start doing other things or not being as accountable to their own actions. They’re not being honest with themselves and they kind of just fizzle out and it’s just the same idea over and over. [Commercial] Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 37. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails, questions and all the feedback. And as of today, today is Sunday April 8th 2018. We have well over 31,182 listeners to the show and I’m super happy you guys are out there getting good valuable free information and I say it every single episode, “Value is what you get in the absence of money”. These podcasts are absolutely free for you so if you wouldn’t mind please go to your Android platform or your <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iOS platform</a> of choice and leave some good 5 Star feedback that way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you’re receiving. And I would really appreciate that that way other people can get the same help and assistance that you’re getting off of these podcasts. Again when I first started out I just didn’t see or hear or find anything on the web except for some PDF and things like that, so I wanted to change that. And as I slowly grew and improve my own business I wanted to just go ahead and share that information. So that’s what I’m doing on these podcasts. And we have listeners now from all over the world. It’s really cool to see who’s out there. United States is topping the charts, but lately the Japanese are coming up there and we’ve got Australia on the top the list. We have India, United Kingdom, Canada, Germany, South Africa and The Republic of Korea. And when you break it down in the United States from the state standpoint, we’ve got California topping the charts, then Texas, New York, Florida, Arizona, Illinois, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Georgia. So again I’m happy you guys are out there if you have any questions or if you want to know more about Speech Therapy Private Practice just simply go to <a href="http://privateslp.com/contact" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/contact</a>. You can reach me there and I’m willing to help you. So I wanted to talk to you today about the ‘Fear of Succeeding’. Now that might sound a little bit counter-intuitive because a lot of people are just scared to fail. But when you start your own Speech Therapy Private Practice or when you’re growing it and scaling it, there’s a lot of fear because when you do something one time you need to do it over and over and over. So the stakes just get higher and higher and higher. And if you look at success, success is actually more complex than failing. The flowchart for failure is simply you try something you fail and you’re done. But the flowchart for success can be really complex. For example, you start your own Private Practice, you see some patients in the home or the home of community setting or your office and then you might lease a space and then you start to make a small profit. You save that money so you can hire other employees and then you hire an employee and then you save more money and you grow it. That’s success, that’s when you just opened yourself to a new set of growth opportunities. And those growth opportunities, for me those things are very scary. They makes a person sort of fearful. You’ve got employees and you’ve got management, you’ve got compliance issues, I speak to a lot of people in the private practice world and they have fear of compliance issues, service delivery, taxes, problems with billing and credentialing, payroll, legal issues and employment issues. And the list goes on and on. But that’s success. That’s what’s going to take me obviously to another level with my own Private Practice. But also it’s going to help me grow and push me into those areas that I really don’t want to be pushed into. And again let me say this being successful and having your own Speech Therapy Private Practice it takes a certain type of person to want to do this. Now, there’s nothing wrong with being an employee working for the same company or multiple companies for multiple years. There is absolutely nothing wrong with that. It’s a simple good consistent life where you can go to work for a set amount of days and a set amount of time, you get a paycheck and you get benefits. You get your caseload and you get everything done for your schedule and it’s very convenient. And there’s nothing wrong with it. And I did that for years. But there was finally a piece of the puzzle, I always wanted to start my own Speech Therapy Private Practice and it took Hurricane Katrina to throw me out of my comfort zone to push me into this realm of starting and growing and scaling a Private Practice, so again it’s for a specific type of person. And I’ve also talked to people who say you, I want to do this, I want to open my own Speech Therapy Private Practice and then they join the community or they start getting coaching and then after a couple of months they get a little complacent. They don’t interact with the group. They start doing other things or not being as accountable to their own actions. They’re not being honest with themselves and they kind of just fizzle out and it’s just the same idea over and over. And so that’s something that when you do start your own Private Practice you want to make sure that you get over those humps and that you get over those problems of getting distracted. I’ve mentioned that another podcast going after those bright shiny objects, those BSO’s, spending too much time on Social media, Facebook, Insta, Twitter, YouTube and its just distractions. So here’s some tips on how you can overcome sabotaging yourself when you’re starting or growing your scaling your own private practice. Number one, what you can do is you can really grow your reputation in the community and this takes time. Wherever you’re working, whatever community you’re involved in. You can actually help and change a lot of lives for a lot of people and be of service. So that will help you overcome that sabotaging fear. The second thing is you can improve your savings account your bottom line. There’s no secret the more money you save in the bank the more money you’re going to have to grow your business and that’s directly proportional, you can go out and borrow money but there’s no guarantee that you can pay that loan back. You might be able to service that loan and make those minimal payments but again why would you want to borrow a lot of money when you haven’t tested the waters on a smaller scale. That way when you borrow a lot of money from the banks you’re working for the bank and when you’re borrowing money from yourself you’re in for yourself. So that’s another thing to remember when you want to overcome sabotaging yourself. A third tip to remember you can just increase your Patient flow. I mean over time if you’re doing a good job and providing a good quality service you’re going to get more patients, more doctor referrals. You’re going to see that patient flow increase and improve. Also a fourth thing you can do to overcome fear and self sabotage. I mean you can just take care of yourself, physically or mentally and emotionally. Physically you can hire a personal trainer. You can work out, you can eat well, you can exercise, you can set off time, set aside time during the week to take care of you. I love to go to the gym. I’m not a big weight lifter but I do like to get my cardio on. I like to exercise and rhyme. I love to hit that treadmill, like to steam and I like to sit in a jacuzzi. I like to go to the JCC, it’s here in Tucson. It’s a place I’d like to go work out and I do that on a regular basis. And I do notice when I’m not taking care of myself physically, my mental state I get a little fearful when I get a little worried, I get a bit squirrelly they call it but I gotta get back into my routine. Now mentally and emotionally, you can take care of yourself. You can attend seminars and there’s nothing better than getting on a plane going to a foreign country and working with others and meeting new people and working with other people and getting a new perspective on different ways to run and scale and grow a business. You can also meet other professionals through close communities like <a href="http://privateslp.com/membership" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/membership</a> there. You can get one on one coaching with me and also meet other professionals and receive feedback from others too. So also besides getting coaching or attending seminars you can block out time in your week and you can have a certain day once a month or you can just disappear from the office. If you’ve got everything in place you can disappear and take care of yourself. So that’s another tip. The fifth tip would be maybe realize that you can’t please everybody. Now we are in a helping profession. We love to help people we like to fix things. That’s just what Speech Language Pathologist do. That’s her personality trait and if you go back to graduate school when they select people for our profession that’s something that they look at. Do you have that helping gene that helping trait? So again there’s nothing more scary and worrisome and fearful when we get a negative feedback. I mentioned that on one of my previous podcasts dealing with negative feedback. We want to please and help everybody but sometimes you just can’t please everybody. But the more that you go through the more that I go through, these scenarios of negative feedback or criticism it really helps us grow. So we can change and alter our way we do business I mean recently we had a parent that came into the clinic and she was upset and she posted some negative feedback and my default is run and hide. Let’s just run and hide and pretend like that never happened. But it was six o’clock in the evening and I simply just picked up the phone and I spoke to the mother and I said, “Hey, this is Kyle, I’m the owner of the clinic and I really appreciate the fact that you left me some feedback”. She says, “Well I’m really sorry”. I’d normally don’t leave negative feedback and I said No I’m glad you did because it’s going to help me improve our overall service delivery and systems that we use and we have put in place to provide service. So the mom at the end the conversation not only was she grateful that I took the time out of my schedule to call her but she got the help she needed. I got the help that I needed because we’re all learning at the end of the day. Nobody’s perfect and because of that it’s given me a chance to grow as a clinic owner and to do a better job to help our patients. So really negative feedback in itself or realizing that you can’t please everybody and you can’t do it all the time for everybody. I mean it’s not a bad thing. I mean good things come out of everything. I think maybe just not on the timeline that I want it to happen on so. And lastly when I’m taking these notes and writing things down the Sixth tip, would be just the fear of becoming that person, that Business Owner. A lot of people are scared to succeed and become that crazy business owner, where you’re always attached to your phone. I remember the days of the Blueberry member folks way back in the day the big red light days to call it the Crackberry the red light with blink and it’s like Oh man, I got another message, I got another message, or you see people who work in long term care who are maybe going up the ladder not just speech pathologist but they might be in charge of an area or a couple of states and they’re always on the phone, emails, calls, webinars and dealing with problems. But it doesn’t have to be that way because when I put systems and people in place, that’s kind of a buffer between me, other people and consumers and so again that fear of becoming that person, that business owner is not always what I think it’s going to be. It doesn’t have to be crazy and just always tied to the phone and always tied to the internet. You want to think about it as adding something. This ain’t homework folks. It’s not all about subtraction, it’s about adding value. And you want to think about it is adding you where you can help other people, families in need, entities in your community like donating money to a soccer team or a softball team or helping out a local charity or working in a food bank, given back to the local community. Paying taxes, yes paying taxes. What a blessing to have the gift of being able to pay more taxes right to be a part of the local community. A thriving business in the community so you help employees they get the insurances and health insurances and vision dental 401k with a match. They get what they need, they get a paycheck, patients that they can help. And again, this couldn’t be possible unless you start your business and do it the right way. So if you need help with starting growing scaling your own Speech Therapy Private Practice, hit me up, go to <a href="http://privateslp.com/membership" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/membership</a>. Also if you’re kind of be in a right year in a you’ve got your own private practice but you’re having trouble with billing and collections or maybe even getting credentialed. We have a service we have a separate company that does that too. Just go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/billing/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/billing</a>. And as always I hope you’re getting valuable information out of these podcasts. If there’s anything I could do please reach out to me at <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. And as always thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/37-fear-of-success/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">37. Fear of Success</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

37. Fear of Success

Sharon, a SLP from Washington State emailed me recently (actually while I was in the hospital passing a kidney stone — there’s a first time for everything, right?!) regarding out-of-network benefits (OON). In this podcast, I discuss a checklist that you can use in your business to process referrals that are out of network in your clinic.  In this episode: 01:01 – Many THANKS for the emails, tweets and feedback 03:04 – Esther is taking the wheel 04:14 – Hanging out of the car and sick as a dog 04:40 – Checklists, checklists, checklists 05:10 – The left-handed nurse 05:45 – Physicians, nurses and hospitals follow a checklist – we should too 06:50 – 2 mm kidney stone and the email from Sharon the SLP 07:35 – Out of network benefits and a checklist for action 08:13 – The referral 08:40 – Payer source 08:43 – Eligibility at the time of the referral 09:09 – The need to decrease financial ambiguity 10:01 – The out-of-network benefits (OON) for speech therapy services 10:35 – Cost of Care / Cost of Evaluation 10:56 – Pricing and Out of Network Benefits (OON) 11:30 – In-network (IN) and Out-of-network (OON), two different sets of rules = play fair, play well Download PDF Transcription Transcription of Episode Ten: There’re going to all these checklist as they’re bringing me back to the backroom and it was highly standardized and the treatment was really good. Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 10. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech and language pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. I want to start out like I do all my podcast and say thank you for listening to the podcast, thank you for sending me those questions via email, thank you for sending me those tweets and to let me know that you guys are listening out there. Its because of you guys out there we now have over 2000 listeners to the show from all part to the world and every state in united states. It’s because of you guys leaving good solid feedback on iTunes that other people can find the podcast easily. I want to give you guys value and I know I sound like a broken record but values is what you get in the absence of money. Listening is free for you guys and I want you to get the latest best information out there to help you either start or grow or improve your speech therapy private practice. And I just again want to say thank you, I really appreciate it and I want to start out this podcast with a Story.  So yesterday I am on the way taking my son to school about 07:30 and the way we go to school we go right past the speech therapy clinic. And my son always like, “Dad, there’s the speech therapy clinic.” And I said, “Yes sir, there it is”. New office, new place and this time he points to it and I see Esther, she is our Office manager. She is always back into her parking spot right there. But this time I had to turn in and he said, “Dad, where you’re going?”. I said, “Son, dad didn’t feel great and must meet attorney. I couldn’t even finish driving my son to school. I had the most excruciating pain the night before. I tried to take hot bath, I tried to get rid of it. I thought it will pass, I didn’t know what was going on. I am sucking it up to get my son to school on time and I just cant even drive the car so I pulled into the clinic and I banged on the door. Esther comes out and she says, “Hey”, and I am like all my interior. I said, “Esther, can you please take my boy to school? He tell you how to get there. He knows how to do this.” She said, “Whats wrong?”. I said, “I am in such bad pain. I cant even drive.” She gets the keys and she gets behind the wheel and all she goes to take my son to school. And then I just kind of curl up in the fetal position in my office and couple of people they hear me. And they want to say, “Hi Good morning Kyle, how are you?”. You know how Speech pathologists are, they always want to figure out whats wrong and treat the problem. That’s how speech therapists are, we’re neurologists, psychologists and educational specialists. We’re all that stuff combine into one little package. So Christine comes in and she says “Oh my god, whats wrong with you?” And I’m like, “Awwwwww…” anyway she says I was stuttering, my pain was so bad. Esther comes back after taking my son to school. She come in and says “Kyle, we cant have you here like this. You need to go to emergency room right now.” I said, “You know what I hate the hospital but I’ll do it.” We lease from Tucson Medical Center so we’re right across the street from the hospital. So she puts me in the car and drives me across the street and as soon as we get across the street, I am opening the door, I start vomiting I know it sounds gross but the pain was so bad. I just started throwing up in the parking lot while we were moving and I am just like get us to the hospital. I don’t know whats going on I have never ever experienced pain like this in my whole entire life.  So Esther gets to the front door of emergency room, they came out and get me to the wheel chair, they roll me into the ER there and I didn’t have to wait and gave them Blue Cross Blue Shield card and gave a copy of my license, they are going to these checklist. They need this and that information; are you allergic to anything. They were going to all these checklist as they’re bringing me back to the backroom and it was highly standardized and the treatment was really good. So I get into this backroom and then there was a nurse that came in and I really don’t even remember what was going on because I was in so much pain. I am on the ground like on my knees with my head against the gurney there. And this left-handed nurse, the reason I know she was left-handed is because I am left-handed too. She says, “This is classical kidney stones.” Anyway she comes in, this is before the Doctor comes and she’s been around. You can tell, she knows her stuff, she was very confident. The nurse comes in and she can just tell I was in all this pain. She came up to me, “Mr. Meades, did you have anything to eat? Did you have a bowel movement? Did you pee today? All these standardized questions, because that’s what doctors, physicians and nurses do, they have a list of procedures that they have to follow. And I’m listening all this I can barely speak because I am in pain. Anyway to make a long story short finally the physician’s assistant didn’t even see a medical doctor. I saw a PA she came in she knew exactly what it was. She said, “Oh, you got kidney stone, this is classical.” I said, “Yeah that’s what the left-handed nurse said 30 minutes ago. But can I please have something for the pain.” And for those of you who know me out there folks, I don’t drink, I don’t take drugs, I don’t take anything, I am a nerd. I am a good person. And I just said, “Look you got anything Non Narcotic” and they said, “Look, trust me you want something for this pain.” Anyway they gave me some Non Narcotic injection. And it really worked, and then I went to CAT scan. You get the CAT scan and they get all this standardized procedures. They’re asking you all these questions; do you have metal inside your body? Do you have ever had surgery? again procedures and standardization. So we get through all of that and make a long story even longer.  About 4 hours later, 2mm kidney stone, here’s your discharge paper, everything standardized again, checklist after checklist. Go home drink lots of water, take this medications, you should pass this little thing in about next 4 to 7 days. So here we are the next day sitting here and listening all of this stuff and going through all this checklist and answering all of this questions. I thought about this email that this lady named Sharon; she is a speech pathologist in Washington State. She says to me, “Kyle, Thank you so very much for the Podcast. I find them informative and they’re really helping me grow my private practice.” She says, “Hey, I have a question. When you receive a referral if it’s a pair that you are in contracted with, do you still call and schedule that family? And if so how long do you wait before you actually call them?” Great question and we have a checklist for that that we use in our office. So I got online this morning and pull some forms out of our online forms there and I wanted to read you guys these steps that we take for our referral when we don’t take that pay resource. So this is good information and can you believe how I tied all this stuff in from my Kidney stone to a checklist for a payer that we’re not contracted with.    So here it goes, number 1, you receive the referral and the referral will usually indicate who ever the payer is. So you go to number 2, the Payment source. Now in our clinic, users are going to be Private Insurance, Medicare, Medicaid or Cash. Number 3, Eligibility at the time of referral, Why is that important? That’s important so when you speak to that family and get them on the schedule, you can kind of give them an estimate how much it’s going to cost. People want to know what it’s going to cost, don’t forget. Healthcare is the only business where everything is just financial ambiguity at its find. I went to the Hospital yesterday, I gave him an Insurance card, I don’t know how much they’re going to bill me. I don’t know how much they are going to collect from me. I don’t know the final amount. It’s the only business where we don’t have a final answer but I tell you what its very important when you call and schedule your patients you want to given them a range, we don’t take your insurance but based on our experience the phone call we have with your Insurance company today, 80% of its going to be covered and here is the amount that we are going to charge your Insurance company and 80% of which is X amount of dollars is going to paid for so you are going to be left with 20. So the range is going to be anywhere from 150 bucks which is our cash way up to 190 bucks. So there’s the range you can give the family because they have a right to know about what there cost of care will be. So that’s why you want to check the Eligibility at the time of the referral. Number 4, you want to find out the out of network benefits for speech therapy. You ask if the patient has met there the doctor for this year and the representative should be able to tell you the actual amount that patient has spent on their medical care up to this date. So for instance, if you are in urgent when you call this people and get them schedule, they should be able to say, “Oh, so and so met their the Doc the last month, everything should be covered up to 80% over the plans going to get cover. So number 5, you can then tell the family what their cost of care will be for the evaluation. You may even find that your Cash rate may be more affordable for that family rather than using their Out of Network benefits. Now here is something that you want to remember, since you are not contract with this Insurance Company you had the ability to price it that way because when you are not in network with this insurance company you are not bound to those terms of service. So you are able to say, “Look, here’s our cash rate and your Insurance will cover this amount and this would be your cost of care, so whichever wants cheaper.” That’s how we are doing in our clinic because people really like to have value. So we are always say, “Look if you want to use your Insurance it’s going to be this much, If you want to do cash its this much, Its up to you what would you like to do. And once we make that decision, we have them sign and we are bound to those terms. You can’t do that if you are in contract with Blue cross, Blue shield. You can’t just say, “Hey, they’re going to reimburse this and our cash rate is cheaper, so we’ll just go with cash. You can’t do that because if you get caught doing that when you are in contract their network with these Insurance companies, they can pay you and reimburse you that lesser rate because you’re doing that. You’ve got to follow the rules. So I just wanted to give you guys this checklist, these five things that we do in our clinic when someone comes to our clinic and they have out of network benefits. So I hope this has been helpful for you guys. This is been a little bit of a story tell to as well because we all get sick. Thank the good lord above that we have insurance. Anyway I wanted to say Thanks again to Sharon for sending me this email and to kick this whole podcast off. It was because of that email I started to think about checklist, policies, procedures and kidney stone. Thanks again to all of you out there who are listening to the Podcast and I’ll see you soon. Thank you!! The post 10: Checklist for Out of Network Benefits appeared first on PrivateSLP.

<a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/24-Checklist-for-Out-of-Network-Benefits.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a>Sharon, a SLP from Washington State emailed me recently (actually while I was in the hospital passing a kidney stone — there’s a first time for everything, right?!) regarding out-of-network benefits (OON). In this podcast, I discuss a checklist that you can use in your business to process referrals that are out of network in your clinic. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/In-Out-Network.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-804 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> In this episode: 01:01 – Many THANKS for the emails, <a href="https://twitter.com/PrivateSLP" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">tweets</a> and feedback 03:04 – Esther is taking the wheel 04:14 – Hanging out of the car and sick as a dog 04:40 – Checklists, checklists, checklists 05:10 – The left-handed nurse 05:45 – Physicians, nurses and hospitals follow a checklist – we should too 06:50 – 2 mm kidney stone and the email from Sharon the SLP 07:35 – Out of network benefits and a checklist for action 08:13 – The referral 08:40 – Payer source 08:43 – Eligibility at the time of the referral 09:09 – The need to decrease financial ambiguity 10:01 – The out-of-network benefits (OON) for speech therapy services 10:35 – Cost of Care / Cost of Evaluation 10:56 – Pricing and Out of Network Benefits (OON) 11:30 – In-network (IN) and Out-of-network (OON), two different sets of rules = play fair, play well Download PDF Transcription Transcription of Episode Ten: There’re going to all these checklist as they’re bringing me back to the backroom and it was highly standardized and the treatment was really good. Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 10. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech and language pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. I want to start out like I do all my podcast and say thank you for listening to the podcast, thank you for sending me those questions via email, thank you for sending me those tweets and to let me know that you guys are listening out there. Its because of you guys out there we now have over 2000 listeners to the show from all part to the world and every state in united states. It’s because of you guys leaving good solid feedback on <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a> that other people can find the podcast easily. I want to give you guys value and I know I sound like a broken record but values is what you get in the absence of money. Listening is free for you guys and I want you to get the latest best information out there to help you either start or grow or improve your speech therapy private practice. And I just again want to say thank you, I really appreciate it and I want to start out this podcast with a Story. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/OON-Benefits.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-805 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> So yesterday I am on the way taking my son to school about 07:30 and the way we go to school we go right past the speech therapy clinic. And my son always like, “Dad, there’s the speech therapy clinic.” And I said, “Yes sir, there it is”. New office, new place and this time he points to it and I see Esther, she is our Office manager. She is always back into her parking spot right there. But this time I had to turn in and he said, “Dad, where you’re going?”. I said, “Son, dad didn’t feel great and must meet attorney. I couldn’t even finish driving my son to school. I had the most excruciating pain the night before. I tried to take hot bath, I tried to get rid of it. I thought it will pass, I didn’t know what was going on. I am sucking it up to get my son to school on time and I just cant even drive the car so I pulled into the clinic and I banged on the door. Esther comes out and she says, “Hey”, and I am like all my interior. I said, “Esther, can you please take my boy to school? He tell you how to get there. He knows how to do this.” She said, “Whats wrong?”. I said, “I am in such bad pain. I cant even drive.” She gets the keys and she gets behind the wheel and all she goes to take my son to school. And then I just kind of curl up in the fetal position in my office and couple of people they hear me. And they want to say, “Hi Good morning Kyle, how are you?”. You know how Speech pathologists are, they always want to figure out whats wrong and treat the problem. That’s how speech therapists are, we’re neurologists, psychologists and educational specialists. We’re all that stuff combine into one little package. So Christine comes in and she says “Oh my god, whats wrong with you?” And I’m like, “Awwwwww…” anyway she says I was stuttering, my pain was so bad. Esther comes back after taking my son to school. She come in and says “Kyle, we cant have you here like this. You need to go to emergency room right now.” I said, “You know what I hate the hospital but I’ll do it.” We lease from Tucson Medical Center so we’re right across the street from the hospital. So she puts me in the car and drives me across the street and as soon as we get across the street, I am opening the door, I start vomiting I know it sounds gross but the pain was so bad. I just started throwing up in the parking lot while we were moving and I am just like get us to the hospital. I don’t know whats going on I have never ever experienced pain like this in my whole entire life. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Arm.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-803 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> So Esther gets to the front door of emergency room, they came out and get me to the wheel chair, they roll me into the ER there and I didn’t have to wait and gave them Blue Cross Blue Shield card and gave a copy of my license, they are going to these checklist. They need this and that information; are you allergic to anything. They were going to all these checklist as they’re bringing me back to the backroom and it was highly standardized and the treatment was really good. So I get into this backroom and then there was a nurse that came in and I really don’t even remember what was going on because I was in so much pain. I am on the ground like on my knees with my head against the gurney there. And this left-handed nurse, the reason I know she was left-handed is because I am left-handed too. She says, “This is classical kidney stones.” Anyway she comes in, this is before the Doctor comes and she’s been around. You can tell, she knows her stuff, she was very confident. The nurse comes in and she can just tell I was in all this pain. She came up to me, “Mr. Meades, did you have anything to eat? Did you have a bowel movement? Did you pee today? All these standardized questions, because that’s what doctors, physicians and nurses do, they have a list of procedures that they have to follow. And I’m listening all this I can barely speak because I am in pain. Anyway to make a long story short finally the physician’s assistant didn’t even see a medical doctor. I saw a PA she came in she knew exactly what it was. She said, “Oh, you got kidney stone, this is classical.” I said, “Yeah that’s what the left-handed nurse said 30 minutes ago. But can I please have something for the pain.” And for those of you who know me out there folks, I don’t drink, I don’t take drugs, I don’t take anything, I am a nerd. I am a good person. And I just said, “Look you got anything Non Narcotic” and they said, “Look, trust me you want something for this pain.” Anyway they gave me some Non Narcotic injection. And it really worked, and then I went to CAT scan. You get the CAT scan and they get all this standardized procedures. They’re asking you all these questions; do you have metal inside your body? Do you have ever had surgery? again procedures and standardization. So we get through all of that and make a long story even longer. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/office.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-820 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> About 4 hours later, 2mm kidney stone, here’s your discharge paper, everything standardized again, checklist after checklist. Go home drink lots of water, take this medications, you should pass this little thing in about next 4 to 7 days. So here we are the next day sitting here and listening all of this stuff and going through all this checklist and answering all of this questions. I thought about this email that this lady named Sharon; she is a speech pathologist in Washington State. She says to me, “Kyle, Thank you so very much for the Podcast. I find them informative and they’re really helping me grow my private practice.” She says, “Hey, I have a question. When you receive a referral if it’s a pair that you are in contracted with, do you still call and schedule that family? And if so how long do you wait before you actually call them?” Great question and we have a checklist for that that we use in our office. So I got online this morning and pull some forms out of our online forms there and I wanted to read you guys these steps that we take for our referral when we don’t take that pay resource. So this is good information and can you believe how I tied all this stuff in from my Kidney stone to a checklist for a payer that we’re not contracted with. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Office-Window.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-819 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> So here it goes, number 1, you receive the referral and the referral will usually indicate who ever the payer is. So you go to number 2, the Payment source. Now in our clinic, users are going to be Private Insurance, Medicare, Medicaid or Cash. Number 3, Eligibility at the time of referral, Why is that important? That’s important so when you speak to that family and get them on the schedule, you can kind of give them an estimate how much it’s going to cost. People want to know what it’s going to cost, don’t forget. Healthcare is the only business where everything is just financial ambiguity at its find. I went to the Hospital yesterday, I gave him an Insurance card, I don’t know how much they’re going to bill me. I don’t know how much they are going to collect from me. I don’t know the final amount. It’s the only business where we don’t have a final answer but I tell you what its very important when you call and schedule your patients you want to given them a range, we don’t take your insurance but based on our experience the phone call we have with your Insurance company today, 80% of its going to be covered and here is the amount that we are going to charge your Insurance company and 80% of which is X amount of dollars is going to paid for so you are going to be left with 20. So the range is going to be anywhere from 150 bucks which is our cash way up to 190 bucks. So there’s the range you can give the family because they have a right to know about what there cost of care will be. So that’s why you want to check the Eligibility at the time of the referral. Number 4, you want to find out the out of network benefits for speech therapy. You ask if the patient has met there the doctor for this year and the representative should be able to tell you the actual amount that patient has spent on their medical care up to this date. So for instance, if you are in urgent when you call this people and get them schedule, they should be able to say, “Oh, so and so met their the Doc the last month, everything should be covered up to 80% over the plans going to get cover. So number 5, you can then tell the family what their cost of care will be for the evaluation. You may even find that your Cash rate may be more affordable for that family rather than using their Out of Network benefits. Now here is something that you want to remember, since you are not contract with this Insurance Company you had the ability to price it that way because when you are not in network with this insurance company you are not bound to those terms of service. So you are able to say, “Look, here’s our cash rate and your Insurance will cover this amount and this would be your cost of care, so whichever wants cheaper.” That’s how we are doing in our clinic because people really like to have value. So we are always say, “Look if you want to use your Insurance it’s going to be this much, If you want to do cash its this much, Its up to you what would you like to do. And once we make that decision, we have them sign and we are bound to those terms. You can’t do that if you are in contract with Blue cross, Blue shield. You can’t just say, “Hey, they’re going to reimburse this and our cash rate is cheaper, so we’ll just go with cash. You can’t do that because if you get caught doing that when you are in contract their network with these Insurance companies, they can pay you and reimburse you that lesser rate because you’re doing that. You’ve got to follow the rules. So I just wanted to give you guys this checklist, these five things that we do in our clinic when someone comes to our clinic and they have out of network benefits. So I hope this has been helpful for you guys. This is been a little bit of a story tell to as well because we all get sick. Thank the good lord above that we have insurance. Anyway I wanted to say Thanks again to Sharon for sending me this email and to kick this whole podcast off. It was because of that email I started to think about checklist, policies, procedures and kidney stone. Thanks again to all of you out there who are listening to the Podcast and I’ll see you soon. Thank you!! The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/checklist-for-speech-therapy-out-of-network-benefits/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">10: Checklist for Out of Network Benefits</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

10: Checklist for Out of Network Benefits

Recently, a listener named Darlene emailed me about starting her own speech therapy private practice. The more I read, the more I could see that she was unsure and scared about the process of getting started. She wanted to know the most common mistakes that people make when starting their own therapy practice. Back in August 2017, I made a video post about the most common mistakes that people were making at that time.  Whenever I have monthly coaching and strategy calls with other business owners,  I always take notes.  So in this post, I go through all of my notes and update my listeners on additional mistakes that you should avoid when starting your own speech therapy private practice. In this episode: 01:20 – + 29,930 listeners to the show 02:10 – Answering listener question 02:55 – Too much, too fast 06:11 – Relying on others 07:23 – Obtaining good advice 08:21 – Investing in yourself/knowledge 09:03 – Don’t Waste Your Time with insurance contracts, credentialing and billing – Let us Help You!  DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION  We’ve all seen those YouTube videos with cats and dogs who jump on a fast moving treadmill or those joggers when they jump on a treadmill. It’s going way too fast and they fall flat on their face and they get kicked off the treadmill. Now think about Private practice being that treadmill and if you jump on to a fast moving treadmill you’re going to fall flat on your face and not only that you’re going to get kicked out of the treadmill space. [Commercial] Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 35. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions and as of today, today is March the 10th 2018. It’s a Saturday and as of today we have well over 29,930 listeners to the show. And I’m glad that each and everyone of you guys are out there and if this is your first podcast welcome to the show. I hope that you will find everything that you’re looking for when you start your own Speech Therapy Private Practice. And don’t forget the reason that I did this was because when I first started out there wasn’t anything out there like this so this is a way for me to give back and I hope you guys get the same valuable information that others do and for other people to find the podcast easily. If you wouldn’t mind just please go to the iTunes or Android platform of your choice and just leave some 5 star feedback. That way other people can find the podcast easily. Now I wanted to go ahead and jump into today’s topic and it is from a listener. Her name is Darlene. She is from Pennsylvania and she emailed me a question recently and she says, “Hi Kyle, what are some of the biggest mistakes that you see when dealing with new therapy business startups?” Now I take notes when I speak to other private practice owners on the phone. And I do speak to private practice owners a lot and I take notes on every single phone call and I put it on my life sheet and that’s an Excel spreadsheet that I keep in my google drive and so I went back through that google drive and I searched my drive and I found these important points and I wanted to share that with you guys today. Now one of the biggest mistakes with new Speech therapy business owners is starting out way too fast and just taking too large of a first step. Now let me give you an example. I spoke to someone recently who was just head over heels ready to get going. And I had to remind that person I said you want to take small steps and here’s the example think of a treadmill. We’ve all seen those YouTube videos with cats and dogs who jump on a fast moving treadmill or those joggers when they jump on a treadmill. It’s going way too fast and they fall flat on their face and they get kicked off the treadmill. Now think about Private practice being that treadmill and if you jump onto a fast moving treadmill you’re going to fall flat on your face and not only that you’re going to get kicked out of the treadmill space. So you have to be very careful because we’re all human we all see other people who are successful who have their practices, who are making it and making a good living and having a great life. And of course we want that too. I mean I saw that, that was one of the things that made me want to do that first step and start my own Speech therapy private practice. I remember after Hurricane Katrina I was out of work for a long period of time and I had a lot of time to sit and reflect and I just remember thinking about some of those private practice owners in New Orleans and seeing those lifestyles that people were living and I wanted that too. And so I got on the internet and I searched and searched and found a couple of PDFs and things like that. It just wasn’t a lot of information. So that’s one of the reasons I’m giving this back to you guys but don’t forget we see other people making it and we want that too. A lot of us still subscribed to that old thinking that old cliche. Build it and they will come. I think that’s dead now because there’s so much competition out there with the Internet and social media. You can’t just throw up a clinic and put some chairs out there and buy a bunch of fancy equipment and hire a bunch of employees and borrow a bunch of money from the bank. Because if you do that too quickly without any patience you’re going to fail and you’re going to go belly up and you’re going to sink just like a ship with a hole in the bottom of it. So we have to take small steps. You don’t want to be on the hook for a lot of money because I’ve said it in those first three podcasts you’re going to be working for the bank and that is just no fun. If you really stop and think about it to get what you want, it’s going to take about three to five years and once you have that in your brain add another year to it because this takes a long time to get established. Because you have to work out your referral base, you have to work out your payer sources or your contracts and your credentialing. And you have to save up money at the same time that you may have to borrow a little bit of money from the bank. But you want to do that slowly and gradually. It’s a long game and if you listen again to episode number 12 you’ll realize that Speech therapy private practice and in the startup process it’s a long game so you want to be in this for the long haul and it takes a certain personality and someone who is very driven and very motivated. Now one of the second biggest mistakes that I see is relying on others too much. As humans we’re all fearful and we get nervous, we get scared, we get anxious and sometimes we want to cling on to somebody else but because of fear some people just think they need a business partner. Now I’m not saying that people shouldn’t or should have a business partner. That’s not my decision. I personally didn’t want any advice from other people. So I started my Speech therapy private practice by myself. I didn’t want any partners so I just chose not to do that. And if you do want to have a partner or multiple partners you want to make sure that the personalities fit the clinic and the partnership you want to make sure that everyone gets along. There’s nothing worse than having friends and I’ve seen this and this is why I wanted to put this out there. I have seen and spoke to people who went into business with others who they loved and respected. And it tore their friendship, it tore everything up. So at the end of the day make sure you get this part right if you’re going to have partners. Also too you want to make sure that you seek the advice of an attorney because if you do have a partner in your business you want to make sure everything is legal and legitimate. So that’s what I wanted to say about that. Also again I chose to go into Speech therapy private practice by myself but it wasn’t until I hired a team. That’s when I started seeing the growth. Now again a lot of people think that if you have a lot of employees you’re just making a ton of money, right? Wrong. Don’t forget with employees you have a lot of expenses, payroll taxes and things like that. So again a sole provider a one person show can do well in Speech therapy private practice but you have to remember it takes a team to really grow it to the next level take it to the next level and scale it. So don’t forget about that. Now the third biggest mistake that I see new Speech therapy private practice owners make is they forget to invest in knowledge for themselves. Now don’t reinvent the wheel. I’ve seen so many people out there and spoken with so many people out there who are isolated and who just don’t take the time to invest in themselves and to network and get help. That’s one of the big reasons I started this Speech therapy private practice All Access Community forum. So people just like you can connect with people others who are just like you in the community. So you can find that at privateslp.com/coaching. Another problem that I see people were just wasting too much time with insurance contracts and credentialing and billing. Again if you are a one person show and you are seeing every single person, you’re doing this scheduling, you’re doing the referrals, you’re doing the follow up phone calls, you’re doing the billing, credentialing and contracting. Don’t forget in order to get paid so you can be sustainable you’ve got to do your billing at the end of the day and that takes time. So if you’re seeing a full caseload 8-9-10-11-12 hours I mean that’s what it takes to be a private practice owner sometimes right. We have to work more than others so we can be successful. You have to have help. And when you start getting some payments you want to save those payments so you can pay your team to help you bill and collect more so you can get paid and continue to grow. So I mean it’s a very simple process you want to free up your time to do what you do best that’s provide Speech therapy services not spin your wheels with credentialing, billing and collections. So I didn’t know if you guys knew this but we do provide a billing and credentialing service at privateslp.com/billing. So if that interest you you can always go there too. So these are the four biggest mistakes that I see that private practice startup owners are making right now so I hope this has been helpful. And if you have any questions about anything in relation to your speech therapy private practice just reach out to me and I’ll help kyle@privateslp.com. And as always thank you for listening. The post 35. More Mistakes to Avoid When  Starting Your Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

Recently, a listener named Darlene emailed me about starting her own speech therapy private practice. The more I read, the more I could see that she was unsure and scared about the process of getting started. She wanted to know the most common mistakes that people make when starting their own therapy practice. Back in August 2017, I made a <a href="https://privateslp.com/common-mistakes-people-make-when-starting-the-private-practice-journey/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">video post</a> about the most common mistakes that people were making at that time.  Whenever I have monthly coaching and strategy calls with other business owners,  I always take notes.  So in this post, I go through all of my notes and update my listeners on additional mistakes that you should avoid when starting your own speech therapy private practice. In this episode: 01:20 – + 29,930 listeners to the show 02:10 – Answering listener question 02:55 – Too much, too fast 06:11 – Relying on others 07:23 – Obtaining good advice 08:21 – Investing in yourself/knowledge 09:03 – Don’t Waste Your Time with <a href="https://privateslp.com/billing/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">insurance contracts, credentialing and billing</a> – Let us Help You! DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION We’ve all seen those YouTube videos with cats and dogs who jump on a fast moving treadmill or those joggers when they jump on a treadmill. It’s going way too fast and they fall flat on their face and they get kicked off the treadmill. Now think about Private practice being that treadmill and if you jump on to a fast moving treadmill you’re going to fall flat on your face and not only that you’re going to get kicked out of the treadmill space. [Commercial] Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 35. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails and all the questions and as of today, today is March the 10th 2018. It’s a Saturday and as of today we have well over 29,930 listeners to the show. And I’m glad that each and everyone of you guys are out there and if this is your first podcast welcome to the show. I hope that you will find everything that you’re looking for when you start your own Speech Therapy Private Practice. And don’t forget the reason that I did this was because when I first started out there wasn’t anything out there like this so this is a way for me to give back and I hope you guys get the same valuable information that others do and for other people to find the podcast easily. If you wouldn’t mind just please go to the <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a> or Android platform of your choice and just leave some 5 star feedback. That way other people can find the podcast easily. Now I wanted to go ahead and jump into today’s topic and it is from a listener. Her name is Darlene. She is from Pennsylvania and she emailed me a question recently and she says, “Hi Kyle, what are some of the biggest mistakes that you see when dealing with new therapy business startups?” Now I take notes when I speak to other private practice owners on the phone. And I do speak to private practice owners a lot and I take notes on every single phone call and I put it on my life sheet and that’s an Excel spreadsheet that I keep in my google drive and so I went back through that google drive and I searched my drive and I found these important points and I wanted to share that with you guys today. Now one of the biggest mistakes with new Speech therapy business owners is starting out way too fast and just taking too large of a first step. Now let me give you an example. I spoke to someone recently who was just head over heels ready to get going. And I had to remind that person I said you want to take small steps and here’s the example think of a treadmill. We’ve all seen those YouTube videos with cats and dogs who jump on a fast moving treadmill or those joggers when they jump on a treadmill. It’s going way too fast and they fall flat on their face and they get kicked off the treadmill. Now think about Private practice being that treadmill and if you jump onto a fast moving treadmill you’re going to fall flat on your face and not only that you’re going to get kicked out of the treadmill space. So you have to be very careful because we’re all human we all see other people who are successful who have their practices, who are making it and making a good living and having a great life. And of course we want that too. I mean I saw that, that was one of the things that made me want to do that first step and start my own Speech therapy private practice. I remember after Hurricane Katrina I was out of work for a long period of time and I had a lot of time to sit and reflect and I just remember thinking about some of those private practice owners in New Orleans and seeing those lifestyles that people were living and I wanted that too. And so I got on the internet and I searched and searched and found a couple of PDFs and things like that. It just wasn’t a lot of information. So that’s one of the reasons I’m giving this back to you guys but don’t forget we see other people making it and we want that too. A lot of us still subscribed to that old thinking that old cliche. Build it and they will come. I think that’s dead now because there’s so much competition out there with the Internet and social media. You can’t just throw up a clinic and put some chairs out there and buy a bunch of fancy equipment and hire a bunch of employees and borrow a bunch of money from the bank. Because if you do that too quickly without any patience you’re going to fail and you’re going to go belly up and you’re going to sink just like a ship with a hole in the bottom of it. So we have to take small steps. You don’t want to be on the hook for a lot of money because I’ve said it in those first three podcasts you’re going to be working for the bank and that is just no fun. If you really stop and think about it to get what you want, it’s going to take about three to five years and once you have that in your brain add another year to it because this takes a long time to get established. Because you have to work out your referral base, you have to work out your payer sources or your contracts and your credentialing. And you have to save up money at the same time that you may have to borrow a little bit of money from the bank. But you want to do that slowly and gradually. It’s a long game and if you listen again to episode number 12 you’ll realize that Speech therapy private practice and in the startup process it’s a long game so you want to be in this for the long haul and it takes a certain personality and someone who is very driven and very motivated. Now one of the second biggest mistakes that I see is relying on others too much. As humans we’re all fearful and we get nervous, we get scared, we get anxious and sometimes we want to cling on to somebody else but because of fear some people just think they need a business partner. Now I’m not saying that people shouldn’t or should have a business partner. That’s not my decision. I personally didn’t want any advice from other people. So I started my Speech therapy private practice by myself. I didn’t want any partners so I just chose not to do that. And if you do want to have a partner or multiple partners you want to make sure that the personalities fit the clinic and the partnership you want to make sure that everyone gets along. There’s nothing worse than having friends and I’ve seen this and this is why I wanted to put this out there. I have seen and spoke to people who went into business with others who they loved and respected. And it tore their friendship, it tore everything up. So at the end of the day make sure you get this part right if you’re going to have partners. Also too you want to make sure that you seek the advice of an attorney because if you do have a partner in your business you want to make sure everything is legal and legitimate. So that’s what I wanted to say about that. Also again I chose to go into Speech therapy private practice by myself but it wasn’t until I hired a team. That’s when I started seeing the growth. Now again a lot of people think that if you have a lot of employees you’re just making a ton of money, right? Wrong. Don’t forget with employees you have a lot of expenses, payroll taxes and things like that. So again a sole provider a one person show can do well in Speech therapy private practice but you have to remember it takes a team to really grow it to the next level take it to the next level and scale it. So don’t forget about that. Now the third biggest mistake that I see new Speech therapy private practice owners make is they forget to invest in knowledge for themselves. Now don’t reinvent the wheel. I’ve seen so many people out there and spoken with so many people out there who are isolated and who just don’t take the time to invest in themselves and to network and get help. That’s one of the big reasons I started this Speech therapy private practice All Access Community forum. So people just like you can connect with people others who are just like you in the community. So you can find that at <a href="https://privateslp.com/coaching/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/coaching</a>. Another problem that I see people were just wasting too much time with insurance contracts and credentialing and billing. Again if you are a one person show and you are seeing every single person, you’re doing this scheduling, you’re doing the referrals, you’re doing the follow up phone calls, you’re doing the billing, credentialing and contracting. Don’t forget in order to get paid so you can be sustainable you’ve got to do your billing at the end of the day and that takes time. So if you’re seeing a full caseload 8-9-10-11-12 hours I mean that’s what it takes to be a private practice owner sometimes right. We have to work more than others so we can be successful. You have to have help. And when you start getting some payments you want to save those payments so you can pay your team to help you bill and collect more so you can get paid and continue to grow. So I mean it’s a very simple process you want to free up your time to do what you do best that’s provide Speech therapy services not spin your wheels with credentialing, billing and collections. So I didn’t know if you guys knew this but we do provide a billing and credentialing service at <a href="https://privateslp.com/billing/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/billing</a>. So if that interest you you can always go there too. So these are the four biggest mistakes that I see that private practice startup owners are making right now so I hope this has been helpful. And if you have any questions about anything in relation to your speech therapy private practice just reach out to me and I’ll help <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. And as always thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/more-mistakes-to-avoid-when-starting-your-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">35. More Mistakes to Avoid When Starting Your Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

35. More Mistakes to Avoid When  Starting Your Speech Therapy Private Practice

We really aren’t trained in graduate school to create boundaries for ourselves and say “no” sometimes.  When scheduling clients, we need to be clear and have expectations for clients and families so that we can do the best job possible. Treatment is a 2-way street.  We have to value client’s time and they must value ours.  In this episode, I discuss scheduling strategies that I feel are helpful in a speech therapy private practice.  Whether you are just starting a speech therapy private practice or have an ongoing operation, there is something to learn in from recording.    In this episode: 01:26 – Beautiful Tucson, what A beautiful place to live 01:41 – What are you doing to better yourself –  Are you in action? 02:45 – What would you like to hear on the podcast 03:18 – 1 Summer position left – The Perfect Student 04:30 – Email me if you want to be mentored 05:03 – Thank you Christina for the email 06:49 – Thoughts on obtaining your own contract 08:01 – Get incorporated, UPS Store, EIN, NPI, GL and PL 09:41 – Scheduling – have boundaries – 11:31 – Hard conversations 12:28 – Scheduling and calendars Download PDF Transcription Transcription of Episode Thirteen: So those are kind of conversations we don’t like to have with people, but its necessary because you don’t want to sit around and wait on people. You don’t wanted be taking advantage of. We have a service and we have to provide that service. We can’t provide that service unless the family works in conjunction with us. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 13. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. I want to always start out and say Thank you for all the follows on Twitter, emails and Tweets. It’s just really cool I have this kind of feedback because when I am sitting here behind this microphone, I am kind of staring at this wall. I got a whiteboard here. I am in my office at home. I am kind of here on edge of the mountain here in North Tucson. Its really beautiful area and I got a shadow in here; sun coming through and birds are outside. It’s a gorgeous day and I am talking into this microphone.      I always wonder are you guys doing anything with this information?   Are you following these instructions and are you taking action? I am kind of curious because I get this emails, “Hey, I want to be mentored by you”.  Sometimes people just don’t get back at me; some people say “Thanks” but I never hear back.   It’s nice to know here you guys doing anything with this information. I really think its valuable information. This is the kind of stuff that I wanted when I started my own Private practice. I couldn’t find it anywhere. I downloaded some PDF and I went on some websites but I couldn’t find the good solid information like checklist, do this, do this and do this and then you can have this. I just didn’t find that so that’s why I am throwing this out there for you guys for free and I just wanted to know, Hey leave some comments for me at the bottom. If you go to PrivateSLP.com you’ll see this blog post and at the bottom they’ve got a place for comments. Shoot me some comments, let me know what you guys are finding valuable so I can kind of steer this Podcast which now as like over 3300 listeners (Its really cool) from all over the world. I can steer this thing the way you guys wanted to go because I got the microphone right here.  I also wanted to tell you I have one space left for the “Perfect Student”. I have one time slot this summer to work one person in. So the Perfect Student is going to work with me weekly it’s a minimum of a 6-month commitment (and its not free but it is affordable) and I really think that the person who gets this spot is going to learn so much information. You’re not only going to get the ability to fly in to Tucson and work with me for a week for seven straight days. You’re going to see the clinic; you’re going to see the home health agency that we have. You’re going to see how we bill it, how we collect it, how we schedule it, how we get the referrals, how we fax it, how we answer our calls, our systems, everything that we do, you are going to get that information too. I will personally work with you one-on-one to make sure that you get the best information. You’re just going to be blown away if you can do it. I got a lot of emails from people, “Hey I want to do this.” And I throw right back catch you and no body does anything with it. I don’t hear anything from people any longer, once a while I get a Thank you and I appreciate response. This stuff is kind of hard and this is not easy stuff. This is a long game and on the last podcast I talked a lot about that. This is a long game and when you start a monster like a Home health or a Speech therapy private practice business, you’re in for the long hold. You can’t get flaky; you got a show up, shoot up and get it done. And for the right person if you’re listening right now, I want you to send me an email at kyle@privateslp.com and I want you too to put The Perfect Student in the Subject line of that email. I want you to tell me about yourself where you are in this Journey for Private practice and what you wanted to accomplish. I will help you and if its a good fit between you and me, I will personally help you. But you got to take the first step; you got to get into action, send me an email. Don’t be scared, don’t be shy, come on do it and I will help you. For the right person you’ll see that this will change your life. And I’ll tell you it’s going to happen. Also I want to read an email that I received from a lady named Christina. She’s up in New York and I send her a reply recently and I just got to thinking about this email that Christina send me recently this month, May 2016. I sit down and do a Podcast on this because this is really good. This is a great email. So let me read it to you, “Hi Kyle, I recently relocated to New York city to live closer to family. And now I am working at a big Home care agency. I’m considered it Independent provider which means I pay my own Taxes and Insurance. I do my own scheduling and paperwork. The Agency takes care of payment processing through early intervention and Insurance for patients and they just refer cases straight to me. I’ve thought about going into private home care a lot as I’ve recent especially as an Independent provider I feel as I’m doing half the administrative work already and I am excited to learn more about the financial aspect of the business and I have not yet experienced too much of that. As such I really enjoy your podcast and all the valuable information you offer to so many of us as an SLP. A big question I have at the moment is whether or not you use any type of special Software to manage your appointments for Home health care or if you have tips to better manage location-based services; I would love to hear how you do it. (and there was a big smiley face there.)  and all the best. Thanks again for all the great tips and pointers”    Thank you Christina. Well Christina, that’s an excellent question. I know you already get my email reply but I actually slept on this and thought of a lot of information for you. I wanted to make this into a Podcast. Here it goes, you’re doing all the work anyway. Why don’t you just go ahead and get your own early intervention contract in the state of New York. I can’t really speak for your State but I know in Arizona it’s a process. You can go ahead and carve out about six months for that process but start Google-ing – special needs, early intervention New York, developmental disabilities New York. And start looking on those Government websites and find some contact information, just throw it out there and put in that email, “I am a Speech pathologist and I have done this for so many years. I want to help kids and adults. Please give me the information that I need so I can obtain a contract to provide services in Speech therapy.” That’s how I did here in my state. You would be amazed finally after sending out few emails failures out there, you’ll get somebody that will just say, “Hey, this is the person you talk to, this is the man or woman you want to reach out to.” You can pickup the phone or call them. They might give their number or direct email, but do it. Go ahead. Also follow these steps too. What I suggest is getting incorporated. You can go and talk to a lawyer and pay few thousand bucks. We’ve done this three times now. I use the services of a good paralegal here in Tucson and she is wonderful. She is very inexpensive; the last time I incorporated, it was actually few months ago, it was under four hundred bucks like Three seventy I believe. It was so inexpensive. It took about two weeks. I had my name already picked out and the paralegal just gave me a questionnaire. I filled it out with my name that I wanted, the address. And also when you do your address for your business, don’t use your Home address because when you use your Home address, you’ll going to get all kind of solicitations through the mail and stuff like that. Go ahead and get a UPS box. Use that address as your point of contact when you register your business. So it gives kind of buffer between you and the public too. Its kind of privacy thing. Use that address and get incorporated. After you get incorporated what you should do is go ahead and apply for Tax ID number. And when you get that Tax ID number you can do that online. You want to get NPI number. You take all those articles of incorporation and Tax ID number to the Bank. You get a Business checking account. You want to get some general liability, some professional liability insurance. And once you get all those things you can apply for that contract. Once you get the contact person in your state’s information, you can apply for a contract under your business because you already got it done. Once you get the contact you can go ahead and start saying people like I said in the first few podcasts I started in the Home settings. You can kind of start working in the Homes and certain areas. And you wanted to know about scheduling. There is nothing really magical about scheduling but I do know one thing you have to do to that we don’t learn a lot about in graduate school, that’s clarity. You have to be very clear about scheduling your patients. When you have a list of patients that you need to choose from in certain area you want to work in areas. For us we work within 5 square miles from a data on the Map. And once you work from that data on the Map, you speak to patients in that area and you say, “Hey I’ve got two opening in your area.” You give them a choice of two and you say, “I‘ve got a One O’clock or Two O’clock, would you like one of those appointments? And then you wait and the family might say, “Well, I cant do that. I am available on Wednesday but just don’t have anything available on Monday.” You can simply say and again we don’t learn this in Graduate school, “I am in only your area on the Monday. But I’ll keep your name and details and if something opens up on that day I’ll call you back. Sometimes the family will go “I can’t make it work on Monday and I can’t take that One O’clock” and you want to be very clear, “I have seventeen people waiting for an appointment but I will give you this appointment and its going to be weekly appointment and if there is any no shows or excessive cancellations, unfortunately I’ve got many people who want this appointment I’m going to have move on.” Conversations that we don’t like to have with people, but its necessary because you don’t want to sit around and wait on people. You don’t want to be taking advantage of. We have a service and we have to provide that service. We can’t provide that service unless the family works in conjunction with us. So that is either you’re on board with us on you’re not on board with us. Those are the conversations that are kind of hard to have because you are creating a boundary there. You are creating the opportunity to give that family way out or they can keep the appointments. So that’s how we do. I basically go far out on my Five square miles from a data on the Map and I work my way back towards home. If I am starting at point A and I’ve got six patients schedule that day. I try to go all the way to the top of that list to the furthest distance away and then I am working my way back home.  Right Outside my Home Office Window It’s really nice when you get those families when they work with you and they know that you are busy and they do respect your time and you respect their time as well. It’s a two-way stream. You have to respect their time, show up, shoot up and be there on time and they’ll respect you too. That’s my answer for that part of the question. Also as far as Calendars, we use Office Ally calendar in our Clinic and it’s a great program. We use that for billing. But the calendar part of it is good too. I have heard people use Google calendar, it is secure as far as HIPAA I am not sure about that. If you have information on Google Calendar and HIPAA compliance please leave a comment below and let us know about that. I really suggest that Kristina at least go ahead and start working and learn the process of getting people on board, scheduling, building a case load, managing that case load and then overtime go ahead and do this suggestions that I am putting out there for you. Go ahead and get incorporated, get your Tax ID, get your Insurance, get the NPI number, get all that ready. So when it comes time to slowly work in your own Private practice, you’ll be ready for that. I hope this is been a good episode. I hope this giving you guys some very good information and as always I would appreciate if you go to iTunes and leave some good quality feedback for me, some five stars. That way other people when they are looking for Speech therapy private practice podcast they’ll find it too. And they can get the same valuable information for free that you are getting. I hope this is been helpful. This is Kyle Meades and Thank you for listening!! The post 13: What You Need to Know: Scheduling Essentials In Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

<a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/21-What-You-Need-to-Know-Scheduling-Essentials-In-Speech-Therapy-Private-Practice.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a>We really aren’t trained in graduate school to create boundaries for ourselves and say “no” sometimes.  When scheduling clients, we need to be clear and have expectations for clients and families so that we can do the best job possible. Treatment is a 2-way street.  We have to value client’s time and they must value ours.  In this episode, I discuss scheduling strategies that I feel are helpful in a speech therapy private practice.  Whether you are just starting a speech therapy private practice or have an ongoing operation, there is something to learn in from recording. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/IMG-2.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> In this episode: 01:26 – Beautiful Tucson, what A beautiful place to live 01:41 – What are you doing to better yourself –  Are you in action? 02:45 – What would you like to hear on the podcast 03:18 – 1 Summer position left – The Perfect Student 04:30 – <a href="https://privateslp.com/contact-us/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Email me</a> if you want to be mentored 05:03 – Thank you Christina for the email 06:49 – Thoughts on obtaining your own contract 08:01 – Get incorporated, UPS Store, EIN, NPI, GL and PL 09:41 – Scheduling – have boundaries – 11:31 – Hard conversations 12:28 – Scheduling and calendars Download PDF Transcription Transcription of Episode Thirteen: So those are kind of conversations we don’t like to have with people, but its necessary because you don’t want to sit around and wait on people. You don’t wanted be taking advantage of. We have a service and we have to provide that service. We can’t provide that service unless the family works in conjunction with us. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 13. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. I want to always start out and say Thank you for all the follows on Twitter, emails and Tweets. It’s just really cool I have this kind of feedback because when I am sitting here behind this microphone, I am kind of staring at this wall. I got a whiteboard here. I am in my office at home. I am kind of here on edge of the mountain here in North Tucson. Its really beautiful area and I got a shadow in here; sun coming through and birds are outside. It’s a gorgeous day and I am talking into this microphone. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/IMG-1.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> I always wonder are you guys doing anything with this information?   Are you following these instructions and are you taking action? I am kind of curious because I get this emails, “Hey, I want to be mentored by you”.  Sometimes people just don’t get back at me; some people say “Thanks” but I never hear back.   It’s nice to know here you guys doing anything with this information. I really think its valuable information. This is the kind of stuff that I wanted when I started my own Private practice. I couldn’t find it anywhere. I downloaded some PDF and I went on some websites but I couldn’t find the good solid information like checklist, do this, do this and do this and then you can have this. I just didn’t find that so that’s why I am throwing this out there for you guys for free and I just wanted to know, Hey leave some comments for me at the bottom. If you go to <a href="http://PrivateSLP.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP.com</a> you’ll see this blog post and at the bottom they’ve got a place for comments. Shoot me some comments, let me know what you guys are finding valuable so I can kind of steer this Podcast which now as like over 3300 listeners (Its really cool) from all over the world. I can steer this thing the way you guys wanted to go because I got the microphone right here. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/IMG-4.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> I also wanted to tell you I have one space left for the “Perfect Student”. I have one time slot this summer to work one person in. So the Perfect Student is going to work with me weekly it’s a minimum of a 6-month commitment (and its not free but it is affordable) and I really think that the person who gets this spot is going to learn so much information. You’re not only going to get the ability to fly in to Tucson and work with me for a week for seven straight days. You’re going to see the clinic; you’re going to see the home health agency that we have. You’re going to see how we bill it, how we collect it, how we schedule it, how we get the referrals, how we fax it, how we answer our calls, our systems, everything that we do, you are going to get that information too. I will personally work with you one-on-one to make sure that you get the best information. You’re just going to be blown away if you can do it. I got a lot of emails from people, “Hey I want to do this.” And I throw right back catch you and no body does anything with it. I don’t hear anything from people any longer, once a while I get a Thank you and I appreciate response. This stuff is kind of hard and this is not easy stuff. This is a long game and on the last podcast I talked a lot about that. This is a long game and when you start a monster like a Home health or a Speech therapy private practice business, you’re in for the long hold. You can’t get flaky; you got a show up, shoot up and get it done. And for the right person if you’re listening right now, I want you to send me an email at <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> and I want you too to put The Perfect Student in the Subject line of that email. I want you to tell me about yourself where you are in this Journey for Private practice and what you wanted to accomplish. I will help you and if its a good fit between you and me, I will personally help you. But you got to take the first step; you got to get into action, send me an email. Don’t be scared, don’t be shy, come on do it and I will help you. For the right person you’ll see that this will change your life. And I’ll tell you it’s going to happen. Also I want to read an email that I received from a lady named Christina. She’s up in New York and I send her a reply recently and I just got to thinking about this email that Christina send me recently this month, May 2016. I sit down and do a Podcast on this because this is really good. This is a great email. So let me read it to you, “Hi Kyle, I recently relocated to New York city to live closer to family. And now I am working at a big Home care agency. I’m considered it Independent provider which means I pay my own Taxes and Insurance. I do my own scheduling and paperwork. The Agency takes care of payment processing through early intervention and Insurance for patients and they just refer cases straight to me. I’ve thought about going into private home care a lot as I’ve recent especially as an Independent provider I feel as I’m doing half the administrative work already and I am excited to learn more about the financial aspect of the business and I have not yet experienced too much of that. As such I really enjoy your podcast and all the valuable information you offer to so many of us as an SLP. A big question I have at the moment is whether or not you use any type of special Software to manage your appointments for Home health care or if you have tips to better manage location-based services; I would love to hear how you do it. (and there was a big smiley face there.) and all the best. Thanks again for all the great tips and pointers” <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/IMG-5.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Thank you Christina. Well Christina, that’s an excellent question. I know you already get my email reply but I actually slept on this and thought of a lot of information for you. I wanted to make this into a Podcast. Here it goes, you’re doing all the work anyway. Why don’t you just go ahead and get your own early intervention contract in the state of New York. I can’t really speak for your State but I know in Arizona it’s a process. You can go ahead and carve out about six months for that process but start Google-ing – special needs, early intervention New York, developmental disabilities New York. And start looking on those Government websites and find some contact information, just throw it out there and put in that email, “I am a Speech pathologist and I have done this for so many years. I want to help kids and adults. Please give me the information that I need so I can obtain a contract to provide services in Speech therapy.” That’s how I did here in my state. You would be amazed finally after sending out few emails failures out there, you’ll get somebody that will just say, “Hey, this is the person you talk to, this is the man or woman you want to reach out to.” You can pickup the phone or call them. They might give their number or direct email, but do it. Go ahead. Also follow these steps too. What I suggest is getting incorporated. You can go and talk to a lawyer and pay few thousand bucks. We’ve done this three times now. I use the services of a good paralegal here in Tucson and she is wonderful. She is very inexpensive; the last time I incorporated, it was actually few months ago, it was under four hundred bucks like Three seventy I believe. It was so inexpensive. It took about two weeks. I had my name already picked out and the paralegal just gave me a questionnaire. I filled it out with my name that I wanted, the address. And also when you do your address for your business, don’t use your Home address because when you use your Home address, you’ll going to get all kind of solicitations through the mail and stuff like that. Go ahead and get a UPS box. Use that address as your point of contact when you register your business. So it gives kind of buffer between you and the public too. Its kind of privacy thing. Use that address and get incorporated. After you get incorporated what you should do is go ahead and apply for Tax ID number. And when you get that Tax ID number you can do that online. You want to get NPI number. You take all those articles of incorporation and Tax ID number to the Bank. You get a Business checking account. You want to get some general liability, some professional liability insurance. And once you get all those things you can apply for that contract. Once you get the contact person in your state’s information, you can apply for a contract under your business because you already got it done. Once you get the contact you can go ahead and start saying people like I said in the first few podcasts I started in the Home settings. You can kind of start working in the Homes and certain areas. And you wanted to know about scheduling. There is nothing really magical about scheduling but I do know one thing you have to do to that we don’t learn a lot about in graduate school, that’s clarity. You have to be very clear about scheduling your patients. When you have a list of patients that you need to choose from in certain area you want to work in areas. For us we work within 5 square miles from a data on the Map. And once you work from that data on the Map, you speak to patients in that area and you say, “Hey I’ve got two opening in your area.” You give them a choice of two and you say, “I‘ve got a One O’clock or Two O’clock, would you like one of those appointments? And then you wait and the family might say, “Well, I cant do that. I am available on Wednesday but just don’t have anything available on Monday.” You can simply say and again we don’t learn this in Graduate school, “I am in only your area on the Monday. But I’ll keep your name and details and if something opens up on that day I’ll call you back. Sometimes the family will go “I can’t make it work on Monday and I can’t take that One O’clock” and you want to be very clear, “I have seventeen people waiting for an appointment but I will give you this appointment and its going to be weekly appointment and if there is any no shows or excessive cancellations, unfortunately I’ve got many people who want this appointment I’m going to have move on.” Conversations that we don’t like to have with people, but its necessary because you don’t want to sit around and wait on people. You don’t want to be taking advantage of. We have a service and we have to provide that service. We can’t provide that service unless the family works in conjunction with us. So that is either you’re on board with us on you’re not on board with us. Those are the conversations that are kind of hard to have because you are creating a boundary there. You are creating the opportunity to give that family way out or they can keep the appointments. So that’s how we do. I basically go far out on my Five square miles from a data on the Map and I work my way back towards home. If I am starting at point A and I’ve got six patients schedule that day. I try to go all the way to the top of that list to the furthest distance away and then I am working my way back home. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/IMG-3.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Right Outside my Home Office Window It’s really nice when you get those families when they work with you and they know that you are busy and they do respect your time and you respect their time as well. It’s a two-way stream. You have to respect their time, show up, shoot up and be there on time and they’ll respect you too. That’s my answer for that part of the question. Also as far as Calendars, we use Office Ally calendar in our Clinic and it’s a great program. We use that for billing. But the calendar part of it is good too. I have heard people use Google calendar, it is secure as far as HIPAA I am not sure about that. If you have information on Google Calendar and HIPAA compliance please leave a comment below and let us know about that. I really suggest that Kristina at least go ahead and start working and learn the process of getting people on board, scheduling, building a case load, managing that case load and then overtime go ahead and do this suggestions that I am putting out there for you. Go ahead and get incorporated, get your Tax ID, get your Insurance, get the NPI number, get all that ready. So when it comes time to slowly work in your own Private practice, you’ll be ready for that. I hope this is been a good episode. I hope this giving you guys some very good information and as always I would appreciate if you go to <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a> and leave some good quality feedback for me, some five stars. That way other people when they are looking for Speech therapy private practice podcast they’ll find it too. And they can get the same valuable information for free that you are getting. I hope this is been helpful. This is Kyle Meades and Thank you for listening!! The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/scheduling-clients-in-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">13: What You Need to Know: Scheduling Essentials In Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

13: What You Need to Know: Scheduling Essentials In Speech Therapy Private Practice

I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again:  If you want to have a successful speech therapy private practice, then work on your relationships with your clients, referral sources and employees.  In our profession, we really get to know others.  That’s what happens when you work with a family or co worker weekly for over a year.  In this episode, I talk about relationships as the foundation for a successful speech therapy private practice.                              Driving Across Texas In this episode: 01:04 – Thank you for for all the emails, tweets and questions on the show 02:12 – The Perfect Student 04:05 – Southeast Louisiana 05:01 – Livingston Parish, Louisiana flooding – Walker and Denham Springs, LA 70726 07:01 – Over sixty thousand homes affected by flooding 07:15 – Hurricanes and flooding 08:35 – Dealing with mold 09:45 – Volunteer fire department from Alabama – Cooking GREAT FOOD 10:30 – Making relationships is the key to successful business growth 13:26 – Relationships – Clients, referral sources, physicians, etc Download PDF Transcription What really matters when it comes to speech therapy private practice, it’s about relationships. And relationships are the foundation of what we do. Relationships are what help us grow not only our business but our client-base, employee-base, it grows everything. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 17. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show, Thanks again for all the emails, all the tweets, all questions are really appreciated. I got a question on Friday from someone who just said that they were happy with the Podcast; they were interested in being THE PERFECT STUDENT, and I emailed that person back and gave them some more information. So if you are interested in becoming THE PERFECT STUDENT as well send me an email kyle@privateslp.com and I will get back to you. When you send me an email let me know some specifics. Where are you in your private practice journey? Are you just starting out or are you growing your private practice? Do you have employees? How many patients do you see a month? Give me some information so I can help you better. This service is not free but it is very affordable and I will personally help you one-on-one, it’s like a team. I’ll be your mentor where you can ask me all the questions, you can get my feedback, and you can just have direct access to me for at least a minimum of six months where I can help you grow your business. I would be more than happy to work with you but it has to be a good fit because relationships have to be a two-way street. So if you are interested in becoming THE PERFECT STUDENT email me kyle@privateslp.com I’ve got one space available right now. The other space has been taken and I’m starting with that person. I’m not going to mention her name but you’ll hear about this person and their growth, their business soon. I guarantee that because this person is highly motivated. This person is ready to go and we’re going to start September 1st and I’m going to help her grow her business just like we’ve done here in Tucson. She’s looking at plane tickets coming down to work with me in Tucson. I’m going to show her how to run not only a clinic-based business but a home health private practice as well. So it’s going to be really a lot of information, but she’s going to love coming down here to Tucson. She’s going to have a great time and I’m looking forward to work with her on an Individual basis. I can’t wait to share this information with her. I did have a couple of PERFECT STUDENTS lined-up but at the very last minute I think it was too much information and it’s got to be the right person. I know this lady that’s going to be starting September 1st will do well. I know it and we’re going to make it happen. I wanted to take some time and talk about in this episode what really matters when it comes to private practice, it’s about relationships. And relationships are the foundation of what we do. Relationships are what help us grow not only our business but are client-base, employee-base; it grows everything and the reason I’m talking about this because I’ve had a rough eight to ten days. I’m going to be very honest. I am going to be little vulnerable right now. I will tell you guys a story and I love telling my stories because you can interpret what you want out of my story. And the whole story deals with where I’m from, where I grew up and my history comes from Southeast Louisiana. I grew up in a very small town called Walker, Louisiana and it’s a Parish called Livingston Parish. Now a Parish for you out there who don’t know what a Parish is, its related to the Catholic Church. It’s a Catholic thing and we are the only state in the United States that has Parishes instead of Counties. So my state that I grew up in Louisiana, the Parish that I grew up in is called Livingston Parish and the Town is Walker, Louisiana.                        Headed Home To Help Family And the next town over is Denham Spring Louisiana, zip code 70726. You’ve probably heard that in the news lately because that’s where all the flooding has been happening lately. I was talking to my family last Saturday and my Mom said everything was fine. I saw all the news about the flooding and I was really worried. I called her and she said everything was fine but that Sunday morning, they woke up to about 3 feet of water, not in their house but my Grand parents, their house had 3 feet of water in it. My Maw Maw &amp; Paw Paw have deceased, they died and my brother and his family have been living there. So unfortunately they got a lot of water in their house. And because of that I felt the desperate need to get down to Louisiana to help them out. That’s what we do. Its my family, I love my parents, I love my brothers, I love my family and I wanted to help them out in this time of need. Its really nasty down there. I just got back today. Today is August the 22nd. I’m looking at my phone while I’m talking to you. So I was talking to my Mom on August the 13th and 14th, that’s when all this weather started happening down there.                              Water on Joe May Road, Denham Springs, LA 70726 Where I’m from there’s a river called Amite River and its flood stage is about 28 to 29 feet in my area. The water level got up to 46½ feet in that area. All that extra water just ended up in thousands of people homes. These areas were not traditionally a flood area. So a lot of people just didn’t have flood insurance because we were require having flood insurance. As long as I have been alive I know some people on my street, or my road that I grew up that’s called Joe May Road. We know a lot of people who’ve lived there from many years and their grand parents and their families have lived there from many years. No ones have ever seen flooding like this and it just really made me sad when I saw all these people and this area photographs and live pictures from helicopters just flying over all these homes. The number were staggering, its over sixty thousand people’s homes that have been affected.                              Pulling Out Insulation and Dry Wall So because of that and because I have a history of living New Orleans and moving to Tucson after Hurricane Katrina (If you go back to the first few episodes of this podcast you’ll hear all about it and I am going back to that now), I have a lot of experience with Hurricanes and flooding. I remember after Hurricane Katrina it was hard to get building materials. So what I wanted to do to help my family to give back is, I wanted to take some sheet rock. Now sheet rock, I don’t know if a lot of you people know about it. I am going to give a quick lesson in home building. Sheet rock [noise], you hear that noise, that’s the wall in my office. In 9 out of 10 times if you are living in an apartment or home, chance are you’ve got sheet rock. Sheet rock is what makes the walls in your house. And behind that wall is a stud. Stud is a 2X4 beam that goes out from the ceiling to the floor. Floor is called slab, it’s a concrete slab and floor. And between those walls a lot of times you got insulation especially if it’s a exterior wall, the wall that separates inside of your house from the outside of your house.                              Gutting Maw Maw and Paw Paws House and Carrying Trash to the Road When my Maw Maw &amp; Paw Paw house was flooded with three feet of water we had to go in (and I am going to put pictures on the podcast down here so you can see it on the website) and we had to rip all that dry wall out up to the level of about four feet. And then we have to rip out all of the insulation behind that because if you don’t get stuff out of there quickly it’s going to mold and that’s a whole different ball game when you are dealing with mold. And you’ve got to go in there and take out the carpet and underneath the carpet between the slab and carpet is padding. You’ve got to take out all that stuff; You’ve got to put it in the wheelbarrow and you got a haul it about 2 tenths of a mile down this driveway to the end of the road, and you dump it. And you just repeat and keep doing that. And you take all that stuff out of the house and gut it.                              Gutting Maw Maw and Paw Paws House If some of you is listening from Louisiana/Texas area, trust me if you deal with flooding – gutting houses. It’s a lot of hard work and we have to bust out walls, bricks, we discovered my calves and pecks and just working hard and a lot of adrenaline going on. Its just so nice to be with family to be around the people I grew up with — friends that I haven’t seen in many years coming out of the wood work to help my family and to give back. At the end of our road, Joe May Road, we have this station of volunteers from Alabama. It was a volunteer fire department from Alabama cooking for thousands of people, just giving away food and I am talking really good food. I’ll send a picture of that too. We had Jambalaya, white bread and sausage was a good stuff. I am so grateful for the people who volunteered and came in from other states, and just helped the community that I grew up in Livingston Parish. And I am so thankful that I have friends, family and relationships, and that’s what is important when you’ve started your own private practice, when you are growing your own private practice, you want to make relationships because relationships is the foundation of your clinical business.                                Food Cooked by a Volunteer Fire Department from Alabama You’ve got to make relationships with your patients, your employees, your staff and doctor’s offices and referral base. That’s what it is all about and when you have a relationship its not about money, that’s secondary we’re talking about giving. Giving our time and giving what we’re trained to do in life. We’re speech pathologist. We’re trained to help other people and when you’re good at that, and you can have a relationship. This is again not about money; this is all heart. That’s what I want to convey in this Podcast today. Its because of relationships take your business to next level. Just like the relationships that I’ve had with these people on Joe May road, my family has lived there for a years. People that I’ve haven’t seen for years just drive in up in our driveway after the water went down helping my Mom, Dad, brothers and his wife and their kids, just everybody helping.                              MREs from the Military I am so lucky my nephew works in the Health department and he was able to test my parent’s well. They had E Coli in their well because all this extra water flooded their well and we’re get that taking care of. And here I am hauling all these dry wall and I’ve got a car. I don’t know if you guys remember but in the first few episodes you might have heard me mention my Volvo. Why I get rid of my Volvo? I gave it to my family because they need a car. All their cars were flooded and we even jacked them up and put them in these big blocks. They still get water in it. Its just really sad to see your family down on out like this. It’s the southeast Louisiana spirit, people just come together and they do what they got to do and they make it good. That’s what we did this past week. Helping out family and friends, regain what they lost from this flood. I hope you can get something out from this podcast. That’s why I like to tell this story because this is really important to me. I don’t have the script; I don’t have all this written down. This is from my heart; I am being a little bit vulnerable right now but its good, its good to get this out. When I grew up everybody is going to be like the marble man. I don’t know what age group you’re in listening right now but when I was a kid, you aren’t supposed to cry, show your feelings. I remember my dad say, “I’ll give you something to cry about” time is changed. It’s nice to have feelings and its nice to have family.                              Flying Home Back to Tucson Guys, thanks for being a very big part of my life. This is not just a podcast this is my life. I love doing this shows for you guys and I thought about this podcast. This particular episode just driving across Texas, get in stuck in traffic for two and half hours. But anyways I’ll be get something out of this. When you’re building business don’t forget about the relationships because its about the relationships that’s going to make you successful. Thank you for listening. The post 17: The Foundation of a Successful Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

<a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/17-The-Foundation-of-a-Successful-Speech-Therapy-Private-Practice.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a>I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again:  If you want to have a successful speech therapy private practice, then work on your relationships with your clients, referral sources and employees.  In our profession, we really get to know others.  That’s what happens when you work with a family or co worker weekly for over a year.  In this episode, I talk about relationships as the foundation for a successful speech therapy private practice. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Traveling-across-Texas.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Driving Across Texas In this episode: 01:04 – Thank you for for all the emails, tweets and questions on the show 02:12 – The Perfect Student 04:05 – Southeast Louisiana 05:01 – Livingston Parish, Louisiana flooding – Walker and Denham Springs, LA 70726 07:01 – Over sixty thousand homes affected by flooding 07:15 – Hurricanes and flooding 08:35 – Dealing with mold 09:45 – Volunteer fire department from Alabama – Cooking GREAT FOOD 10:30 – Making relationships is the key to successful business growth 13:26 – Relationships – Clients, referral sources, physicians, etc Download PDF Transcription What really matters when it comes to speech therapy private practice, it’s about relationships. And relationships are the foundation of what we do. Relationships are what help us grow not only our business but our client-base, employee-base, it grows everything. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 17. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show, Thanks again for all the emails, all the tweets, all questions are really appreciated. I got a question on Friday from someone who just said that they were happy with the Podcast; they were interested in being THE PERFECT STUDENT, and I emailed that person back and gave them some more information. So if you are interested in becoming THE PERFECT STUDENT as well send me an email <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> and I will get back to you. When you send me an email let me know some specifics. Where are you in your private practice journey? Are you just starting out or are you growing your private practice? Do you have employees? How many patients do you see a month? Give me some information so I can help you better. This service is not free but it is very affordable and I will personally help you one-on-one, it’s like a team. I’ll be your mentor where you can ask me all the questions, you can get my feedback, and you can just have direct access to me for at least a minimum of six months where I can help you grow your business. I would be more than happy to work with you but it has to be a good fit because relationships have to be a two-way street. So if you are interested in becoming THE PERFECT STUDENT email me <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> I’ve got one space available right now. The other space has been taken and I’m starting with that person. I’m not going to mention her name but you’ll hear about this person and their growth, their business soon. I guarantee that because this person is highly motivated. This person is ready to go and we’re going to start September 1st and I’m going to help her grow her business just like we’ve done here in Tucson. She’s looking at plane tickets coming down to work with me in Tucson. I’m going to show her how to run not only a clinic-based business but a home health private practice as well. So it’s going to be really a lot of information, but she’s going to love coming down here to Tucson. She’s going to have a great time and I’m looking forward to work with her on an Individual basis. I can’t wait to share this information with her. I did have a couple of PERFECT STUDENTS lined-up but at the very last minute I think it was too much information and it’s got to be the right person. I know this lady that’s going to be starting September 1st will do well. I know it and we’re going to make it happen. I wanted to take some time and talk about in this episode what really matters when it comes to private practice, it’s about relationships. And relationships are the foundation of what we do. Relationships are what help us grow not only our business but are client-base, employee-base; it grows everything and the reason I’m talking about this because I’ve had a rough eight to ten days. I’m going to be very honest. I am going to be little vulnerable right now. I will tell you guys a story and I love telling my stories because you can interpret what you want out of my story. And the whole story deals with where I’m from, where I grew up and my history comes from Southeast Louisiana. I grew up in a very small town called Walker, Louisiana and it’s a Parish called Livingston Parish. Now a Parish for you out there who don’t know what a Parish is, its related to the Catholic Church. It’s a Catholic thing and we are the only state in the United States that has Parishes instead of Counties. So my state that I grew up in Louisiana, the Parish that I grew up in is called Livingston Parish and the Town is Walker, Louisiana. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Building-Relationships-in-Speech-Therapy.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Headed Home To Help Family And the next town over is Denham Spring Louisiana, zip code 70726. You’ve probably heard that in the news lately because that’s where all the flooding has been happening lately. I was talking to my family last Saturday and my Mom said everything was fine. I saw all the news about the flooding and I was really worried. I called her and she said everything was fine but that Sunday morning, they woke up to about 3 feet of water, not in their house but my Grand parents, their house had 3 feet of water in it. My Maw Maw &amp; Paw Paw have deceased, they died and my brother and his family have been living there. So unfortunately they got a lot of water in their house. And because of that I felt the desperate need to get down to Louisiana to help them out. That’s what we do. Its my family, I love my parents, I love my brothers, I love my family and I wanted to help them out in this time of need. Its really nasty down there. I just got back today. Today is August the 22nd. I’m looking at my phone while I’m talking to you. So I was talking to my Mom on August the 13th and 14th, that’s when all this weather started happening down there. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Joe-May-Road-Denham-Springs-70726.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Water on Joe May Road, Denham Springs, LA 70726 Where I’m from there’s a river called Amite River and its flood stage is about 28 to 29 feet in my area. The water level got up to 46½ feet in that area. All that extra water just ended up in thousands of people homes. These areas were not traditionally a flood area. So a lot of people just didn’t have flood insurance because we were require having flood insurance. As long as I have been alive I know some people on my street, or my road that I grew up that’s called Joe May Road. We know a lot of people who’ve lived there from many years and their grand parents and their families have lived there from many years. No ones have ever seen flooding like this and it just really made me sad when I saw all these people and this area photographs and live pictures from helicopters just flying over all these homes. The number were staggering, its over sixty thousand people’s homes that have been affected. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/House-Flooding-Livingston-Parish.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Pulling Out Insulation and Dry Wall So because of that and because I have a history of living New Orleans and moving to Tucson after Hurricane Katrina (If you go back to the first few episodes of this podcast you’ll hear all about it and I am going back to that now), I have a lot of experience with Hurricanes and flooding. I remember after Hurricane Katrina it was hard to get building materials. So what I wanted to do to help my family to give back is, I wanted to take some sheet rock. Now sheet rock, I don’t know if a lot of you people know about it. I am going to give a quick lesson in home building. Sheet rock [noise], you hear that noise, that’s the wall in my office. In 9 out of 10 times if you are living in an apartment or home, chance are you’ve got sheet rock. Sheet rock is what makes the walls in your house. And behind that wall is a stud. Stud is a 2X4 beam that goes out from the ceiling to the floor. Floor is called slab, it’s a concrete slab and floor. And between those walls a lot of times you got insulation especially if it’s a exterior wall, the wall that separates inside of your house from the outside of your house. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Gutting-House-in-Livingston-Parish.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Gutting Maw Maw and Paw Paws House and Carrying Trash to the Road When my Maw Maw &amp; Paw Paw house was flooded with three feet of water we had to go in (and I am going to put pictures on the podcast down here so you can see it on the website) and we had to rip all that dry wall out up to the level of about four feet. And then we have to rip out all of the insulation behind that because if you don’t get stuff out of there quickly it’s going to mold and that’s a whole different ball game when you are dealing with mold. And you’ve got to go in there and take out the carpet and underneath the carpet between the slab and carpet is padding. You’ve got to take out all that stuff; You’ve got to put it in the wheelbarrow and you got a haul it about 2 tenths of a mile down this driveway to the end of the road, and you dump it. And you just repeat and keep doing that. And you take all that stuff out of the house and gut it. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Gutted-House-in-Livingston-Parish.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Gutting Maw Maw and Paw Paws House If some of you is listening from Louisiana/Texas area, trust me if you deal with flooding – gutting houses. It’s a lot of hard work and we have to bust out walls, bricks, we discovered my calves and pecks and just working hard and a lot of adrenaline going on. Its just so nice to be with family to be around the people I grew up with — friends that I haven’t seen in many years coming out of the wood work to help my family and to give back. At the end of our road, Joe May Road, we have this station of volunteers from Alabama. It was a volunteer fire department from Alabama cooking for thousands of people, just giving away food and I am talking really good food. I’ll send a picture of that too. We had Jambalaya, white bread and sausage was a good stuff. I am so grateful for the people who volunteered and came in from other states, and just helped the community that I grew up in Livingston Parish. And I am so thankful that I have friends, family and relationships, and that’s what is important when you’ve started your own private practice, when you are growing your own private practice, you want to make relationships because relationships is the foundation of your clinical business. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Good-food-during-the-flooding-of-Livingston-Parish-.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Food Cooked by a Volunteer Fire Department from Alabama You’ve got to make relationships with your patients, your employees, your staff and doctor’s offices and referral base. That’s what it is all about and when you have a relationship its not about money, that’s secondary we’re talking about giving. Giving our time and giving what we’re trained to do in life. We’re speech pathologist. We’re trained to help other people and when you’re good at that, and you can have a relationship. This is again not about money; this is all heart. That’s what I want to convey in this Podcast today. Its because of relationships take your business to next level. Just like the relationships that I’ve had with these people on Joe May road, my family has lived there for a years. People that I’ve haven’t seen for years just drive in up in our driveway after the water went down helping my Mom, Dad, brothers and his wife and their kids, just everybody helping. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/MRE-Livingston-Parish.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> MREs from the Military I am so lucky my nephew works in the Health department and he was able to test my parent’s well. They had E Coli in their well because all this extra water flooded their well and we’re get that taking care of. And here I am hauling all these dry wall and I’ve got a car. I don’t know if you guys remember but in the first few episodes you might have heard me mention my Volvo. Why I get rid of my Volvo? I gave it to my family because they need a car. All their cars were flooded and we even jacked them up and put them in these big blocks. They still get water in it. Its just really sad to see your family down on out like this. It’s the southeast Louisiana spirit, people just come together and they do what they got to do and they make it good. That’s what we did this past week. Helping out family and friends, regain what they lost from this flood. I hope you can get something out from this podcast. That’s why I like to tell this story because this is really important to me. I don’t have the script; I don’t have all this written down. This is from my heart; I am being a little bit vulnerable right now but its good, its good to get this out. When I grew up everybody is going to be like the marble man. I don’t know what age group you’re in listening right now but when I was a kid, you aren’t supposed to cry, show your feelings. I remember my dad say, “I’ll give you something to cry about” time is changed. It’s nice to have feelings and its nice to have family. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Flying-home-after-helping-family-in-Livingston-Parish-flooding.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Flying Home Back to Tucson Guys, thanks for being a very big part of my life. This is not just a podcast this is my life. I love doing this shows for you guys and I thought about this podcast. This particular episode just driving across Texas, get in stuck in traffic for two and half hours. But anyways I’ll be get something out of this. When you’re building business don’t forget about the relationships because its about the relationships that’s going to make you successful. Thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/the-foundation-to-a-successful-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">17: The Foundation of a Successful Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

17: The Foundation of a Successful Speech Therapy Private Practice

Welcome to the first episode of 2017! When a new year starts, the subject of taxes usually comes up. When you own a speech therapy private practice, you are responsible for making timely income tax and employee withholding payments to Federal and State governments. In this episode, I discuss 1099s, employee withholding, quarterly filings, quarterly payments, account reconciliation, profit-loss statements, and a simple solution that can make make the whole process easier for you. In this episode: 01:12 – Over 9447 listeners 02:08 – Only one space available for the Perfect Student 03:20 – Tax Time 03:48 – Xpense Tracker 05:22 – The 1099 shuffle 07:04 – Certified Tax Preparer 08:01 – Monthly meetings with a Tax Preparer 08:14 – Quarterly Payments to the IRS and State 08:34 – More about filing withholdings  DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION Don’t forget when you have a Speech Therapy Private practice and you take insurances or access plans or Medicare, when you get payment from those insurance companies, you’re going to get a 1099 in the mail at the end of the year. And it’s your job to make sure that the IRS knows how much money that you have coming in. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 22. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone, Happy New Year. As of today, today is January 8th 2017 we have over 9447 listeners to the show. I really appreciated it because when we first started a little over a year ago we only have two listeners. And you two listeners know who you are. And I appreciate you guys hanging in there and telling your friends and colleagues because we have listeners all over the world now, from the United states, United Kingdom, Australia, Canada, India, Israel, Philippines, South Africa and Turkey. Now when it comes to the United States breakdown. The biggest and highly listened states are California, Texas, Arizona, New York, Florida, Illinois, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts and it goes on and on. I am grateful that you guys are out there and I appreciate the opportunity to help you and give you that valuable information so you can grow, scale and develop your own Speech therapy private practice. Also I wanted to tell you I do have one space available for the Perfect student and the Perfect student is where you can come in to Tucson, you can fly in at your own expense and learn from me and work side by side with me. I’ll show you everything you need to now about an Outpatient clinic or a Home health agency or both. And that’s where you have direct access to me. We can work weekly via Skype or GotoMeeting and have calls. I can show you all the things you need to know to grow, scale or even start your own Speech therapy private practice. But its got to be a good fit because I get a lot of emails from people who want to start their own Speech therapy private practice but they’re just not ready yet. So when you do contact me please go to privateslp.com/contact there you can reach me and I wanted you to give me as much information as possible about you and where you are in your Speech therapy private practice journey. Are you just starting out? Do you have employees? About how many patients do you see per month? Do you take insurances? Give me all that information so I can help you better. Now today I wanted to talk about something that’s probably on you guys mind, it’s about Taxes. I look at taxes as a privilege; I like paying my taxes because if I didn’t have taxes to pay, I wouldn’t be doing well. So I wanted to talk to you about how it used to be with filing taxes and kind of how it is now. So I’ll give you a little bit story, when I was just starting out I used to keep all of my expenses on this app called Xpense Tracker, and if you go back to earlier episodes you’ll see I have a whole podcast about that app and how you can set it up. And basically run your Speech therapy private practice clinic on your smartphone as far as your expenses. That’s a really good podcast to listen to. Go back and check that out. But I used to run everything through my Xpense Tracker application, so when I would go to Costco and get paper and pens for the clinic, I would take a picture of that receipt and loaded into the application there, and then at the end of the year I would take all of my expenses and email it to myself and the application would generate a PDF report. And I would give that information to my CPA and with a big manual folder full of receipts and then she would do my taxes. Now what I used to do when I was on the farnes clinic, for example I’ll tell you a little story about that, I used to go in on a Sunday when it was very quiet, there was no one there obviously because were closed. I remember this one particular time I had the hallway door at the very end of the clinic open and I was just letting some fresh air move through there and I had some music playing and I was just coming in my work zone, and here comes a dog running through the hallway and it was a dog that got out and I was able to get the dog and bring the dog to its owner. So that was kind of neat but I still had my taxes to do right, so what I would do is I would gather all my 1099s, because don’t forget when you have a Speech Therapy Private practice and you take insurances or access plans or Medicare, when you get payment from those insurance companies, you’re going to get a 1099 in the mail at the end of the year. And it’s your job to make sure that the IRS knows how much money that you have coming in, so I used to take all these 1099s and add them up and here I am at the end of the counter there at the office and I’ve got my calculator and a big piece of white paper and a pen and I just got all these little notes and I’m going through my expense reports on my application there on my smartphone and then I’ve got all these 1099 and I’ve got two companies, so I’m adding all these 1099s and making sure they add up with my bank receipt and it was just a lot of pain.  I got it done but I think you guys know what I’m talking when you are an SLP we tend to analyze and overanalyze, “Oh man, I wonder if I forgot something I think I did this back in June, maybe I just didn’t write that down are ruthless check what was this check for, I didn’t put something in the memo section to wonder what that was about, and I would just obsess over everything and to the point where you know it took a few hours but I wonder how I forgot this and I want if I didn’t do this and what if I. Oh man I’m going to get audited and oh my gosh”, and it was very stressful. Tax season and can be extremely very stressful. So I did this for a few years and I would turn all this report to my CPA and get my taxes file, but nowadays what I’ve done recently started a couple years ago I found a certified Tax preparer and she goes through my books every single month, now when I say book she has access to our checking account and our savings accounts and she reconciles everything that’s in every account, every month and we will meet one time a month, so we can strategize for the month and that year and we can talk about deductions and ways to save money and how much tax we’re going to have to pay and so it’s a nice thing to sit down and talk to a tax professional every month and get what’s called a PL report that’s a profit and loss report, it shows you how much money is coming in and it breaks things down by expenses; for example payroll and health insurance and office supplies everything is in that report. So that’s what I do these days is I have those monthly meetings with my Tax preparer and we go through the profit and loss statements and see how much money we’re going to have to write to the IRS every quarter. And don’t forget when you’re in Speech Therapy Private practice, you going to have to write these quarterly payments to the IRS and to the state where you live, for example, for me its Arizona. So every quarter I have to write a check to the IRS for income. Every quarter I have to write that check so you have to save for that. Also if you have employees you’re going to have to file what’s called withholdings, so not only do you have to pay your employees, we pay our employees twice a month here in the clinic, but now twice a month we also have to pay what’s called withholding, so the money that you take out of the employees check for taxes for Medicare for Social Security, all of that has to be given back to the government. So you can’t just go spend that money you have to save it. If you go back to some of the early episodes you’ll see that I am a big saver and I don’t spend a ton of money. I spend a lot of money on health insurance, for the employees, free healthcare, the free vision and the 401k and match. Yeah I spend money in the right places but I don’t go out and waste money but you’ve got to give that money back to the government. So I just wanted to give you a little idea of taxes and if you have your own Speech Therapy Private practice and kind of what it was like back a few years ago and what it’s like now because since I have the certified tax preparer, I don’t really have to go to the office now on Sunday and obsess with a piece of white paper and a pen and a calculator and try to remember everything I did, because all those reports are ready to go the taxes are going to be ready to go by the end of January early February and I’m done; I’ve already paid the taxes for 2016, so I’m already paid up, so it’s really a big relief. If you add that level in your own Speech Therapy Private practice, if you can afford to have a CPA or a tax preparer go through and get you what’s called monthly reconciliation report, that’s advisable. I hope this has been a good Podcast for you guys today about Taxes and as always if you need something or have questions about your own Speech Therapy Private practice, just shoot me an email kyle@privateslp.com or privateslp.com/contact and as always, thank you for listening. The post 22: A Few Thoughts About Taxes and Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

<a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/12-A-Few-Thoughts-About-Taxes-and-Speech-Therapy-Private-Practice.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a>Welcome to the first episode of 2017! When a new year starts, the subject of taxes usually comes up. When you own a speech therapy private practice, you are responsible for making timely income tax and employee withholding payments to Federal and State governments. In this episode, I discuss 1099s, employee withholding, quarterly filings, quarterly payments, account reconciliation, profit-loss statements, and a simple solution that can make make the whole process easier for you. In this episode: 01:12 – Over 9447 listeners 02:08 – Only one space available for the Perfect Student 03:20 – Tax Time 03:48 – <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/xpensetracker-expense-tracker/id290874373?mt=8" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Xpense Tracker</a> 05:22 – The 1099 shuffle 07:04 – <a href="https://www.irs.gov/tax-professionals/understanding-tax-return-preparer-credentials-and-qualifications" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Certified Tax Preparer</a> 08:01 – Monthly meetings with a Tax Preparer 08:14 – Quarterly Payments to the IRS and State 08:34 – More about filing withholdings DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION Don’t forget when you have a Speech Therapy Private practice and you take insurances or access plans or Medicare, when you get payment from those insurance companies, you’re going to get a 1099 in the mail at the end of the year. And it’s your job to make sure that the IRS knows how much money that you have coming in. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 22. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone, Happy New Year. As of today, today is January 8th 2017 we have over 9447 listeners to the show. I really appreciated it because when we first started a little over a year ago we only have two listeners. And you two listeners know who you are. And I appreciate you guys hanging in there and telling your friends and colleagues because we have listeners all over the world now, from the United states, United Kingdom, Australia, Canada, India, Israel, Philippines, South Africa and Turkey. Now when it comes to the United States breakdown. The biggest and highly listened states are California, Texas, Arizona, New York, Florida, Illinois, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts and it goes on and on. I am grateful that you guys are out there and I appreciate the opportunity to help you and give you that valuable information so you can grow, scale and develop your own Speech therapy private practice. Also I wanted to tell you I do have one space available for the Perfect student and the Perfect student is where you can come in to Tucson, you can fly in at your own expense and learn from me and work side by side with me. I’ll show you everything you need to now about an Outpatient clinic or a Home health agency or both. And that’s where you have direct access to me. We can work weekly via Skype or GotoMeeting and have calls. I can show you all the things you need to know to grow, scale or even start your own Speech therapy private practice. But its got to be a good fit because I get a lot of emails from people who want to start their own Speech therapy private practice but they’re just not ready yet. So when you do contact me please go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/contact/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/contact</a> there you can reach me and I wanted you to give me as much information as possible about you and where you are in your Speech therapy private practice journey. Are you just starting out? Do you have employees? About how many patients do you see per month? Do you take insurances? Give me all that information so I can help you better. Now today I wanted to talk about something that’s probably on you guys mind, it’s about Taxes. I look at taxes as a privilege; I like paying my taxes because if I didn’t have taxes to pay, I wouldn’t be doing well. So I wanted to talk to you about how it used to be with filing taxes and kind of how it is now. So I’ll give you a little bit story, when I was just starting out I used to keep all of my expenses on this app called Xpense Tracker, and if you go back to earlier episodes you’ll see I have a whole podcast about that app and how you can set it up. And basically run your Speech therapy private practice clinic on your smartphone as far as your expenses. That’s a really good podcast to listen to. Go back and check that out. But I used to run everything through my Xpense Tracker application, so when I would go to Costco and get paper and pens for the clinic, I would take a picture of that receipt and loaded into the application there, and then at the end of the year I would take all of my expenses and email it to myself and the application would generate a PDF report. And I would give that information to my CPA and with a big manual folder full of receipts and then she would do my taxes. Now what I used to do when I was on the farnes clinic, for example I’ll tell you a little story about that, I used to go in on a Sunday when it was very quiet, there was no one there obviously because were closed. I remember this one particular time I had the hallway door at the very end of the clinic open and I was just letting some fresh air move through there and I had some music playing and I was just coming in my work zone, and here comes a dog running through the hallway and it was a dog that got out and I was able to get the dog and bring the dog to its owner. So that was kind of neat but I still had my taxes to do right, so what I would do is I would gather all my 1099s, because don’t forget when you have a Speech Therapy Private practice and you take insurances or access plans or Medicare, when you get payment from those insurance companies, you’re going to get a 1099 in the mail at the end of the year. And it’s your job to make sure that the IRS knows how much money that you have coming in, so I used to take all these 1099s and add them up and here I am at the end of the counter there at the office and I’ve got my calculator and a big piece of white paper and a pen and I just got all these little notes and I’m going through my expense reports on my application there on my smartphone and then I’ve got all these 1099 and I’ve got two companies, so I’m adding all these 1099s and making sure they add up with my bank receipt and it was just a lot of pain. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Taxes-and-speech-therapy-private-practice.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> I got it done but I think you guys know what I’m talking when you are an SLP we tend to analyze and overanalyze, “Oh man, I wonder if I forgot something I think I did this back in June, maybe I just didn’t write that down are ruthless check what was this check for, I didn’t put something in the memo section to wonder what that was about, and I would just obsess over everything and to the point where you know it took a few hours but I wonder how I forgot this and I want if I didn’t do this and what if I. Oh man I’m going to get audited and oh my gosh”, and it was very stressful. Tax season and can be extremely very stressful. So I did this for a few years and I would turn all this report to my CPA and get my taxes file, but nowadays what I’ve done recently started a couple years ago I found a certified Tax preparer and she goes through my books every single month, now when I say book she has access to our checking account and our savings accounts and she reconciles everything that’s in every account, every month and we will meet one time a month, so we can strategize for the month and that year and we can talk about deductions and ways to save money and how much tax we’re going to have to pay and so it’s a nice thing to sit down and talk to a tax professional every month and get what’s called a PL report that’s a profit and loss report, it shows you how much money is coming in and it breaks things down by expenses; for example payroll and health insurance and office supplies everything is in that report. So that’s what I do these days is I have those monthly meetings with my Tax preparer and we go through the profit and loss statements and see how much money we’re going to have to write to the IRS every quarter. And don’t forget when you’re in Speech Therapy Private practice, you going to have to write these quarterly payments to the IRS and to the state where you live, for example, for me its Arizona. So every quarter I have to write a check to the IRS for income. Every quarter I have to write that check so you have to save for that. Also if you have employees you’re going to have to file what’s called withholdings, so not only do you have to pay your employees, we pay our employees twice a month here in the clinic, but now twice a month we also have to pay what’s called withholding, so the money that you take out of the employees check for taxes for Medicare for Social Security, all of that has to be given back to the government. So you can’t just go spend that money you have to save it. If you go back to some of the early episodes you’ll see that I am a big saver and I don’t spend a ton of money. I spend a lot of money on health insurance, for the employees, free healthcare, the free vision and the 401k and match. Yeah I spend money in the right places but I don’t go out and waste money but you’ve got to give that money back to the government. So I just wanted to give you a little idea of taxes and if you have your own Speech Therapy Private practice and kind of what it was like back a few years ago and what it’s like now because since I have the certified tax preparer, I don’t really have to go to the office now on Sunday and obsess with a piece of white paper and a pen and a calculator and try to remember everything I did, because all those reports are ready to go the taxes are going to be ready to go by the end of January early February and I’m done; I’ve already paid the taxes for 2016, so I’m already paid up, so it’s really a big relief. If you add that level in your own Speech Therapy Private practice, if you can afford to have a CPA or a tax preparer go through and get you what’s called monthly reconciliation report, that’s advisable. I hope this has been a good Podcast for you guys today about Taxes and as always if you need something or have questions about your own Speech Therapy Private practice, just shoot me an email <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> or <a href="https://privateslp.com/contact/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/contact</a> and as always, thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/a-few-thoughts-about-taxes-and-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">22: A Few Thoughts About Taxes and Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

22: A Few Thoughts About Taxes and Speech Therapy Private Practice

In Episode 28, I talk about the cost of doing business. When I was very young, my dad (who was a hard-working plumber with an 8th grade education – he had over 100 employees in his plumbing contracting company) made me work hard. I hated all of the physical labor at that time, but reflecting back now, I see how it was a very important time for me. As a private practice and real estate owner, I still use these lessons today. It’s important to remember that I can’t keep all of the profits. In speech therapy private practice, the owner will have expenses, but these are necessary for everyone involved to succeed and get what they need: 1. The patient gets the treatment, 2. The employees get the job and benefits of employment, 3. The IRS gets their tax payments and 4. The landlord gets the rent payment. Everyone involved is a winner when this simple rule is followed: 10% of something is better than 100% of nothing. In this episode: 01:00 – Seventeen thousand four hundred and twenty eight listeners 02:02 – Value of money 03:38 – Something that ties in the Private practice 03:50 – In business there are expenses 05:11 – There is always a cost of doing business 06:40 – Ten percent of something is better than a hundred percent of nothing 08:10 – You’ve got to suit up, show up and not be flaky and get that job done DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION This is something that ties in the Private practice as well. You’ve to understand its not what you get paid that makes you successful. Its what you retain and what you keep and what you save. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 28. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Today is July 22nd it’s a Saturday and its raining here in Tucson which is a very rare event. As of today we have well over Seventeen thousand four hundred and twenty eight listeners to the show and I am so grateful to have you guys on the program. Welcome back to all you listeners out there, if you are new to the podcast welcome aboard. I was going back through some of the old podcast episodes one, two, three, four, it was just amazing how things have changed, how the formats changed and how the quality has changed but you know the content is still there so I hope you guys are getting that good valuable information. You know me I got to say it at every single podcast, “Value is what you get in the absence of money”. So these podcasts are free for you so if you wouldn’t mind go ahead and go to the iTunes store and leave some five star feedbacks. That way other people can get the same valuable information that you’re getting. I just wanted to say again welcome aboard and thanks for being a listener to the show. And if there is anything or any need just reach out to me at the website www.privateslp.com/contact.                        Today I want to talk about the Value of money. My son recently got a new game station. He got a play station 4, so obviously we have to get rid of the Xbox one. And he came up to me the other day and he says, Dad we can just go right down the street and get rid of that Xbox one, and GameStop will give us eighty bucks. And am thinking that thing doesn’t cost eight bucks, that thing cost a lot of money. And I said, “Goggies your camera son. I am going to give you little lesson and value.” So what we did, I’ve got a great feedback on ebay. So I said lets put this thing on ebay. And he has never done an auction or anything like that. He is eleven. So I said, “watch this, take some pictures”. So he took the pictures. I said lets load that thing upon a listing and we are going to put it there for a dollar reserve. He says “Wow wow, Dad we can’t give it away. They are going to give us eighty bucks at GameStop.” I said, “No, watch this, we are going to hit the Greet button. We are going to put a nice Xbox one with a external two terabyte hard drive, two headsets, eleven games and all the bells and whistles, camouflage controller and black controller, all these extras.” And I said, “We are going to put Free shipping and we are going to do this. We are going to put it on there for a dollar reserve on a five-day auction.” And he was kind of freaking out and he said, “No, you’ll see by the morning time.” This was 10 at night and I said, “By the morning we are going to have at least 50 or 60 bucks on this auction”. He says, “Okay Dad”. So we went to the bed and woke up the next morning. He was so fired up. Anyway make a long story short. We got Three hundred twenty five dollars for the game system. So I wanted to show him a lesson but this is something that ties in the Private practice as well. You’ve to understand its not what you get paid that makes you successful. Its what you retain and what you keep and what you save.  But also remember in business there are expenses, just like on this Xbox on Ebay. What we had to do? We had to pay some fees. Ebay got a listing fee. They always get their cut. And then PayPal took almost 10 bucks in fees to transfer the money. So they got their cut. So for the free shipping option we had to take that to the UPS store. And for those of you who know me the UPS store that’s where we get all of our mails for our clinic. So I brought it over there, and I got a discount. But still it cost twenty-five dollars to box this thing up correctly who had a double box it and insure and then another fifty-one dollars. Anyway long story short to make it even longer, we spend about eighty-nine to hundred dollars in fees. So that three twenty five minus a hundred, we walked away with two hundred and twenty five dollars. And my son he was saying something like this, he said, “What’s the point? We could have saved this this headache.” I said, “Son you have to realize when you do business, its part of business.” You’re going to have expenses like with the Speech therapy private practice you’re going to have taxes, payroll, even you would lose some money once in a while when you don’t get reimbursements from Insurance companies. Lets say you don’t get your proper Authorization or you don’t do your benefits check when the Patient come in. You may not get that money. So there is always a cost of doing business so never forget that. I remember when I was a kid my Dad, he was a plumber. He had a very big plumbing company, about 100 employees at one time. And I remember I was at my son’s age, my Dad always used to take us to work and I used to bock, I hated it. My mom would pack out lunch. We had to get up at four thirty in the morning. And I just remember asking my Dad, “Can I have a break here?” I just want to sit around and watch some cartoons at that time. I am older than forty-seven so we had cartoons, we didn’t have all the content that twenty and thirty years old have today. But I said, “Could I just sit around, just relax and enjoy my summering season?” “No sir you need to go to work. But I am going to pay you.” And so when I was nine, ten and eleven I was making hundred to hundred and twenty bucks a week and getting taxes taking out. But my Dad always had his digging ditches, running sewer pipes, sweating copper and installing water heaters building apartments. He kept his busy.  And I remember one time he had me connect some gag pipe in one of the Offices out back. It was hot, typical southeast Louisiana, sweat and humidity, august or late July, like this in Tucson. And I said, “Dad, can I come in and sit in the Office with you and just hangout the Air conditioner?” He said, “Son, if you want to hangout the Air conditioner go to college but until then you need to get out there and get that work done.” And so that was my lesson and value. My Dad always said ten percent of something is better than a hundred percent of nothing. And so that’s what I told my son. I said, “Yeah, we could have taken the easier and softer way, go down the GameStop, give all these games and components and walk away with hundred bucks.” But no, somebody is going to get good value, some child out there or some adults is going to get good quality, gently used system, they are going to enjoy that and we may little money that, Persons going to get good value. Also I told my son, “This is a lesson for you in marketing. Remember when I asked you to write the description.” He said, ”Yeah Dad.” I said, “What did you write?” He said, “There was a camouflage controller and a black controller, console, cable, Bluetooth headset and eleven games. He listed all that out. It was really cool watching him do that. And then I put a little fluff-fluff in there. I said, “Watch this son ‘gently used’ or how about ‘manufactured in twenty fifteen’ or how about ‘never moved from room’ or how about this one ‘smoke free environment’. He got to see some of those marketing aspects and how you sell a product. So that’s what I wanted to show to my kids.                        Its really important with Private practice you want to correlate everything that you learn throughout your career. And you’ve got to give good value, give good treatments, and give good customer service. And you’ve heard me say it time and time again, you’ve got to suit up, show up and not be flaky and get that job done. Have an offer that converts and that’s therapy services at a reasonable price and you can take insurance. We were just talking about that in the Alex’s forum. If you go to www.privateslp.com/coaching, you’ll see how you can join the forum. We have six members in there right now and we’re just all having a good time having our monthly webinars and all the contents in there. And people are asking questions and their getting answers. If you are looking for something and you can’t find it just let me know and I’ll make it for you, and I tell people that all the time. So we’ve been recently talking about credentialing and insurance plans. And we’re talking about your first patient and what are the proper steps to get that person in the door and paper work, and all that stuffs in the forum. So if that interests you, www.privateslp.com/coaching. As always I hope this is been a valuable podcast for you and if you need me, reach out to me kyle@privateslp.com, and Thank you for listening. The post 28: Ten Percent of Something is Better than One Hundred Percent of Nothing appeared first on PrivateSLP.

In Episode 28, I talk about the cost of doing business. When I was very young, my dad (who was a hard-working plumber with an 8th grade education – he had over 100 employees in his plumbing contracting company) made me work hard. I hated all of the physical labor at that time, but reflecting back now, I see how it was a very important time for me. As a private practice and real estate owner, I still use these lessons today. It’s important to remember that I can’t keep all of the profits. In speech therapy private practice, the owner will have expenses, but these are necessary for everyone involved to succeed and get what they need: 1. The patient gets the treatment, 2. The employees get the job and benefits of employment, 3. The IRS gets their tax payments and 4. The landlord gets the rent payment. Everyone involved is a winner when this simple rule is followed: 10% of something is better than 100% of nothing. In this episode: 01:00 – Seventeen thousand four hundred and twenty eight listeners 02:02 – Value of money 03:38 – Something that ties in the Private practice 03:50 – In business there are expenses 05:11 – There is always a cost of doing business 06:40 – Ten percent of something is better than a hundred percent of nothing 08:10 – You’ve got to suit up, show up and not be flaky and get that job done DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION This is something that ties in the Private practice as well. You’ve to understand its not what you get paid that makes you successful. Its what you retain and what you keep and what you save. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 28. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Today is July 22nd it’s a Saturday and its raining here in Tucson which is a very rare event. As of today we have well over Seventeen thousand four hundred and twenty eight listeners to the show and I am so grateful to have you guys on the program. Welcome back to all you listeners out there, if you are new to the podcast welcome aboard. I was going back through some of the old podcast episodes one, two, three, four, it was just amazing how things have changed, how the formats changed and how the quality has changed but you know the content is still there so I hope you guys are getting that good valuable information. You know me I got to say it at every single podcast, “Value is what you get in the absence of money”. So these podcasts are free for you so if you wouldn’t mind go ahead and go to the <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a> store and leave some five star feedbacks. That way other people can get the same valuable information that you’re getting. I just wanted to say again welcome aboard and thanks for being a listener to the show. And if there is anything or any need just reach out to me at the website <a href="https://privateslp.com/contact" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">www.privateslp.com/contact</a>. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Speech-therapy-tucson.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Today I want to talk about the Value of money. My son recently got a new game station. He got a play station 4, so obviously we have to get rid of the Xbox one. And he came up to me the other day and he says, Dad we can just go right down the street and get rid of that Xbox one, and GameStop will give us eighty bucks. And am thinking that thing doesn’t cost eight bucks, that thing cost a lot of money. And I said, “Goggies your camera son. I am going to give you little lesson and value.” So what we did, I’ve got a great feedback on ebay. So I said lets put this thing on ebay. And he has never done an auction or anything like that. He is eleven. So I said, “watch this, take some pictures”. So he took the pictures. I said lets load that thing upon a listing and we are going to put it there for a dollar reserve. He says “Wow wow, Dad we can’t give it away. They are going to give us eighty bucks at GameStop.” I said, “No, watch this, we are going to hit the Greet button. We are going to put a nice Xbox one with a external two terabyte hard drive, two headsets, eleven games and all the bells and whistles, camouflage controller and black controller, all these extras.” And I said, “We are going to put Free shipping and we are going to do this. We are going to put it on there for a dollar reserve on a five-day auction.” And he was kind of freaking out and he said, “No, you’ll see by the morning time.” This was 10 at night and I said, “By the morning we are going to have at least 50 or 60 bucks on this auction”. He says, “Okay Dad”. So we went to the bed and woke up the next morning. He was so fired up. Anyway make a long story short. We got Three hundred twenty five dollars for the game system. So I wanted to show him a lesson but this is something that ties in the Private practice as well. You’ve to understand its not what you get paid that makes you successful. Its what you retain and what you keep and what you save. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/PrivateSLP.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> But also remember in business there are expenses, just like on this Xbox on Ebay. What we had to do? We had to pay some fees. Ebay got a listing fee. They always get their cut. And then PayPal took almost 10 bucks in fees to transfer the money. So they got their cut. So for the free shipping option we had to take that to the UPS store. And for those of you who know me the UPS store that’s where we get all of our mails for our clinic. So I brought it over there, and I got a discount. But still it cost twenty-five dollars to box this thing up correctly who had a double box it and insure and then another fifty-one dollars. Anyway long story short to make it even longer, we spend about eighty-nine to hundred dollars in fees. So that three twenty five minus a hundred, we walked away with two hundred and twenty five dollars. And my son he was saying something like this, he said, “What’s the point? We could have saved this this headache.” I said, “Son you have to realize when you do business, its part of business.” You’re going to have expenses like with the Speech therapy private practice you’re going to have taxes, payroll, even you would lose some money once in a while when you don’t get reimbursements from Insurance companies. Lets say you don’t get your proper Authorization or you don’t do your benefits check when the Patient come in. You may not get that money. So there is always a cost of doing business so never forget that. I remember when I was a kid my Dad, he was a plumber. He had a very big plumbing company, about 100 employees at one time. And I remember I was at my son’s age, my Dad always used to take us to work and I used to bock, I hated it. My mom would pack out lunch. We had to get up at four thirty in the morning. And I just remember asking my Dad, “Can I have a break here?” I just want to sit around and watch some cartoons at that time. I am older than forty-seven so we had cartoons, we didn’t have all the content that twenty and thirty years old have today. But I said, “Could I just sit around, just relax and enjoy my summering season?” “No sir you need to go to work. But I am going to pay you.” And so when I was nine, ten and eleven I was making hundred to hundred and twenty bucks a week and getting taxes taking out. But my Dad always had his digging ditches, running sewer pipes, sweating copper and installing water heaters building apartments. He kept his busy. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/starting-a-speech-business.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> And I remember one time he had me connect some gag pipe in one of the Offices out back. It was hot, typical southeast Louisiana, sweat and humidity, august or late July, like this in Tucson. And I said, “Dad, can I come in and sit in the Office with you and just hangout the Air conditioner?” He said, “Son, if you want to hangout the Air conditioner go to college but until then you need to get out there and get that work done.” And so that was my lesson and value. My Dad always said ten percent of something is better than a hundred percent of nothing. And so that’s what I told my son. I said, “Yeah, we could have taken the easier and softer way, go down the GameStop, give all these games and components and walk away with hundred bucks.” But no, somebody is going to get good value, some child out there or some adults is going to get good quality, gently used system, they are going to enjoy that and we may little money that, Persons going to get good value. Also I told my son, “This is a lesson for you in marketing. Remember when I asked you to write the description.” He said, ”Yeah Dad.” I said, “What did you write?” He said, “There was a camouflage controller and a black controller, console, cable, Bluetooth headset and eleven games. He listed all that out. It was really cool watching him do that. And then I put a little fluff-fluff in there. I said, “Watch this son ‘gently used’ or how about ‘manufactured in twenty fifteen’ or how about ‘never moved from room’ or how about this one ‘smoke free environment’. He got to see some of those marketing aspects and how you sell a product. So that’s what I wanted to show to my kids. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/how-to-start-a-successful-speech-therapy-private-practice.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Its really important with Private practice you want to correlate everything that you learn throughout your career. And you’ve got to give good value, give good treatments, and give good customer service. And you’ve heard me say it time and time again, you’ve got to suit up, show up and not be flaky and get that job done. Have an offer that converts and that’s therapy services at a reasonable price and you can take insurance. We were just talking about that in the Alex’s forum. If you go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/contact" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">www.privateslp.com/coaching</a>, you’ll see how you can join the forum. We have six members in there right now and we’re just all having a good time having our monthly webinars and all the contents in there. And people are asking questions and their getting answers. If you are looking for something and you can’t find it just let me know and I’ll make it for you, and I tell people that all the time. So we’ve been recently talking about credentialing and insurance plans. And we’re talking about your first patient and what are the proper steps to get that person in the door and paper work, and all that stuffs in the forum. So if that interests you, <a href="https://privateslp.com/contact" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">www.privateslp.com/coaching</a>. As always I hope this is been a valuable podcast for you and if you need me, reach out to me <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>, and Thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/ten-percent-of-something-is-better-than-one-hundred-percent-of-nothing/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">28: Ten Percent of Something is Better than One Hundred Percent of Nothing</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

28: Ten Percent of Something is Better than One Hundred Percent of Nothing

When I am working with others, I always stress the importance of dedication and persistence.  You have to remember that success in anything that we do happens over time.  So many people think that making a few changes in their life will automatically lead to a successful outcome.  In business, we must be cautious and take appropriate steps over time so that we can become successful.  We shouldn’t act in haste.  It’s also important to seek help from others.  Let’s be honest, we cannot do this alone.  We have to learn how to trust and delegate so that we can continue to grow and improve.  In this episode, I share some  insights on speech therapy private practice and how a successful business is built on long-term commitments, financial honesty and integrity.  In this episode: 01:32 – Home health avenue for Perfect student 02:50 – THANK YOU for the emails, tweets and feedback 03:32 – Success 04:03 – Mines on Pontatoc ridge 05:20 – Establishing relationship with your patients 06:31 – Supportive and Sustaining 06:45 – desire to work and to do everything yourself 08:25 – You can’t quit before the miracle 08:46 – You can’t keep co-payments 09:51 – This is a long game and you can’t cut corners Download PDF Transcription Transcription of Episode Twelve: Someone was asking me the other day about being successful. And they asked me “What’s the most important thing about being successful” and I really thought about that question because the answer is really simple – You got to be in this for the long call. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 12. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Hey, thanks again for all the tweets, emails and also wanted to thank those who are emailing me about the Perfect Student. I still am looking for two students to mentor. And you are able to fly in to Tucson and come spend a week with me in Tucson. You are also going to have access to me on weekly calls and those can be either Skype or telephone. And you’ll have access to me via my personal email. You can come and learn the way we do our business here in Tucson, Arizona. Also it is not just a brick and mortar outpatient clinic that we have, we also have a Home health agency. So you can come and learn both aspects of that too. That always sparks some interesting people who want to try the Home health avenue as well.  Its got to be a perfect fit, so I want to make sure when you do email me please tell me a little bit about yourself and let me know what you’re up to, what you want to accomplish, if you are just starting out or you’ve been into the game about 2, 3 or 4 years. Let me know some background because I do email people back and I never hear back from them. So I just want those people to know this is not a free service but it is valuable information and again it is something that will change your life but its got to be the right fit. Just like gaining relationship you want to have a successful two-way relationship so that’s why am asking all these questions back and forth when people do email me. So let me know what you’re up to so we can work it out and make it happen for you because I would love to help you get your practice up and going. Even if its just starting out and getting you setup this is totally doable. And again for the right people its great value. Hey, and also thank you for the emails, tweets and feedback on iTunes. It’s really nice to have good 5 star feedback on iTunes because just like you out there listening when other people want to find is, you find the feedback and you find us easily on iTunes. Please do your part and help us, help others by leaving some good quality feedback on iTunes so people know that we are real. I do this for free and all the blog post that I put out its no cost and I want to help as many people as I can. I really truly like doing that. Today I want to speak about Success. This is a long game, this is not something that you just start out doing and you strike it rich kind of back in days, digging for gold, mining for gold. As a matter of fact where I live here in Tucson, I live in North of Tucson. It’s a place called Swan Road, and if you take Swan Road all the way to the top, where dead ends into the Mountains there, there’s a ridge called Pontatoc ridge, and if you go up in that ridge area there are mines back from the 1800’s. Am actually got online and look at these maps, and there are really cool mines, where they use to mine for minerals, coppers and all up in this neighborhood ride live here this old mine places where they were digging. My Property is actually is next to an old mine area. Its actually 14 acres you can’t build on it. And we have an acre land that borders that 14 so my son used to play on this land and its really fun out there. But there are some cool areas where you can see back in the day where people would start digging and mining for copper because this part of the country is known for its copper mines and producing copper.  And that’s a slow process, if you’ve ever looked at the mining industry those companies don’t just go in and live there for 4, 6 or 8 months. They are there for long time and they do their research and they’re constantly looking at the geography, images and trying to find where the best place for mine is. And that is so true when it comes to business. Business specially is what we do; it’s a relationship that you establish with your patients. That relationship doesn’t last for just 6-8 visits. This is not like a general practioner offers where you go there once every three or four years or you see your GP for your annual check up. This is something that takes work, when you’re changing speech and language skills and working on far motor skills, we see these kids and adults weekly sometimes for 6 or 8 months, or 52 weeks in a year. So we might see these kids sometimes 52 visits in a year and so we are building relationships. And our business needs to be supportive and sustaining so we can provide that service. If you have listened to my other podcasts, you’ll see that you can’t be flaky. You’ve got to provide a very good, very solid customer service business where you can meet those wants and needs of your patients. This is at just something you’re going to start, your private practice is not going to be started and up and running and going in 6 months or 8 months. You can get it going and start working; this is a very long game and you’ve got to have that desire. I’ve spoke about that, I believe it was episode number 11, this last podcast. That inward motivation, that intrinsic motivation and you’ve go to have that power, you’ve got to have the desire to work and to do everything yourself. If you listen to other podcast it goes down to – taking the phone calls, doing the referrals, sending off reports to the Doctors when you’re finished. All that is part of the business and you’ve got to do it. You have to do everything in your power to make sure that you do the best job possible so that Doctors looks good; your patients were doing better; your employee are getting paid and everybody is happy. That’s what it is going to take to be successful. It’s not a quick easy fix; there is nothing easy about it. I’ve said it before and I’m saying it again, if it were easy everybody and their mom would be doing it. When you make that commitment, you’ve got to stay in it for the long call. We are talking years folks years, years, years, years; and you will see that it will pay-off. You’ve go to do this. If you are sitting there thinking I’m sick and tired working for the Boss, I cant take off time on Holidays. I’m just going to nursing home and doing my nursing home gig. If you are just being sick and tired then be sick and tired. Start your own private practice and I’ll help you.  Another thing too, someone was asking me the other day about being successful. And they asked me “What’s the most important thing about being successful” and I really thought about that question because the answer is really simple – You got to be in this for the long call. I think a lot of people stop too early and they don’t give themselves the opportunity to be successful. You can’t quit before the miracle because sometimes the miracle is financial freedom sometimes it’s having more time with your family. Its freedom kind of come and goes you please. But that miracle takes time and you’ve got to do the right things and be honest in business and in with your checking account, with your money. You can’t keep co-payments; you’ve got the right that refund cheque because sometimes those families don’t know that they have a refund coming. You can’t keep that money. You’ve got to give it back; you’ve got to be honest. And that is what will set you apart from other people in the community because when they get that refund cheque they’ll know you didn’t have to do that, but they will be thankful you did. I had a lady one time I gave her $800 cheque and she said “what’s this?” I said, “this is your money. You pay this co payments and we also got he insurance from the insurance company.” It was months later, almost a year. We just ding, ding, ding, ding, ding, these insurance company everyday just refer months, months and finally we got paid. That mom she looked at me, she had tears in her eyes. She said, “I needed this money so badly.” And I said, ”Its your money.” And because of that she still comes to our clinic today and she brings her kid, the kids are getting better and everybody is happy. That is really what its all about, helping other people, being honest and doing the right thing. This is a long game and you can’t cut corners, because if you cut corners now, you’re going to cut corners in the future and your business will fail I promise you that. Hey, thanks again for all the listener support and if you have any questions hit me up on twitter at privateslp and if you want to them email – kyle@privateslp.com. Thank you for listening!! The post 12: Speech Therapy Private Practice Is a Long Game appeared first on PrivateSLP.

<a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/22-Speech-Therapy-Private-Practice-Is-a-Long-Game.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a>When I am working with others, I always stress the importance of dedication and persistence.  You have to remember that success in anything that we do happens over time.  So many people think that making a few changes in their life will automatically lead to a successful outcome.  In business, we must be cautious and take appropriate steps over time so that we can become successful.  We shouldn’t act in haste.  It’s also important to seek help from others.  Let’s be honest, we cannot do this alone.  We have to learn how to trust and delegate so that we can continue to grow and improve.  In this episode, I share some  insights on speech therapy private practice and how a successful business is built on long-term commitments, financial honesty and integrity. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Pic-3.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> In this episode: 01:32 – Home health avenue for Perfect student 02:50 – THANK YOU for the emails, tweets and feedback 03:32 – Success 04:03 – Mines on Pontatoc ridge 05:20 – Establishing relationship with your patients 06:31 – Supportive and Sustaining 06:45 – desire to work and to do everything yourself 08:25 – You can’t quit before the miracle 08:46 – You can’t keep co-payments 09:51 – This is a long game and you can’t cut corners Download PDF Transcription Transcription of Episode Twelve: Someone was asking me the other day about being successful. And they asked me “What’s the most important thing about being successful” and I really thought about that question because the answer is really simple – You got to be in this for the long call. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 12. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Hey, thanks again for all the tweets, emails and also wanted to thank those who are emailing me about the Perfect Student. I still am looking for two students to mentor. And you are able to fly in to Tucson and come spend a week with me in Tucson. You are also going to have access to me on weekly calls and those can be either Skype or telephone. And you’ll have access to me via my personal email. You can come and learn the way we do our business here in Tucson, Arizona. Also it is not just a brick and mortar outpatient clinic that we have, we also have a Home health agency. So you can come and learn both aspects of that too. That always sparks some interesting people who want to try the Home health avenue as well. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Pic-2.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Its got to be a perfect fit, so I want to make sure when you do email me please tell me a little bit about yourself and let me know what you’re up to, what you want to accomplish, if you are just starting out or you’ve been into the game about 2, 3 or 4 years. Let me know some background because I do email people back and I never hear back from them. So I just want those people to know this is not a free service but it is valuable information and again it is something that will change your life but its got to be the right fit. Just like gaining relationship you want to have a successful two-way relationship so that’s why am asking all these questions back and forth when people do email me. So let me know what you’re up to so we can work it out and make it happen for you because I would love to help you get your practice up and going. Even if its just starting out and getting you setup this is totally doable. And again for the right people its great value. Hey, and also thank you for the emails, tweets and feedback on <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a>. It’s really nice to have good 5 star feedback on iTunes because just like you out there listening when other people want to find is, you find the feedback and you find us easily on <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a>. Please do your part and help us, help others by leaving some good quality feedback on iTunes so people know that we are real. I do this for free and all the blog post that I put out its no cost and I want to help as many people as I can. I really truly like doing that. Today I want to speak about Success. This is a long game, this is not something that you just start out doing and you strike it rich kind of back in days, digging for gold, mining for gold. As a matter of fact where I live here in Tucson, I live in North of Tucson. It’s a place called Swan Road, and if you take Swan Road all the way to the top, where dead ends into the Mountains there, there’s a ridge called Pontatoc ridge, and if you go up in that ridge area there are mines back from the 1800’s. Am actually got online and look at these maps, and there are really cool mines, where they use to mine for minerals, coppers and all up in this neighborhood ride live here this old mine places where they were digging. My Property is actually is next to an old mine area. Its actually 14 acres you can’t build on it. And we have an acre land that borders that 14 so my son used to play on this land and its really fun out there. But there are some cool areas where you can see back in the day where people would start digging and mining for copper because this part of the country is known for its copper mines and producing copper. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Pic-1.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> And that’s a slow process, if you’ve ever looked at the mining industry those companies don’t just go in and live there for 4, 6 or 8 months. They are there for long time and they do their research and they’re constantly looking at the geography, images and trying to find where the best place for mine is. And that is so true when it comes to business. Business specially is what we do; it’s a relationship that you establish with your patients. That relationship doesn’t last for just 6-8 visits. This is not like a general practioner offers where you go there once every three or four years or you see your GP for your annual check up. This is something that takes work, when you’re changing speech and language skills and working on far motor skills, we see these kids and adults weekly sometimes for 6 or 8 months, or 52 weeks in a year. So we might see these kids sometimes 52 visits in a year and so we are building relationships. And our business needs to be supportive and sustaining so we can provide that service. If you have listened to my other podcasts, you’ll see that you can’t be flaky. You’ve got to provide a very good, very solid customer service business where you can meet those wants and needs of your patients. This is at just something you’re going to start, your private practice is not going to be started and up and running and going in 6 months or 8 months. You can get it going and start working; this is a very long game and you’ve got to have that desire. I’ve spoke about that, I believe it was episode number 11, this last podcast. That inward motivation, that intrinsic motivation and you’ve go to have that power, you’ve got to have the desire to work and to do everything yourself. If you listen to other podcast it goes down to – taking the phone calls, doing the referrals, sending off reports to the Doctors when you’re finished. All that is part of the business and you’ve got to do it. You have to do everything in your power to make sure that you do the best job possible so that Doctors looks good; your patients were doing better; your employee are getting paid and everybody is happy. That’s what it is going to take to be successful. It’s not a quick easy fix; there is nothing easy about it. I’ve said it before and I’m saying it again, if it were easy everybody and their mom would be doing it. When you make that commitment, you’ve got to stay in it for the long call. We are talking years folks years, years, years, years; and you will see that it will pay-off. You’ve go to do this. If you are sitting there thinking I’m sick and tired working for the Boss, I cant take off time on Holidays. I’m just going to nursing home and doing my nursing home gig. If you are just being sick and tired then be sick and tired. Start your own private practice and I’ll help you. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Pic-4.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Another thing too, someone was asking me the other day about being successful. And they asked me “What’s the most important thing about being successful” and I really thought about that question because the answer is really simple – You got to be in this for the long call. I think a lot of people stop too early and they don’t give themselves the opportunity to be successful. You can’t quit before the miracle because sometimes the miracle is financial freedom sometimes it’s having more time with your family. Its freedom kind of come and goes you please. But that miracle takes time and you’ve got to do the right things and be honest in business and in with your checking account, with your money. You can’t keep co-payments; you’ve got the right that refund cheque because sometimes those families don’t know that they have a refund coming. You can’t keep that money. You’ve got to give it back; you’ve got to be honest. And that is what will set you apart from other people in the community because when they get that refund cheque they’ll know you didn’t have to do that, but they will be thankful you did. I had a lady one time I gave her $800 cheque and she said “what’s this?” I said, “this is your money. You pay this co payments and we also got he insurance from the insurance company.” It was months later, almost a year. We just ding, ding, ding, ding, ding, these insurance company everyday just refer months, months and finally we got paid. That mom she looked at me, she had tears in her eyes. She said, “I needed this money so badly.” And I said, ”Its your money.” And because of that she still comes to our clinic today and she brings her kid, the kids are getting better and everybody is happy. That is really what its all about, helping other people, being honest and doing the right thing. This is a long game and you can’t cut corners, because if you cut corners now, you’re going to cut corners in the future and your business will fail I promise you that. Hey, thanks again for all the listener support and if you have any questions hit me up on <a href="https://twitter.com/PrivateSLP" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">twitter</a> at privateslp and if you want to them email – <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. Thank you for listening!! The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/speech-therapy-private-practice-is-a-long-game/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">12: Speech Therapy Private Practice Is a Long Game</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

Speech Therapy Private Practice Is a Long Game

Big moves in your therapy practice come in many shapes and sizes:  New hires, a new lease, expanding additional clinics, paying taxes, the list goes on and on.    In this episode, I discuss some things to consider before making these big moves.     DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION  In this episode: 00:38 – Cash Flow – The Heartbeat of Your Clinic 01:58 – Health Insurance Deductibles 03:01 – Healthcare Landscape in 2018 03:15 – Increased Co Pays and Planning Hey this is Kyle with PrivateSLP.com. I wanted to give you some information today that you probably won’t read in any book or find online or find on a PDF somewhere or you probably won’t hear this from many gurus or on a podcast. But I wanted to give this information to you when you are dealing with Insurances and you’re dealing with third party payers like Blue Cross Blue Shield, Tri Care, Humana, Aetna all those big insurance payers. Now it’s important to remember the cash flow of a clinic. In one of our private SFP All Access Community trainings recently I was talking about K.P.Is or Key Performance Indicators. And I was mentioning this exact thing on that training so I’m going to share that with you today in the listening community there on the Speech Therapy Private Practice Startup Podcast. So don’t forget when you’re dealing with insurances and you’re dealing with a big move in your clinic, for example, you’re opening up a second location or you’re just starting to lease a new location or you’re adding one or two more employees. Those are big jumps those are big leaps. That’s going to cost you money. So when you are doing something like that of course you’re going to need as much cash flow in savings as humanly possible. So what you want to do is make sure that you take that leap maybe wait until May or June or July sometime after April. Why is that so? Because let’s think about this, most insurance plans have some sort of deductible. Now a deductible can be a calendar year or it can be a benefit year. Now a calendar year is simply January through December of that given year. Now a deductible year would be maybe from June 2018 through May, 2019. So that’s the deductible year that the Insurance company is going to make up. But for this discussion most of the deductibles that we see in our clinic and probably you as well in your clinic, you’re probably dealing with a calendar year deductible January through December. Now most patients don’t meet their deductible until May late April or May of any calendar year. So let’s think about that when it comes to cash flow in your Speech Therapy Private Practice. You want to be mindful of that. You want to make sure that you have cash flow when you make your move. Also too don’t forget in the healthcare landscape in 2018, if you’re watching this in 2018 in 2019 you know what I’m talking about, the healthcare landscape is very crazy right now. So we’re finding in our business that Patient copays are going up from 13 dollars for some payers all the way up to 30 dollars. Now if if some of those families have one-two-three kids or loved ones in therapy you know that for three children that can be 150 a week for therapy services. So you may find some of these patients may drop off of your schedule in January, February and March until they meet their deductible. So again think about this when you’re making big moves hiring employees or signing a new lease. And when you take insurance plans as forms of payment for your Speech Therapy Services. Keep this in mind and I hope this has been helpful. If you have any questions reach out to me kyle@privateslp.com and thank you for listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice Startup Podcast. The post 36. Do This FIRST Before Making a Big Move appeared first on PrivateSLP.

Big moves in your therapy practice come in many shapes and sizes: New hires, a new lease, expanding additional clinics, paying taxes, the list goes on and on. In this episode, I discuss some things to consider before making these big moves. DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION In this episode: 00:38 – Cash Flow – The Heartbeat of Your Clinic 01:58 – Health Insurance Deductibles 03:01 – Healthcare Landscape in 2018 03:15 – Increased Co Pays and Planning Hey this is Kyle with <a href="http://PrivateSLP.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP.com</a>. I wanted to give you some information today that you probably won’t read in any book or find online or find on a PDF somewhere or you probably won’t hear this from many gurus or on a podcast. But I wanted to give this information to you when you are dealing with Insurances and you’re dealing with third party payers like Blue Cross Blue Shield, Tri Care, Humana, Aetna all those big insurance payers. Now it’s important to remember the cash flow of a clinic. In one of our private SFP All Access Community trainings recently I was talking about <a href="http://K.P.Is" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">K.P.Is</a> or Key Performance Indicators. And I was mentioning this exact thing on that training so I’m going to share that with you today in the listening community there on the Speech Therapy Private Practice Startup Podcast. So don’t forget when you’re dealing with insurances and you’re dealing with a big move in your clinic, for example, you’re opening up a second location or you’re just starting to lease a new location or you’re adding one or two more employees. Those are big jumps those are big leaps. That’s going to cost you money. So when you are doing something like that of course you’re going to need as much cash flow in savings as humanly possible. So what you want to do is make sure that you take that leap maybe wait until May or June or July sometime after April. Why is that so? Because let’s think about this, most insurance plans have some sort of deductible. Now a deductible can be a calendar year or it can be a benefit year. Now a calendar year is simply January through December of that given year. Now a deductible year would be maybe from June 2018 through May, 2019. So that’s the deductible year that the Insurance company is going to make up. But for this discussion most of the deductibles that we see in our clinic and probably you as well in your clinic, you’re probably dealing with a calendar year deductible January through December. Now most patients don’t meet their deductible until May late April or May of any calendar year. So let’s think about that when it comes to cash flow in your Speech Therapy Private Practice. You want to be mindful of that. You want to make sure that you have cash flow when you make your move. Also too don’t forget in the healthcare landscape in 2018, if you’re watching this in 2018 in 2019 you know what I’m talking about, the healthcare landscape is very crazy right now. So we’re finding in our business that Patient copays are going up from 13 dollars for some payers all the way up to 30 dollars. Now if if some of those families have one-two-three kids or loved ones in therapy you know that for three children that can be 150 a week for therapy services. So you may find some of these patients may drop off of your schedule in January, February and March until they meet their deductible. So again think about this when you’re making big moves hiring employees or signing a new lease. And when you take insurance plans as forms of payment for your Speech Therapy Services. Keep this in mind and I hope this has been helpful. If you have any questions reach out to me <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> and thank you for listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice Startup Podcast. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/do-this-first-before-making-a-big-move/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">36. Do This FIRST Before Making a Big Move</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

36. Do This FIRST Before Making a Big Move

Distractions are everywhere. In today’s world, companies left and right are competing for just 2 seconds of our time in order to sell us something or capture our details. As a business owner, we have to remember that staying focused is very important to business growth and development. In this episode, I will share some strategies that will benefit you so that you can keep your eye on the prize, which is speech therapy private practice start up and growth.  In this episode: 01:05 – Listener gratitude 01:22 – Emails, comments and Tweets 01:45 – On Location in Manly, Australia 02:07 – Thanks to SuperFastBusiness 03:38 – Wasting time and not following through 04:23 – Devices can distract us too much 04:37 – Take time for ourselves to journal and reflect 05:21 – Clean out the inbox – UNSUBSCRIBE 06:03 – Disable push notifications on devices 07:17 – We are checking and rechecking our devices 150-250 daily 08:02 – Stay focused and not wasting time 08:33 – Take 2-3 hours for yourself (remember that person?) 09:10 – Please leave some feedback on iTunes so that others will benefit 09:29 – Need help? Still looking for 2 students – email me with “The Perfect Student” in subject line Download PDF Transcription Transcription of Episode Nine: Everybody is fighting for our attention but the reality of this is we need to stay focused, work on ourselves and try not to be so distracted. Because distractions I believe are what can really kill the desire to start your own business. Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 9. My name is Kyle Meades and am a speech and language pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Hey I want to say Thank you for listening to this Podcast, its been really need to have you guy listen and without you I wouldn’t been around and I just want to say Thank you for allowing me to communicate monthly with you because it absolute pleasure to get the emails, comments, tweets and all that stuff. Its really nice to have you guys out there and I really want to help you to start your own Speech therapy Private practice and so I am trying to always improve my vibe as well get valuable information so I can pass it on you.  Right now I am recording this podcast Episode in Manly Australia. Now you might say “Hey Kyle why are you in Manly Australia?” Well its an easy answer, I am a member of SuperFastBusiness.com it’s an online community of Top Internet Marketers and Business Owners. There is an annual live event every year in Manly Beach. Manly beach is a little bit North of Sydney so you simply up on a Plane, you fly to Sydney, you get on a train, you go to the fairy, right there is a upper house, you take a 30 minute ride to Manly and boom you’re right here in the heart of Manly beach. It’s just a beautiful place. People are so wonderful here in this part of the world and it’s such an honor to be around of this Top Notch Marketers and Business owners. People of like-kind mind and just sitting there swiping ideas and information, its just a privilege. So you guys are going to getting good value out of that too because I am going to implementing some of the things I’ve learn this week here at SuperFastBusiness live event. This was the eleventh event so I just want to give James Schramko shot out for hosting a wonderful annual event. It’s just privilege and honor to be associated with James and his community.  Also I want to say Thank you for listening and all the wonderful feedback we’ve received on the Podcast and because of the feedback that we’re getting it’s allowing other people on iTunes to find the podcast easier so if you wouldn’t mind to, please give us some feedback on Apple iTunes so we can help other people to find the podcast. I want to get that out of the way and I want to talk today about – Wasting time, and its something that I think since the invention of Smartphone, I think its something that getting more and more difficult to stay present. I just want to talk about this today on this Podcast because something that is close to my heart and something we had some speakers here at the SuperFastBusiness live event talk about. So I just want to bring that to light and share with you. With our Smartphones and Apple devices and Android devices we have this things on us all the time. We bring them into our bedroom and you sitting there next to the one you Love. They are on their Smartphone and you’re on your Smartphone. Sometime we don’t even hug and kiss to the one we love good night. We’re sitting there to closing out email and shooting off texts. These Tablets and Smartphones are just such an integral part of us that we are going to forget that there is a real world out there that is not electronic. That is one of the thing that I am going to talk about today i.e. How to not waste time getting so distracted with your Smartphone, because as a Business Owner, as a Clinic owner we have to stay focused. We have to take time for ourselves to do things like Journaling, reflecting and meeting our goals so we can be successful. So I want to give few strategies and share few tips on how to minimize the distractions that are caused by all these applications, tablets and smartphones.  One of the first thing I would recommend you do if you want to seriously take back some of your time is to start cleaning out that Inbox. When I say cleaning out the Inbox, I mean start unsubscribing to everything. I mean just go in their when you get those marketing emails or if you get those coupon emails, stop and think if this going to benefit me? Am I going to act on this email? If you’re not just simply unsubscribe and delete that email and that way you can start cleaning out your inbox and gaining control. Another thing you really want to think about doing is get rid of all those Push notification on your Smartphone and tablets. Is it really to know that your Amazon.com product was just shipped 2.5 minutes ago or that the Cat food that you ordered yesterday is in Boise, Idaho and in direct route to you and its going to arriving hopefully before 10am tomorrow? Is it really that important or can I just allow other people to their Job, do it well and I don’t need to know about it. That’s another thing that we really want to start focusing on, get rid of the push notifications, turn off all that stuff and try not to look at that phone and check it 250 times a day because on average we check our phone 150 to 250 times a day. So if you really think about it we are training ourselves to be distracted. From a marketing standpoint think about all of the companies who are just trying to get 1 or 2 seconds of our attention.  We have all this little dings, bells, whistles and lights; everybody is fighting for our attention. But the reality of this is we need to stay focused, work on ourselves and try not to be so distracted. Because distractions I believe are what can really kill the desire to start your own business. A lot of people they want to do this and they want to do that but they just don’t take 2 or 3 hours a day and plan, implement goals, Journal and do some really nice things for themselves like go get a massage, haircut, grocery shopping or take a walk. I know that sound really simple and easy but its not. It’s really difficult to stay focused and to not waste time. I am guilty of it; I sit there sometimes on my laptop at night. I’ve got my beautiful partner Stefanie, she’s to my left and she’s on her thing, and I am doing my thing. She is a business Owner too. Sometimes it’s just hard because I click this link and I am in the black Internet funnel. So we all do it but there always a solution in that. Solution is to take 2 or 3 hours per day and not check your phone, and Journal, and reflect, make a gratitude list, stay grateful. You know those are some action steps you can take to not waste time, not be distracted. I hope this is really helpful for you. It’s something I heard a little bit of here at Super fast business live event here in Australia. I’ve got a little bit of cold too so apologize about that. It’s just the way it is, when you’re on a plane in other country, lots of people around.  I hope you found this podcast beneficial and if you did, would you please go to iTunes and I would really appreciate some 5 star feedbacks on iTunes. Also shoot a tweet out to ‘privateslp’, it would really mean a lot to me and thank you for getting in touch with me those who have emailed me already about The perfect student. I still am looking for 2 students who are willing and able to change their life. This is not a free service but all you have to do is reach out to me and we can talk about it. If it’s a good fit then absolutely I will work with you personally one-on-one. You can fly out to Tucson, Arizona. You can come out to the clinic and see how a nice, productive real clinic operates. You are more than welcome to pick my brain. The Perfect student will have direct access to me for a minimum of 6 months. You have access to my personal email or you can text me and I will do my best to help you in any way I can to improve your business and your life. I really want 2 students to shoot me an email and in the subject line say “The Perfect Student”. Shoot me an email to kyle@privateslp.com. Thank you for listening and I will talk to you soon. The post 9: Managing Distractions In Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

<a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/25-Managing-Distractions-In-Speech-Therapy-Private-Practice.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a>Distractions are everywhere. In today’s world, companies left and right are competing for just 2 seconds of our time in order to sell us something or capture our details. As a business owner, we have to remember that staying focused is very important to business growth and development. In this episode, I will share some strategies that will benefit you so that you can keep your eye on the prize, which is speech therapy private practice start up and growth. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/1-E9.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-780 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> In this episode: 01:05 – Listener gratitude 01:22 – Emails, comments and Tweets 01:45 – On Location in Manly, Australia 02:07 – Thanks to SuperFastBusiness 03:38 – Wasting time and not following through 04:23 – Devices can distract us too much 04:37 – Take time for ourselves to journal and reflect 05:21 – Clean out the inbox – UNSUBSCRIBE 06:03 – Disable push notifications on devices 07:17 – We are checking and rechecking our devices 150-250 daily 08:02 – Stay focused and not wasting time 08:33 – Take 2-3 hours for yourself (remember that person?) 09:10 – Please leave some feedback on iTunes so that others will benefit 09:29 – Need help? Still looking for 2 students – email me with “The Perfect Student” in subject line Download PDF Transcription Transcription of Episode Nine: Everybody is fighting for our attention but the reality of this is we need to stay focused, work on ourselves and try not to be so distracted. Because distractions I believe are what can really kill the desire to start your own business. Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 9. My name is Kyle Meades and am a speech and language pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Hey I want to say Thank you for listening to this Podcast, its been really need to have you guy listen and without you I wouldn’t been around and I just want to say Thank you for allowing me to communicate monthly with you because it absolute pleasure to get the emails, comments, tweets and all that stuff. Its really nice to have you guys out there and I really want to help you to start your own Speech therapy Private practice and so I am trying to always improve my vibe as well get valuable information so I can pass it on you. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/3-E9.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-782 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Right now I am recording this podcast Episode in Manly Australia. Now you might say “Hey Kyle why are you in Manly Australia?” Well its an easy answer, I am a member of <a href="http://www.superfastbusiness.com/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">SuperFastBusiness.com</a> it’s an online community of Top Internet Marketers and Business Owners. There is an annual live event every year in Manly Beach. Manly beach is a little bit North of Sydney so you simply up on a Plane, you fly to Sydney, you get on a train, you go to the fairy, right there is a upper house, you take a 30 minute ride to Manly and boom you’re right here in the heart of Manly beach. It’s just a beautiful place. People are so wonderful here in this part of the world and it’s such an honor to be around of this Top Notch Marketers and Business owners. People of like-kind mind and just sitting there swiping ideas and information, its just a privilege. So you guys are going to getting good value out of that too because I am going to implementing some of the things I’ve learn this week here at SuperFastBusiness live event. This was the eleventh event so I just want to give James Schramko shot out for hosting a wonderful annual event. It’s just privilege and honor to be associated with James and his community. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/4-E9.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-783 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> Also I want to say Thank you for listening and all the wonderful feedback we’ve received on the Podcast and because of the feedback that we’re getting it’s allowing other people on iTunes to find the podcast easier so if you wouldn’t mind to, please give us some feedback on Apple iTunes so we can help other people to find the podcast. I want to get that out of the way and I want to talk today about – Wasting time, and its something that I think since the invention of Smartphone, I think its something that getting more and more difficult to stay present. I just want to talk about this today on this Podcast because something that is close to my heart and something we had some speakers here at the <a href="http://www.superfastbusiness.com/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">SuperFastBusiness</a> live event talk about. So I just want to bring that to light and share with you. With our Smartphones and Apple devices and Android devices we have this things on us all the time. We bring them into our bedroom and you sitting there next to the one you Love. They are on their Smartphone and you’re on your Smartphone. Sometime we don’t even hug and kiss to the one we love good night. We’re sitting there to closing out email and shooting off texts. These Tablets and Smartphones are just such an integral part of us that we are going to forget that there is a real world out there that is not electronic. That is one of the thing that I am going to talk about today i.e. How to not waste time getting so distracted with your Smartphone, because as a Business Owner, as a Clinic owner we have to stay focused. We have to take time for ourselves to do things like Journaling, reflecting and meeting our goals so we can be successful. So I want to give few strategies and share few tips on how to minimize the distractions that are caused by all these applications, tablets and smartphones. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/5-E9.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-784 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> One of the first thing I would recommend you do if you want to seriously take back some of your time is to start cleaning out that Inbox. When I say cleaning out the Inbox, I mean start unsubscribing to everything. I mean just go in their when you get those marketing emails or if you get those coupon emails, stop and think if this going to benefit me? Am I going to act on this email? If you’re not just simply unsubscribe and delete that email and that way you can start cleaning out your inbox and gaining control. Another thing you really want to think about doing is get rid of all those Push notification on your Smartphone and tablets. Is it really to know that your <a href="http://Amazon.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Amazon.com</a> product was just shipped 2.5 minutes ago or that the Cat food that you ordered yesterday is in Boise, Idaho and in direct route to you and its going to arriving hopefully before 10am tomorrow? Is it really that important or can I just allow other people to their Job, do it well and I don’t need to know about it. That’s another thing that we really want to start focusing on, get rid of the push notifications, turn off all that stuff and try not to look at that phone and check it 250 times a day because on average we check our phone 150 to 250 times a day. So if you really think about it we are training ourselves to be distracted. From a marketing standpoint think about all of the companies who are just trying to get 1 or 2 seconds of our attention. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/6-E9.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-785 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> We have all this little dings, bells, whistles and lights; everybody is fighting for our attention. But the reality of this is we need to stay focused, work on ourselves and try not to be so distracted. Because distractions I believe are what can really kill the desire to start your own business. A lot of people they want to do this and they want to do that but they just don’t take 2 or 3 hours a day and plan, implement goals, Journal and do some really nice things for themselves like go get a massage, haircut, grocery shopping or take a walk. I know that sound really simple and easy but its not. It’s really difficult to stay focused and to not waste time. I am guilty of it; I sit there sometimes on my laptop at night. I’ve got my beautiful partner Stefanie, she’s to my left and she’s on her thing, and I am doing my thing. She is a business Owner too. Sometimes it’s just hard because I click this link and I am in the black Internet funnel. So we all do it but there always a solution in that. Solution is to take 2 or 3 hours per day and not check your phone, and Journal, and reflect, make a gratitude list, stay grateful. You know those are some action steps you can take to not waste time, not be distracted. I hope this is really helpful for you. It’s something I heard a little bit of here at Super fast business live event here in Australia. I’ve got a little bit of cold too so apologize about that. It’s just the way it is, when you’re on a plane in other country, lots of people around. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/2-E9.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-781 nofollow" target="_blank"></a> I hope you found this <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">podcast</a> beneficial and if you did, would you please go to <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a> and I would really appreciate some 5 star feedbacks on <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iTunes</a>. Also shoot a tweet out to ‘privateslp’, it would really mean a lot to me and thank you for getting in touch with me those who have emailed me already about The perfect student. I still am looking for 2 students who are willing and able to change their life. This is not a free service but all you have to do is reach out to me and we can talk about it. If it’s a good fit then absolutely I will work with you personally one-on-one. You can fly out to Tucson, Arizona. You can come out to the clinic and see how a nice, productive real clinic operates. You are more than welcome to pick my brain. The Perfect student will have direct access to me for a minimum of 6 months. You have access to my personal email or you can text me and I will do my best to help you in any way I can to improve your business and your life. I really want 2 students to shoot me an email and in the subject line say “The Perfect Student”. Shoot me an email to <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. Thank you for listening and I will talk to you soon. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/managing-distractions-in-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">9: Managing Distractions In Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

Managing Distractions

When you are starting, growing and scaling a speech therapy private practice, you have to pace and take care of yourself. This can be difficult, especially in the early years of your private practice, because often you are taking care of all aspects of the business: Scheduling, referrals, accounting, cleaning, compliance, marketing, supplies, etc. In this episode, I discuss actions that we can all take to avoid burnout so that we can continue to help our clients and employees. In this episode: 01:30 – Over seven thousand listeners 02:36 – Space available for THE PERFECT STUDENT 05:59 – How to combat burnout as a Speech Pathologist 06:19 – Daily exercise can help 07:15 – Diet is important 08:48 – Acupuncture can assist with stress and other ailments 10:02 – Always have reservations 10:55 – Delegating task to others 13:10 – Avoid toxic people 13:42 – Have a spiritual connection with a higher power 14:08 – Spend more time with animals 14:58 – Have a schedule and stick to it DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION As the owner of two Speech therapy businesses here in Tucson, Arizona; I do have that experience and it’s nice to share that information with others, because when I started you’ve heard it time and time again on these podcasts I looked and searched for things to do, things to read, people to talk to, everybody that I wanted to speak to who had this big successful clinics, they wouldn’t talk, they wouldn’t share that information. I want to do that, I want to share this information with you so you guys can improve your business and improve your life. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 20. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show thanks again for all the listeners out there who were giving me comments, tweets and e-mails, I really appreciated it. As of today, today is 18th October twenty sixteen. We have over seven thousand listeners to the show and for those of you who have been there since the beginning, it’s a big deal we started out with two or three people. It’s just growing every week and it’s nice to see when I log on to the show data and look at the statistics, I look at it on a monthly trend and it’s just growing and growing and growing. It’s so nice to help other people like yourself to build, start, grow and scale a Speech therapy private practice. As the owner of two Speech therapy businesses here in Tucson, Arizona; I do have that experience and it’s nice to share that information with others, because when I started you’ve heard it time and time again on these podcast I looked and searched for things to do, things to read, people to talk to, everybody that I wanted to speak to who had this big successful clinics, they wouldn’t talk, they wouldn’t share that information. I want to do that, I want to share this information with you so you guys can improve your business and improve your life. Also on that note I have another space available for THE PERFECT STUDENT, now the perfect student is where you’re going to be able to come in to Tucson, Arizona at your own expense. You have to spent some money, get on a plane, fly in to Tucson and you’re going to work with me hand in hand and we can work together I’ll show you all the primary aspects of a Outpatient speech therapy clinic, I will also show you how to run a Home health practice if you wish. And I will show you how we do our referrals, how we schedule our referrals, how we build the referral base, how we collect it. I’ll show you all the aspects of a thriving Private practice. I was just doing payroll the other day and I noticed we have over thirty people on our payroll between two businesses, and we see well over fifteen hundred patients per month so we have the experience to help you grow your practice. Now this is for someone who wants to supercharge their growth, this is not for someone who wants to think about starting a private practice, this is for that person who wants to really just dive in and cut to the chase and get it done. Because if you are looking to grow and scale a business this is the way to do it so if you are interested in becoming a perfect student, email me kyle@privateslp.com and subject line put THE PERFECT STUDENT. And again tell me about yourself, tell me about what you are up to, give me some information, are just starting your private practice, are you just growing it, do you have employees, how many patients do you see per week, do you accept insurances, are you credential with all the carriers in your area. So let me know that information so I can help you better and I might just pick up the phone and call you, so leave a number on there too, that’s not a guarantee but I want to ask you questions, I am definitely going to email you back. So again this service isn’t free but for the right person I think you will get a great ton of value out of this, so it’s called THE PERFECT STUDENT, email me kyle@privateslp.com if you’re interested. Also I wanted to talk to you today about BURNOUT. I was talking to a few colleague friends of mine and I said, “Hey, I need another topic for the podcast” and she said, “You can talk about burnout”. And you know I was really thinking about that this morning before I got dressed for work and burnout is something that affects all of us, it’s true, it’s real, it’s out there, and we have to manage burn out, we have to manage ourselves because as a Speech Pathologist I know for a fact that when I go, I go I don’t stop. I have one speed and that’s on and it’s really fast and throughout the day I just go so fast and I look down at my watch and it already like 4 o’clock, so it’s like “Wow, where the time go”. I am always getting up early around 4:30 or 5 o’clock. I do my exercises I stay active, and when I go to work I work, I go-go-go and it’s just nonstop. I know employees they are busy too. Their schedules are full, it’s a busy a busy job. You know what I am talking about, our profession we help other people. When you help and give and give and give, we need to recharge ourselves and so it’s a part of life that we have to take care of. We have to take care of ourselves, we have to take care of our health, we have to control burnout and I wanted to talk about 9 different things we can do as a Speech Pathologist to help with burnout. I hope that this is a good topic for you and as always down below you can look at the comments. So give me some comments how you manage your burnout, when you get tired, when you just over board, what do you do to help yourself.  The first thing I want to talk about is Exercise. Exercise is probably one of the most important things in my life I like to run, I love to run on a treadmill, I am not much of a runner when it comes to outside. I am going to be 47 here pretty quick and it hurts my knees so I like to go to Jewish community centre. We have a nice JCC here in Tucson, they have a beautiful area where you can run upstairs and you’ve got this glass around you and you can look at all the beautiful landscape here in Tucson, Arizona. It’s gorgeous and I would love to run on that treadmill. After that I hit the steam room, and after that I hit the Jacuzzi, and I can stretch. So when you are in your late 40s you got to do that stuff. So but really exercise, walking, hiking, running, that’s what I do, and it keeps my heart rate down, it keeps me from getting frustrated and angry all the time, I mean it’s true I’ve got to exercise. Another thing I want to talk about is Diet, my other half she’s a vegan and she has been trying to get me to go this whole vegan thing. I haven’t gotten there yet. I do admit I like to sneak of once in a while and go of to Five Guys and get a burger. That’s not cool with a vegan, but I still am there every morning when I wake up she’s got her white tea and steamed soy with two honeys and I got my latte on with whole milk and, I know but I am just not there yet. At home sometimes I would have a nice PG tips tea with a little bit of sugar and milk, and I know I am working on it. But I try not to drink all the coca colas, for those who know me look I don’t even have to eat. I keep three things in the work fridge, I keep palm juice, that pomegranate juice, I have got that Ayesee, I think that’s how you say it that juice that you get at Costco and then Mexican cokes. Those three things I can live off, but I am trying to change my diet, I don’t eat a lot of red meat. I try to eat more vegetables, brown rice etc. I am not perfect but I am trying to change my diet. I do go to the doctor every year and he says to me that I am in pretty good health, my heart rate is good, and my cholesterol is good. So I do watch it, and being from South East Louisiana its one of those things that I do have to watch, because I swear if I still lived in South East Louisiana it would be a problem. Another thing that I want to talk to you about is Acupuncture, now Stefanie my other half she is a licenced acupuncture, she trained in china, she has got allot of cool skills when it comes to acupuncture so I am a lucky recipient of acupuncture needles. When I am all stressed out and freaked out it will be, there’s a needle right in between my eyes, and there’s another needle right in my calf, or she puts them all over the place and it really does help. And I have noticed I get a really good sleep when I am a recipient of an acupuncture needle. I don’t know you might even want to look into that, that does kind of calm me down and I know for a fact as an employer who hires many speech pathologist, and assistants, and therapists in general I know there’s a personality type to us therapists, and its generally type A, very dedicated, stressed. I mean you know the profile type right. Any way check out some acupuncture that will help us destress. Also there is an acronym called HALT Hungry, angry, lonely, and tired. When I get stressed, when I get into HALT, I need some acupuncture. Another thing I wanted to mention is a Vacation or a Stay-cation, those things are awesome. Those listeners on this podcast when you look at some images, you will see that some of those pictures come from Hyatts, Hiltons here in the Phoenix area. Sometimes there might be pictures of Hawaii, when I take my son over to the North shore Hawaii, we stay in a little tool shed its gorgeous. It’s the nicest tool shed you will ever see because it’s on the beach on the north shore Oʻahu gorgeous right across from Teds bakery where you get that nice chocolate cream pie. That’s the place right around sunset beach and that’s a beautiful location to have a vacation but we like to take a lot of staycations. So up here in Phoenix which is about an hour and a half north of Tucson, we have the ability to stay in some pretty cool resorts, some nice resorts with all kinds of beautiful amenities. It’s just nice to have a break like a Thursday-Friday-Saturday-Sunday kind of a deal so I can recharge my brain, clear my head and continue to run this company. And it’s just nice to have that luxury to spend time with my family Stephanie and my son Conner who is also nonstop. He is a soccer player and he is just so active. He is 10 and he is just go, go, go kind of like his dad. It’s nice to have a vacations or a staycation. When I was working in a nursing home one time, I was speaking to this elderly lady she was about 96 years old, she was always up and going and just all over the place and I said, “How do you do it?” And she said, “Reservations, that’s how I do it”. You always have to have reservations somewhere reservations at a hotel, reservations on a plane, really stuck with me so I try to do that. Another thing that will avoid burnout is delegating task. This is something that can be pretty scary when you are starting out in your own business and if you have listened to my earlier podcast you will know that I do not borrow money from banks. I don’t like to borrow money. I want to fund everything myself and so when you start getting payments from patients and insurance companies you want to take care of that money and hold onto it so you can afford to hire somebody to help you. It’s kind of like gears in a car. When you get into a car and shift it into first gear you can only go up to about 2500 RPM then you have to shift into second gear and then you will see the RPMs go down to about 1000. That’s what you want to do, when you get up to about 2500/3000 rounds per minute on your engine there, when it comes to work it’s time to shift into second gear or hire an employee to help you and when you do that when you delegate those tasks, you will find that you have less burnout, less headaches and that person you hired will pay for themselves over and over and over again. Also don’t forget that payroll is an expense in a business and that can decrease your overall tax liability. Another thing is avoid Toxic people, I am going to say it again avoid toxic people. If you have people in your life who are toxic or who are sucking the life out of you who you feel that you have to baby sit, don’t settle for that. Why do I have to settle for toxic people? That can be one of the largest things that will cause burnout in your life is having toxic people in your immediate life style. You don’t want toxic people in your life. Another thing is, and again I am not going hippie on you or all religious but meditation and have some kind of spiritual connection with a higher power. Now when I say this it really helps. When I wake up to meditate or have some quite time so I can reflect and plan that whole piece is very important when it comes to avoiding burn out. Another thing is spend time with animals. Now Stephanie she is the other half and she brought this one up actually. In the last podcast, you’ve heard me talk about we just adopted another wiener dog. We have now two wiener dogs and four cats. It’s really nice when I come home and I have got all these little wagging tails looking at me, and they all want attention. It feels good to have animals around and when I am not at home or when Stephanie is at work we drop all the animals off, not the cats. The cats are another thing we don’t own the cats the cats own us but we drop the dogs off over at Stephanie’s mom house and she watches the dogs. But it is such a blessing when I come home to have these cute little eyes and little wagging tails looking at me. Spending time with animals definitely helps avoid burn out too. Also the last thing I want to talk about to avoid burnout is Have a schedule. When you have a schedule, you tend to put boundaries on yourself. Now this is very important folks. You don’t want to sit around at your office and wait until 6 o’clock for people to show up for speech therapy. Create some scarcity and I have mentioned in other podcasts. But it’s very important to remember if you want to have a schedule, stick to the schedule. If someone says, “Hey, I need my speech therapy.” You can say, “Look, I have a Monday available or Wednesday available, I have a 2 o’clock or a 4 o’clock, otherwise I am full or I just don’t have that availability”. That’s what you want to say and when you stick to your guns, have some boundaries, put a schedule in place, you will find that you are less frustrated because you are not sitting here waiting for people till 6 o’clock and they call you at 5:15 saying, “We can’t make that appointment. I am so sorry”, and you are like GRRRR, because it happens all the time. That’s when you have to cut people off, that when you have to say, “You have done twice unfortunately we are going to put you on the waiting list and we will call you when something else opens up.” So don’t forget that, creating a schedule, sticking to your schedule whatever that is. It might be getting up at 4:30, going to the gym, going for a walk; Sticking to your schedule will avoid burn out as well. So those have been Nine tips on how to avoid burn out, so I hope this has been helpful and as always if you have any questions about your private practice or if you want to grow and scale your private practice and work with me, email me kyle@privateslp.com. Again if you’re interested in the perfect student put THE PERFECT STUDENT in the subject line, and as always thank you for listening. The post 20: Avoiding Burnout in Speech Therapy Private Practice appeared first on PrivateSLP.

<a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/14-Avoiding-Burnout-in-Speech-Therapy-Private-Practice.png" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a>When you are starting, growing and scaling a speech therapy private practice, you have to pace and take care of yourself. This can be difficult, especially in the early years of your private practice, because often you are taking care of all aspects of the business: Scheduling, referrals, accounting, cleaning, compliance, marketing, supplies, etc. In this episode, I discuss actions that we can all take to avoid burnout so that we can continue to help our clients and employees. In this episode: 01:30 – Over seven thousand listeners 02:36 – Space available for THE PERFECT STUDENT 05:59 – How to combat burnout as a Speech Pathologist 06:19 – Daily exercise can help 07:15 – Diet is important 08:48 – Acupuncture can assist with stress and other ailments 10:02 – Always have reservations 10:55 – Delegating task to others 13:10 – Avoid toxic people 13:42 – Have a spiritual connection with a higher power 14:08 – Spend more time with animals 14:58 – Have a schedule and stick to it DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION As the owner of two Speech therapy businesses here in Tucson, Arizona; I do have that experience and it’s nice to share that information with others, because when I started you’ve heard it time and time again on these podcasts I looked and searched for things to do, things to read, people to talk to, everybody that I wanted to speak to who had this big successful clinics, they wouldn’t talk, they wouldn’t share that information. I want to do that, I want to share this information with you so you guys can improve your business and improve your life. [Commercial] Well, Hello everyone! You’re listening to the Speech therapy Private practice Startup Podcast; this is episode number 20. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993 and these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show thanks again for all the listeners out there who were giving me comments, tweets and e-mails, I really appreciated it. As of today, today is 18th October twenty sixteen. We have over seven thousand listeners to the show and for those of you who have been there since the beginning, it’s a big deal we started out with two or three people. It’s just growing every week and it’s nice to see when I log on to the show data and look at the statistics, I look at it on a monthly trend and it’s just growing and growing and growing. It’s so nice to help other people like yourself to build, start, grow and scale a Speech therapy private practice. As the owner of two Speech therapy businesses here in Tucson, Arizona; I do have that experience and it’s nice to share that information with others, because when I started you’ve heard it time and time again on these podcast I looked and searched for things to do, things to read, people to talk to, everybody that I wanted to speak to who had this big successful clinics, they wouldn’t talk, they wouldn’t share that information. I want to do that, I want to share this information with you so you guys can improve your business and improve your life. Also on that note I have another space available for THE PERFECT STUDENT, now the perfect student is where you’re going to be able to come in to Tucson, Arizona at your own expense. You have to spent some money, get on a plane, fly in to Tucson and you’re going to work with me hand in hand and we can work together I’ll show you all the primary aspects of a Outpatient speech therapy clinic, I will also show you how to run a Home health practice if you wish. And I will show you how we do our referrals, how we schedule our referrals, how we build the referral base, how we collect it. I’ll show you all the aspects of a thriving Private practice. I was just doing payroll the other day and I noticed we have over thirty people on our payroll between two businesses, and we see well over fifteen hundred patients per month so we have the experience to help you grow your practice. Now this is for someone who wants to supercharge their growth, this is not for someone who wants to think about starting a private practice, this is for that person who wants to really just dive in and cut to the chase and get it done. Because if you are looking to grow and scale a business this is the way to do it so if you are interested in becoming a perfect student, email me <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> and subject line put THE PERFECT STUDENT. And again tell me about yourself, tell me about what you are up to, give me some information, are just starting your private practice, are you just growing it, do you have employees, how many patients do you see per week, do you accept insurances, are you credential with all the carriers in your area. So let me know that information so I can help you better and I might just pick up the phone and call you, so leave a number on there too, that’s not a guarantee but I want to ask you questions, I am definitely going to email you back. So again this service isn’t free but for the right person I think you will get a great ton of value out of this, so it’s called THE PERFECT STUDENT, email me <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> if you’re interested. Also I wanted to talk to you today about BURNOUT. I was talking to a few colleague friends of mine and I said, “Hey, I need another topic for the podcast” and she said, “You can talk about burnout”. And you know I was really thinking about that this morning before I got dressed for work and burnout is something that affects all of us, it’s true, it’s real, it’s out there, and we have to manage burn out, we have to manage ourselves because as a Speech Pathologist I know for a fact that when I go, I go I don’t stop. I have one speed and that’s on and it’s really fast and throughout the day I just go so fast and I look down at my watch and it already like 4 o’clock, so it’s like “Wow, where the time go”. I am always getting up early around 4:30 or 5 o’clock. I do my exercises I stay active, and when I go to work I work, I go-go-go and it’s just nonstop. I know employees they are busy too. Their schedules are full, it’s a busy a busy job. You know what I am talking about, our profession we help other people. When you help and give and give and give, we need to recharge ourselves and so it’s a part of life that we have to take care of. We have to take care of ourselves, we have to take care of our health, we have to control burnout and I wanted to talk about 9 different things we can do as a Speech Pathologist to help with burnout. I hope that this is a good topic for you and as always down below you can look at the comments. So give me some comments how you manage your burnout, when you get tired, when you just over board, what do you do to help yourself. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Avoiding-Burnout-in-speech-therapy-private-practice.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> The first thing I want to talk about is Exercise. Exercise is probably one of the most important things in my life I like to run, I love to run on a treadmill, I am not much of a runner when it comes to outside. I am going to be 47 here pretty quick and it hurts my knees so I like to go to Jewish community centre. We have a nice JCC here in Tucson, they have a beautiful area where you can run upstairs and you’ve got this glass around you and you can look at all the beautiful landscape here in Tucson, Arizona. It’s gorgeous and I would love to run on that treadmill. After that I hit the steam room, and after that I hit the Jacuzzi, and I can stretch. So when you are in your late 40s you got to do that stuff. So but really exercise, walking, hiking, running, that’s what I do, and it keeps my heart rate down, it keeps me from getting frustrated and angry all the time, I mean it’s true I’ve got to exercise. Another thing I want to talk about is Diet, my other half she’s a vegan and she has been trying to get me to go this whole vegan thing. I haven’t gotten there yet. I do admit I like to sneak of once in a while and go of to Five Guys and get a burger. That’s not cool with a vegan, but I still am there every morning when I wake up she’s got her white tea and steamed soy with two honeys and I got my latte on with whole milk and, I know but I am just not there yet. At home sometimes I would have a nice PG tips tea with a little bit of sugar and milk, and I know I am working on it. But I try not to drink all the coca colas, for those who know me look I don’t even have to eat. I keep three things in the work fridge, I keep palm juice, that pomegranate juice, I have got that Ayesee, I think that’s how you say it that juice that you get at Costco and then Mexican cokes. Those three things I can live off, but I am trying to change my diet, I don’t eat a lot of red meat. I try to eat more vegetables, brown rice etc. I am not perfect but I am trying to change my diet. I do go to the doctor every year and he says to me that I am in pretty good health, my heart rate is good, and my cholesterol is good. So I do watch it, and being from South East Louisiana its one of those things that I do have to watch, because I swear if I still lived in South East Louisiana it would be a problem. Another thing that I want to talk to you about is Acupuncture, now Stefanie my other half she is a licenced acupuncture, she trained in china, she has got allot of cool skills when it comes to acupuncture so I am a lucky recipient of acupuncture needles. When I am all stressed out and freaked out it will be, there’s a needle right in between my eyes, and there’s another needle right in my calf, or she puts them all over the place and it really does help. And I have noticed I get a really good sleep when I am a recipient of an acupuncture needle. I don’t know you might even want to look into that, that does kind of calm me down and I know for a fact as an employer who hires many speech pathologist, and assistants, and therapists in general I know there’s a personality type to us therapists, and its generally type A, very dedicated, stressed. I mean you know the profile type right. Any way check out some acupuncture that will help us destress. Also there is an acronym called HALT Hungry, angry, lonely, and tired. When I get stressed, when I get into HALT, I need some acupuncture. Another thing I wanted to mention is a Vacation or a Stay-cation, those things are awesome. Those listeners on this podcast when you look at some images, you will see that some of those pictures come from Hyatts, Hiltons here in the Phoenix area. Sometimes there might be pictures of Hawaii, when I take my son over to the North shore Hawaii, we stay in a little tool shed its gorgeous. It’s the nicest tool shed you will ever see because it’s on the beach on the north shore Oʻahu gorgeous right across from Teds bakery where you get that nice chocolate cream pie. That’s the place right around sunset beach and that’s a beautiful location to have a vacation but we like to take a lot of staycations. So up here in Phoenix which is about an hour and a half north of Tucson, we have the ability to stay in some pretty cool resorts, some nice resorts with all kinds of beautiful amenities. It’s just nice to have a break like a Thursday-Friday-Saturday-Sunday kind of a deal so I can recharge my brain, clear my head and continue to run this company. And it’s just nice to have that luxury to spend time with my family Stephanie and my son Conner who is also nonstop. He is a soccer player and he is just so active. He is 10 and he is just go, go, go kind of like his dad. It’s nice to have a vacations or a staycation. When I was working in a nursing home one time, I was speaking to this elderly lady she was about 96 years old, she was always up and going and just all over the place and I said, “How do you do it?” And she said, “Reservations, that’s how I do it”. You always have to have reservations somewhere reservations at a hotel, reservations on a plane, really stuck with me so I try to do that. Another thing that will avoid burnout is delegating task. This is something that can be pretty scary when you are starting out in your own business and if you have listened to my earlier podcast you will know that I do not borrow money from banks. I don’t like to borrow money. I want to fund everything myself and so when you start getting payments from patients and insurance companies you want to take care of that money and hold onto it so you can afford to hire somebody to help you. It’s kind of like gears in a car. When you get into a car and shift it into first gear you can only go up to about 2500 RPM then you have to shift into second gear and then you will see the RPMs go down to about 1000. That’s what you want to do, when you get up to about 2500/3000 rounds per minute on your engine there, when it comes to work it’s time to shift into second gear or hire an employee to help you and when you do that when you delegate those tasks, you will find that you have less burnout, less headaches and that person you hired will pay for themselves over and over and over again. Also don’t forget that payroll is an expense in a business and that can decrease your overall tax liability. Another thing is avoid Toxic people, I am going to say it again avoid toxic people. If you have people in your life who are toxic or who are sucking the life out of you who you feel that you have to baby sit, don’t settle for that. Why do I have to settle for toxic people? That can be one of the largest things that will cause burnout in your life is having toxic people in your immediate life style. You don’t want toxic people in your life. Another thing is, and again I am not going hippie on you or all religious but meditation and have some kind of spiritual connection with a higher power. Now when I say this it really helps. When I wake up to meditate or have some quite time so I can reflect and plan that whole piece is very important when it comes to avoiding burn out. Another thing is spend time with animals. Now Stephanie she is the other half and she brought this one up actually. In the last podcast, you’ve heard me talk about we just adopted another wiener dog. We have now two wiener dogs and four cats. It’s really nice when I come home and I have got all these little wagging tails looking at me, and they all want attention. It feels good to have animals around and when I am not at home or when Stephanie is at work we drop all the animals off, not the cats. The cats are another thing we don’t own the cats the cats own us but we drop the dogs off over at Stephanie’s mom house and she watches the dogs. But it is such a blessing when I come home to have these cute little eyes and little wagging tails looking at me. Spending time with animals definitely helps avoid burn out too. Also the last thing I want to talk about to avoid burnout is Have a schedule. When you have a schedule, you tend to put boundaries on yourself. Now this is very important folks. You don’t want to sit around at your office and wait until 6 o’clock for people to show up for speech therapy. Create some scarcity and I have mentioned in other podcasts. But it’s very important to remember if you want to have a schedule, stick to the schedule. If someone says, “Hey, I need my speech therapy.” You can say, “Look, I have a Monday available or Wednesday available, I have a 2 o’clock or a 4 o’clock, otherwise I am full or I just don’t have that availability”. That’s what you want to say and when you stick to your guns, have some boundaries, put a schedule in place, you will find that you are less frustrated because you are not sitting here waiting for people till 6 o’clock and they call you at 5:15 saying, “We can’t make that appointment. I am so sorry”, and you are like GRRRR, because it happens all the time. That’s when you have to cut people off, that when you have to say, “You have done twice unfortunately we are going to put you on the waiting list and we will call you when something else opens up.” So don’t forget that, creating a schedule, sticking to your schedule whatever that is. It might be getting up at 4:30, going to the gym, going for a walk; Sticking to your schedule will avoid burn out as well. So those have been Nine tips on how to avoid burn out, so I hope this has been helpful and as always if you have any questions about your private practice or if you want to grow and scale your private practice and work with me, email me <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. Again if you’re interested in the perfect student put THE PERFECT STUDENT in the subject line, and as always thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/avoiding-burnout-in-speech-therapy-private-practice/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">20: Avoiding Burnout in Speech Therapy Private Practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

20: Avoiding Burnout in Speech Therapy Private Practice

In this episode, I discuss the speech therapy private practice mindset and how it’s important for private practice success. I also list strategies that help you acquire and maintain this mindset so that you can start, grow or scale your business.  In this episode: 01:59 – One space available for the Perfect Student 02:51 – Need billing and credentialing help? 03:12 – Private Practice Mindset 04:46 – Pushing Boundaries 06:36 – Risk versus Benefit 07:56 – Learning from your mistakes 08:56 – Curiosity and a hunger for more 09:47 – Recognizing others and helping others 11:00 – Staying Positive 12:15 – Physical health  DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION  Again you’ve got to be prepared and have funds for a rainy day so to speak. So again taking healthy risks, pushing the envelope and making things happen. [Commercial] Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 38. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails, questions and comments. And as of today, today is Saturday, May 12 2018. We have well over 32,674 listeners to the show. And I’m super glad you guys are out there getting good valuable information and you know me every single episode, I say value is what you get in the absence of money and these podcasts are free for you so I would appreciate if you just go to the iOS or Android platform of your choice and please leave some good 5 Star feedback. That way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you’re receiving. And if this is your first episode welcome to the podcast and I hope you find everything that you’re looking for here and if there’s something that you are looking for and you’re not finding it. All you have to do, the solution is simple, shoot me an email kyle@privateslp.com and I’ll help you. I mean it can’t get any easier than that but you have to do one thing and that is get into action and send me that email. Also too, I wanted to say we have one space available for the perfect student and I get a lot of requests for the perfect student. You can find that at privateslp.com/coaching and you’ll find two different types of coaching that I offer at the moment. One is the all access community that’s where you can have access to me online and we have monthly webinars, we have an online community of people that we help each other out, we answer questions, there’s forums systems, training, everything is on that platform. If you’re looking for something more in-depth and something a little bit quicker pace, then you can fly into Tucson and work with me hand in hand. That’s called the perfect student. I have one space available. And again you can find this information at privateslp.com/coaching. Also too, if you are looking for help with your billing or you need some help with credentialing, for instance taking Insurance’s. If you’re just starting out and you need help. All you have to do is reach out to me at kyle@privateslp.com. Or just go to privateslp.com/billing and there’s help there as well. Now today I wanted to talk to you about the Private Practice Mindset. What is the Private Practice Mindset? So when you start a Private practice or grow or scale your own Speech Therapy Private Practice, there is a certain mindset that one has to have in order to achieve certain goals and it’s not the same type of mindset. Like an employee, I remember when I worked at the nursing home I had to be there pretty early so we could work with the dysphagia patients at 06:30-07:00 in the morning. We had to do our breakfast and get all that stuff taken care of and we had to be there early and I have to clock him. Got to see all my patients, figure out how many patients I had for the day. Trying to roll that documentation time in so we could meet our Rug levels and get off the clock. So you don’t want your productivity drops because you didn’t want to get in trouble by the manager. I mean that was my mindset when I was working for the nursing home. And I’m sure a lot of you guys out there what I just said you totally get. That is a different mindset compared to Private practice where when you have your own Private Practice you see what you want to accomplish and you can project it out into the universe and not get on hippie here. I’m just saying you have to be able to visualize this stuff and so when you can see your building or your employees are helping patients I mean that’s when you get into this mindset. And I’ve kind of broken this thing down into seven parts so you have to have a mind set for growth. Number one – you’ve got to be able to push boundaries and you’ve got to dream larger than large and you’ve got to have a vision. Again you’ve got to see this thing. You have to know deep down in your soul beyond that deeper than that, that this thing that you want to create will work.  And for those of you who are listening right now to what I just said deep down if it’s going to work or not because some people they want it and they want it badly. I’ve talked to a lot of people and they want this thing they can taste it. They want this Private Practice but they’re not ready for. They’ve got tons of debt tons of debt. Because when I speak to people when people reach out to me on the Contact page privateslp.com/contact people e-mail me all the time and I surprise people because I pick up the phone and call them and ask them these questions, what kind of debt do you have? And some people say, “I’ve got ten fifteen-twenty thousand dollars.” and they’re not ready yet because what happens if they get a bump in the road and they need more money. And people say my credit lines maxed out. I always say to someone if they’re high in debt, “Get out of debt first” because again Private practice, you want to work for yourself. You don’t want to work for the bank. So that’s something you’ve got to be able to do. You’ve got to push boundaries. Dream larger than large and have that vision but you can’t be in debt. Another thing I’ve talked to people who have substance abuse problems. Those things will stop you dead in your tracks debt substance abuse people. It’s just very real. Some people won’t say it but I’m going to say it it’s very real. And you have to take care of that before you start out. So you got to get your own house in order if you know what I mean. Number two Risk versus Benefit. I mean you’ve got to take healthy risks. You’ve gotta push the envelope you’ve gotta make things happen. But just like I said for number one you don’t want to borrow a ton of money because then you’re working for the bank. But let me say this there’s nothing wrong with borrowing a little money. I had a 10,000 dollar line of credit that I used to jack up and then pay it off and jack it up and pay it off but never went over that ten grand threshold because when I started out with my own Speech Therapy Private Practice I had some money saved up it wasn’t a ton of money but it wasn’t cheap to start out. I mean I’ve seen people say you can do it for this amount and that amount. I think there’s any set way to start that Private Practice. I don’t think there’s a dollar sign out there but for me I know that I just didn’t want to assume a bunch of rent. I recently spoke to a private practice owner who had to shut their doors because they had high dollar rent and they had some patients but little to no reimbursement. And a big staff of people this is going quickly belly up floating to the top. And now the person is in serious debt, repeat to step number one is what we’re just saying again, you’ve got to be prepared and have funds for a rainy day so to speak. So again taking healthy risks, pushing the envelope and making things happen. Number three – Learning from your mistakes. Well we’ve all heard that right but also learning from things that work successfully. As a private practice owner, I can only push so much. I can only make things happen so quickly. So when things work well I want to do that over and over and over rinse and repeat. But when things don’t work I don’t want to do that ever again. I’ve had many conversations with Esther, she’s our office manager and for those of you in the All Access Community you’ve probably heard Esther’s voice on the videos. Because we do a lot of the webinars together because they have to do with billing and collection and credentialing. And you’ll hear Esther and I talk about we don’t want to do this ever again. We tried this once and it didn’t work. So again you have to learn from your mistakes and also learn from your successful parts of your private practice too. Number four – Curiosity and a hunger for more. That’s a big quality and that’s a big mind set that you just have to have. You want to stay curious and you want to stay hungry for more. For example, if you’re curious about more Speech therapy patients, what about maybe adding another discipline like Occupational therapy. Did you know a certain percentage of Occupational therapy patients need Speech therapy as well or what about moving into a whole different branch of services that help your patients. So again this doesn’t have to be disciplined specific. It just doesn’t have to be Speech therapy over time. As you grow and as you save your revenue you can move into other disciplines and help more people. So that’s a mindset that you definitely have to have. Being curious and hunger for more. Also number five – Recognizing others and helping others. This is a really big part of this I really believe deep down that when I recognize other people and the more people that I help the better off the business will be. It’s kind of throwing things out there to the universe. Some people call it Karma. I’m not getting all hippie but it’s a big part of it, it’s called energy and it moves. It’s just like money when you take money out of your wallet and you spend it, It helps everybody. When you go out to eat. You want a tip and you want to tip well even if somebody says oh that was the worst service in the world I’m not going to tip. Why? I mean waiters and waitresses in this country in the United States they work for tips and you can’t just stiff people. When you vote with your wallet it still helps everybody. You’re getting a service. The person who waited on you gets the tip. It just makes the whole economy move. You don’t want that money energy to stop with you. It’s the same with recognizing and helping others. The more that I can help other people the more the business will be helped and the better off everybody will be. So just think about that. Number six – Staying Positive. I can’t tell you how often I speak to private practice owners and they’re down because things aren’t going their way or they didn’t get what they wanted or the rates weren’t good enough in Speech therapy or people say how am I supposed to survive on these reimbursement rates. I mean you’ve gotta stay positive. You have to look at the big picture because staying positive is going to ooze out of me and ooze out to other people. That doesn’t mean that I’m just going to be up 100 percent of the time. No I mean this time of the year right now in Tucson it’s hard. It’s over 100 degrees. We’re in late May moving into June. There’s tons of allergies out there. People are sick and everybody kind of grows walking around in Tucson but you have to stay healthy and maintain a positive attitude because again you can’t show fear. You can’t do that in a private practice. You can’t show that. Because when people see the owner is scared and frail that’s going to ooze out into the business and also ooze out into the patients as well. Everybody picks up on that. So you’ve got to stay positive. That’s one of the biggest Private Practice mindsets to remember staying positive. And lastly something that I think is very important is Physical health and I touched on this. And number one, Physical health exercising taking care of your own house, not drinking too much alcohol and not using prescription medication too much. I’m not sure I don’t take medications I don’t drink alcohol. I actually have been on a Vegan diet now for over 12 months I feel great.  My cholesterol went from 215 to 170. The reason I did it was because my doctor. It’s a long story about the vegan thing but I lost a bet with my other half and she said you gotta eat Vegan. And it’s a long story but I made that decision I made that choice it’s the hardest thing I’ve ever done. But my health is a lot better for because of the vegan lifestyle. The plan based diet and I’m on I feel better my cholesterol went from 215 to 171. My doctor said you’re going to have to understand medication one day. Now here I am 47-46 when he told me that I’m like I don’t want to take these pills. So I exercise every single day, I eat the right foods with the exception of Coca-Cola and Oreo cookies. I mean hey Oreo cookies are vegan too. Don’t forget. But I love my Coca-Cola and I love my Oreo cookies so that’s two things that I will never go without. I don’t drink too much coke and I don’t eat too many cookies. But I exercise every day I go to the JCC I hit the treadmill. I do my steam room. I got my jacuzzi on. I feel good about it and I’m able to be a better person. I can joke a little bit more. People want to be around me when I’m happier right. So exercise take care of my body, take care of my mind, take care of my spirituality all that stuff goes hand in hand. So again the Private Practice mindset. Number one, pushing the boundaries. You know dreaming larger than large and having a vision. Number two, Risk versus Benefit. Taking healthy risk pushing that envelope and making things happen. Number three, learning from the mistakes and successes. Also number four, being curious and having a hunger for more. Number five, recognizing others and helping others. Number Six, staying positive. And number seven, physical health. So I hope you guys get some really good information in today’s podcast, and if you need help with your private practice, go to privateslp.com/coaching and I’ll help you there. And as always thank you for listening. The post 38. The Speech Therapy Private Practice Mindset appeared first on PrivateSLP.

In this episode, I discuss the speech therapy private practice mindset and how it’s important for private practice success. I also list strategies that help you acquire and maintain this mindset so that you can start, grow or scale your business. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Speech-Therapy-Private-Practice-Mindset.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> In this episode: 01:59 – One space available for the <a href="https://privateslp.com/coaching/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">Perfect Student</a> 02:51 – Need <a href="https://privateslp.com/billing/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">billing</a> and credentialing help? 03:12 – Private Practice Mindset 04:46 – Pushing Boundaries 06:36 – Risk versus Benefit 07:56 – Learning from your mistakes 08:56 – Curiosity and a hunger for more 09:47 – Recognizing others and helping others 11:00 – Staying Positive 12:15 – Physical health DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION Again you’ve got to be prepared and have funds for a rainy day so to speak. So again taking healthy risks, pushing the envelope and making things happen. [Commercial] Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 38. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails, questions and comments. And as of today, today is Saturday, May 12 2018. We have well over 32,674 listeners to the show. And I’m super glad you guys are out there getting good valuable information and you know me every single episode, I say value is what you get in the absence of money and these podcasts are free for you so I would appreciate if you just go to the <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">iOS</a> or Android platform of your choice and please leave some good 5 Star feedback. That way other people just like you can get the same valuable information that you’re receiving. And if this is your first episode welcome to the podcast and I hope you find everything that you’re looking for here and if there’s something that you are looking for and you’re not finding it. All you have to do, the solution is simple, shoot me an email <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> and I’ll help you. I mean it can’t get any easier than that but you have to do one thing and that is get into action and send me that email. Also too, I wanted to say we have one space available for the perfect student and I get a lot of requests for the perfect student. You can find that at <a href="https://privateslp.com/coaching/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/coaching</a> and you’ll find two different types of coaching that I offer at the moment. One is the all access community that’s where you can have access to me online and we have monthly webinars, we have an online community of people that we help each other out, we answer questions, there’s forums systems, training, everything is on that platform. If you’re looking for something more in-depth and something a little bit quicker pace, then you can fly into Tucson and work with me hand in hand. That’s called the perfect student. I have one space available. And again you can find this information at <a href="https://privateslp.com/coaching/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/coaching</a>. Also too, if you are looking for help with your billing or you need some help with credentialing, for instance taking Insurance’s. If you’re just starting out and you need help. All you have to do is reach out to me at <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. Or just go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/billing/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/billing</a> and there’s help there as well. Now today I wanted to talk to you about the Private Practice Mindset. What is the Private Practice Mindset? So when you start a Private practice or grow or scale your own Speech Therapy Private Practice, there is a certain mindset that one has to have in order to achieve certain goals and it’s not the same type of mindset. Like an employee, I remember when I worked at the nursing home I had to be there pretty early so we could work with the dysphagia patients at 06:30-07:00 in the morning. We had to do our breakfast and get all that stuff taken care of and we had to be there early and I have to clock him. Got to see all my patients, figure out how many patients I had for the day. Trying to roll that documentation time in so we could meet our Rug levels and get off the clock. So you don’t want your productivity drops because you didn’t want to get in trouble by the manager. I mean that was my mindset when I was working for the nursing home. And I’m sure a lot of you guys out there what I just said you totally get. That is a different mindset compared to Private practice where when you have your own Private Practice you see what you want to accomplish and you can project it out into the universe and not get on hippie here. I’m just saying you have to be able to visualize this stuff and so when you can see your building or your employees are helping patients I mean that’s when you get into this mindset. And I’ve kind of broken this thing down into seven parts so you have to have a mind set for growth. Number one – you’ve got to be able to push boundaries and you’ve got to dream larger than large and you’ve got to have a vision. Again you’ve got to see this thing. You have to know deep down in your soul beyond that deeper than that, that this thing that you want to create will work. And for those of you who are listening right now to what I just said deep down if it’s going to work or not because some people they want it and they want it badly. I’ve talked to a lot of people and they want this thing they can taste it. They want this Private Practice but they’re not ready for. They’ve got tons of debt tons of debt. Because when I speak to people when people reach out to me on the Contact page <a href="https://privateslp.com/contact/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/contact</a> people e-mail me all the time and I surprise people because I pick up the phone and call them and ask them these questions, what kind of debt do you have? And some people say, “I’ve got ten fifteen-twenty thousand dollars.” and they’re not ready yet because what happens if they get a bump in the road and they need more money. And people say my credit lines maxed out. I always say to someone if they’re high in debt, “Get out of debt first” because again Private practice, you want to work for yourself. You don’t want to work for the bank. So that’s something you’ve got to be able to do. You’ve got to push boundaries. Dream larger than large and have that vision but you can’t be in debt. Another thing I’ve talked to people who have substance abuse problems. Those things will stop you dead in your tracks debt substance abuse people. It’s just very real. Some people won’t say it but I’m going to say it it’s very real. And you have to take care of that before you start out. So you got to get your own house in order if you know what I mean. Number two Risk versus Benefit. I mean you’ve got to take healthy risks. You’ve gotta push the envelope you’ve gotta make things happen. But just like I said for number one you don’t want to borrow a ton of money because then you’re working for the bank. But let me say this there’s nothing wrong with borrowing a little money. I had a 10,000 dollar line of credit that I used to jack up and then pay it off and jack it up and pay it off but never went over that ten grand threshold because when I started out with my own Speech Therapy Private Practice I had some money saved up it wasn’t a ton of money but it wasn’t cheap to start out. I mean I’ve seen people say you can do it for this amount and that amount. I think there’s any set way to start that Private Practice. I don’t think there’s a dollar sign out there but for me I know that I just didn’t want to assume a bunch of rent. I recently spoke to a private practice owner who had to shut their doors because they had high dollar rent and they had some patients but little to no reimbursement. And a big staff of people this is going quickly belly up floating to the top. And now the person is in serious debt, repeat to step number one is what we’re just saying again, you’ve got to be prepared and have funds for a rainy day so to speak. So again taking healthy risks, pushing the envelope and making things happen. Number three – Learning from your mistakes. Well we’ve all heard that right but also learning from things that work successfully. As a private practice owner, I can only push so much. I can only make things happen so quickly. So when things work well I want to do that over and over and over rinse and repeat. But when things don’t work I don’t want to do that ever again. I’ve had many conversations with Esther, she’s our office manager and for those of you in the All Access Community you’ve probably heard Esther’s voice on the videos. Because we do a lot of the webinars together because they have to do with billing and collection and credentialing. And you’ll hear Esther and I talk about we don’t want to do this ever again. We tried this once and it didn’t work. So again you have to learn from your mistakes and also learn from your successful parts of your private practice too. Number four – Curiosity and a hunger for more. That’s a big quality and that’s a big mind set that you just have to have. You want to stay curious and you want to stay hungry for more. For example, if you’re curious about more Speech therapy patients, what about maybe adding another discipline like Occupational therapy. Did you know a certain percentage of Occupational therapy patients need Speech therapy as well or what about moving into a whole different branch of services that help your patients. So again this doesn’t have to be disciplined specific. It just doesn’t have to be Speech therapy over time. As you grow and as you save your revenue you can move into other disciplines and help more people. So that’s a mindset that you definitely have to have. Being curious and hunger for more. Also number five – Recognizing others and helping others. This is a really big part of this I really believe deep down that when I recognize other people and the more people that I help the better off the business will be. It’s kind of throwing things out there to the universe. Some people call it Karma. I’m not getting all hippie but it’s a big part of it, it’s called energy and it moves. It’s just like money when you take money out of your wallet and you spend it, It helps everybody. When you go out to eat. You want a tip and you want to tip well even if somebody says oh that was the worst service in the world I’m not going to tip. Why? I mean waiters and waitresses in this country in the United States they work for tips and you can’t just stiff people. When you vote with your wallet it still helps everybody. You’re getting a service. The person who waited on you gets the tip. It just makes the whole economy move. You don’t want that money energy to stop with you. It’s the same with recognizing and helping others. The more that I can help other people the more the business will be helped and the better off everybody will be. So just think about that. Number six – Staying Positive. I can’t tell you how often I speak to private practice owners and they’re down because things aren’t going their way or they didn’t get what they wanted or the rates weren’t good enough in Speech therapy or people say how am I supposed to survive on these reimbursement rates. I mean you’ve gotta stay positive. You have to look at the big picture because staying positive is going to ooze out of me and ooze out to other people. That doesn’t mean that I’m just going to be up 100 percent of the time. No I mean this time of the year right now in Tucson it’s hard. It’s over 100 degrees. We’re in late May moving into June. There’s tons of allergies out there. People are sick and everybody kind of grows walking around in Tucson but you have to stay healthy and maintain a positive attitude because again you can’t show fear. You can’t do that in a private practice. You can’t show that. Because when people see the owner is scared and frail that’s going to ooze out into the business and also ooze out into the patients as well. Everybody picks up on that. So you’ve got to stay positive. That’s one of the biggest Private Practice mindsets to remember staying positive. And lastly something that I think is very important is Physical health and I touched on this. And number one, Physical health exercising taking care of your own house, not drinking too much alcohol and not using prescription medication too much. I’m not sure I don’t take medications I don’t drink alcohol. I actually have been on a Vegan diet now for over 12 months I feel great. My cholesterol went from 215 to 170. The reason I did it was because my doctor. It’s a long story about the vegan thing but I lost a bet with my other half and she said you gotta eat Vegan. And it’s a long story but I made that decision I made that choice it’s the hardest thing I’ve ever done. But my health is a lot better for because of the vegan lifestyle. The plan based diet and I’m on I feel better my cholesterol went from 215 to 171. My doctor said you’re going to have to understand medication one day. Now here I am 47-46 when he told me that I’m like I don’t want to take these pills. So I exercise every single day, I eat the right foods with the exception of Coca-Cola and Oreo cookies. I mean hey Oreo cookies are vegan too. Don’t forget. But I love my Coca-Cola and I love my Oreo cookies so that’s two things that I will never go without. I don’t drink too much coke and I don’t eat too many cookies. But I exercise every day I go to the JCC I hit the treadmill. I do my steam room. I got my jacuzzi on. I feel good about it and I’m able to be a better person. I can joke a little bit more. People want to be around me when I’m happier right. So exercise take care of my body, take care of my mind, take care of my spirituality all that stuff goes hand in hand. So again the Private Practice mindset. Number one, pushing the boundaries. You know dreaming larger than large and having a vision. Number two, Risk versus Benefit. Taking healthy risk pushing that envelope and making things happen. Number three, learning from the mistakes and successes. Also number four, being curious and having a hunger for more. Number five, recognizing others and helping others. Number Six, staying positive. And number seven, physical health. So I hope you guys get some really good information in today’s podcast, and if you need help with your private practice, go to <a href="https://privateslp.com/coaching/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">privateslp.com/coaching</a> and I’ll help you there. And as always thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/the-speech-therapy-private-practice-mindset/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">38. The Speech Therapy Private Practice Mindset</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

38. The Speech Therapy Private Practice Mindset

When we have our own speech therapy private practice, we work for our patients. In order to stay in business, we must receive patient co-pays, deductibles and co-insurances as payment at the time of service. If claims are to be billed out to TPL, Medicaid or Medicare, these claims must be timely and clean in order to adjudicate appropriately.  However, in this podcast you will discover that in spite of doing things correctly, insurance companies continue to be notorious for denying and delaying claims, and generally use tactics so that your business won’t get reimbursed for services that you provide. In this episode, I expose some of the reasons why insurance companies delay or deny claims and offer suggestions on how to mitigate these delays.    In this episode: 02:00 – Shout out to the California listeners! 02:25 – The Perfect Student 02:45 – All Access Membership community, 03:35 – Insurance Payment times differ from Payday time, 03:47 – Hurricane Katrina and insurance nightmares, 06:22 – Cash and the lean machine, 07:15 – Decreasing debt, expenses 08:02 – HCFA 1500 forms  DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION In order to stay afloat and to stay profitable, you must run a lean business and stay out of debt and make your expenses on a monthly basis. What are those expenses? Electricity rent if you have insurance, Professional general liability those are expenses and whatever you have left over is a profit. [Commercial] Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 40. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails, all the questions and as of today, Today is Saturday June 16 2018. We have well over 34,178 listeners to the show. And I’m super delighted you guys are out there getting good free valuable information and I’m going to say it every single podcast. Value is what you get in the absence of money and these podcasts are free for you so if you wouldn’t mind please go to the IOS or the Android platform of your choice and leave some good 5 Star feedback that way other people can get the same valuable information. Now when you go to the demographics and look at the world view most of our listeners a majority of our listeners are coming in from the United States. Then secondly we have Japan, Australia, India, the UK, Canada, Germany, the Republic of Korea. And then lastly is South Africa. And when you break the demographics of the United States as a whole you’ll see that California topping the charts. Then we’ve got Texas, Florida, New York, Arizona, Illinois, New Jersey, Georgia and then Pennsylvania. If this is your first podcast welcome to the show, if there’s anything that you would like to talked about on the Speech Therapy Private Practice startup Podcast, shoot me an email kyle@privateslp.com. Also want to tell you guys I have a space available for the Perfect student. That’s when you can fly in and work with me hand in hand and we will get you credentialed, ready to Bill and help you set up. You’ll have coaching calls with me, work with me here live in Tucson, Arizona. We will help you grow your own Speech Therapy Private Practice. But a lot of people reach out to me and they say they just simply don’t have the time. So I do have an all access membership community and that’s where you can log on and you have direct access to me. There’s a private coaching section in there, there’s tons of threads on billing, collections, How to Start grow scale your own Speech therapy private practice. We have monthly trainings, webinars, those are transcribed into PDF format. They have audio formats for you to listen to, video formats or you can watch those. So there’s a lot of information in there and that’s available at www.privateslp.com/coaching. Now when you go to forward slash coaching you might see an “Apply” button there or the membership may be open or close but you can go ahead and click that button and leave me your name &amp; details and I’ll review your application. So today I wanted to speak to you guys about Insurance time. Now what is insurance time? I can guarantee you that your Insurance time is different than your Paycheck time. Now what do I mean by that? Insurances have their own set of rules. They have their own time that they pay you on. So here’s an example I remember after Hurricane Katrina. We had some leaks in our roof and we just didn’t have time to sit down and call the Insurance company. The insurance companies were inundated with phone calls. I remember the guy who came out to adjust our home and look at our home for our insurance company. He was called out of retirement. He was retired Airline pilot and he was also an Insurance adjuster on the side so I remember climbing the ladder and getting on top of one of these big duplexes in New Orleans. I don’t know for those of you who grew up in New Orleans or been around duplexes. The duplexes in New Orleans are kind of like a shotgun house but they have two stories and then this huge roof. And it’s way high up but I got on the roof with him and walked the roof and I was talking to him and he was just telling me they’re so backed up on these insurance companies. They just simply couldn’t handle the volume of calls. People who were calling in distress it’s Hurricane Katrina. People’s homes were flooded, their roofs were destroyed, their houses were gone and here I am just trying to get my roof taking care of. But I remember when Hurricane Katrina happened the very next day I was able to call a friend of mine. He was a contractor and I said “Hey, I need two roofs. What can you do for me?” He says how you pay and I said cash. And he said “I’ll be out there next week” and I said “I appreciate it”, and I’ll never forget we had a team of roofers on one house and then two days later they’re on the second house and it was ready it was a done deal. I think the total for each roof was about twenty seven hundred dollars each and I had cash in the bank and I was able to deal with the insurance company later. And so again think about what I just said, when you’re dealing with insurance companies you’re going to have to wait. Think about a natural disaster such as Hurricane Katrina you got all those people trying to call insurance companies, they’ve got a skeleton crew answering the phones and they got people who they’re hiring temporary employees to go adjust homes and it was really crazy. But the takeaway that I learned as I was looking when I walked that roof I saw all those people waiting. They had blue tarps I don’t know if you google “Blue tarps New Orleans Hurricane Katrina”, You’ll see what I’m talking about. Tons of blue images just people who wanted to keep the rain out of their house they put tarps over their roof. And I didn’t have to do that because I was able to pay cash and get my service immediately. So what’s the takeaway from here. The takeaway here is have cash in the bank for a rainy day. Go figure “Hurricane Katrina Rainy day”, you get that. So have cash in the bank so you can stay operational.  Insurance time is completely different than your Payday. When you’re employed you’ve got a paycheck every two weeks or every other week or by monthly you might be a salary employee or an hourly employee or you might have a contract but you’re going to get paid. But with insurance companies it’s not set like that when you work for yourself you’re employed by your patients and ultimately their payments to you whether that’s a cash rate or it might be a copay towards their insurance or a deductible towards their insurance or it might be that actual payment from Insurance companies. But in order to stay afloat and to stay profitable, you must run a lean business and stay out of debt and make your expenses on a monthly basis. What are those expenses? Electricity rent if you have insurance, Professional general liability those are expenses and whatever you have left over is a profit. Now in order to maximize your cash flow you have to realize that insurance time is different from your time or your pay time. So you’ve got to have money in the bank so you can get paid and so you can sustain your business. You’ll get your payment hopefully if you do it right with insurance companies and we do talk a lot about that in the All Access Community, how to bill and collect from insurance companies. But when you deal with Insurance companies you have to put all the information for each claim on a form and that form is called a HCFA 1500 form. CMS – The Center for Medicaid services, they have an official standard form that’s used by physicians or speech occupational physical therapists. When you submit a bill or a claim for reimbursement to Medicare, Medicaid or even private insurance companies, that form is called a HCFA 1500, and HCFA just stands for Health Care Financing Administration. It’s a standardized form and when you fill that form out it’s got to have other appropriate patient demographics, that diagnostic codes, CPT codes or pick codes all those codes go on that form and then it’s sent to the Insurance company for payment. Now you have to submit a clean claim in order to get paid or let’s say someone has Medicaid for instance, if they have Medicaid and then they have a third party payer like a private insurance company like Cigna, UnitedHealth or Blue Cross you still have to submit a clean claim to the Medicaid company in order to get payment or you have to submit a clean claim to the third party liability company. Normally when it comes to Medicaid though the state always wants to be the payer of last resort. So you will bill the private insurance company, first submit that clean claim, get the denial then send that denial. If you still need to get paid to the Medicaid companies. So it’s a tricky process but you’ve got to have cash in the bank in order to avoid delay. Now when I talk about delay I mean delay. We’ve seen it all with Speech therapy private practice and our company therapy group of Tucson in Tucson, Arizona. We see a lot of kids and adults for treatment with communication disorders and we bill all day long. But that doesn’t mean we get paid all day long either. We call and follow up on the claim a couple days to a week later and they’ll say, “Oh, we didn’t receive it”. Even though we filed electronically or sometimes we send certified mail to the insurance company because some of these companies they want documentation they want certain things. Different payers require different items to get a clean claim and so sometimes we’ll send a big stack of notes with a certified mail so we can track it and they’ll say, “Oh, we never received it”. So some of those insurance companies they make it up. They have their delay tactics to avoid making that payment. So again go back to the Hurricane Katrina and the Blue roof theory. You’ve got to have cash in the bank and if you’re borrowing that cash from the bank you’re working for the bank you’re not even working for yourself. So don’t forget Insurance time and Payday time are two totally different things. Talking about clean claims, denials, insurance, billing and HCFA 1500 forms that’s something that we do all the time in the Speech therapy All Access community at www.privateslp.com. So I hope this has been a good informational podcast for you guys and if you have any questions, below this podcast you’ll see a place for questions. So please don’t hesitate to ask if there’s something that you’re looking for that you’re not seeing on our podcast simply shoot me an email kyle@privateslp.com and as always thank you for listening. The post 40. Insurance Companies Pay on Their Own Time appeared first on PrivateSLP.

When we have our own speech therapy private practice, we work for our patients. In order to stay in business, we must receive patient co-pays, deductibles and co-insurances as payment at the time of service. If claims are to be billed out to TPL, Medicaid or Medicare, these claims must be timely and clean in order to adjudicate appropriately. However, in this podcast you will discover that in spite of doing things correctly, insurance companies continue to be notorious for denying and delaying claims, and generally use tactics so that your business won’t get reimbursed for services that you provide. In this episode, I expose some of the reasons why insurance companies delay or deny claims and offer suggestions on how to mitigate these delays. <a href="https://d1zjei52cms7ya.cloudfront.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Billing-Insurances-for-speech-therapy-services.jpg" rel="nofollow" target="_blank"></a> In this episode: 02:00 – Shout out to the California listeners! 02:25 – The <a href="https://privateslp.com/perfectstudent/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Perfect Student</a> 02:45 – <a href="https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLScj3rsVPVcpVdxpSUCERK6fS6kqJGeaGT2ZnhaN8IoZOOcYyA/viewform" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">All Access Membership</a> community, 03:35 – Insurance Payment times differ from Payday time, 03:47 – Hurricane Katrina and insurance nightmares, 06:22 – Cash and the lean machine, 07:15 – Decreasing debt, expenses 08:02 – HCFA 1500 forms DOWNLOAD PDF TRANSCRIPTION In order to stay afloat and to stay profitable, you must run a lean business and stay out of debt and make your expenses on a monthly basis. What are those expenses? Electricity rent if you have insurance, Professional general liability those are expenses and whatever you have left over is a profit. [Commercial] Hello everyone you’re listening to the Speech Therapy Private Practice StartUp Podcast. This is episode number 40. My name is Kyle Meades and I’m a speech pathologist since 1993. And these podcasts are designed to help you improve your business and your life one Podcast at a time. Welcome back to the show everyone. Thanks again for all the emails, all the questions and as of today, Today is Saturday June 16 2018. We have well over 34,178 listeners to the show. And I’m super delighted you guys are out there getting good free valuable information and I’m going to say it every single podcast. Value is what you get in the absence of money and these podcasts are free for you so if you wouldn’t mind please go to the <a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/speech-therapy-private-practice/id1049614170?mt=2&amp;ign-mpt=uo%3D4" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">IOS</a> or the Android platform of your choice and leave some good 5 Star feedback that way other people can get the same valuable information. Now when you go to the demographics and look at the world view most of our listeners a majority of our listeners are coming in from the United States. Then secondly we have Japan, Australia, India, the UK, Canada, Germany, the Republic of Korea. And then lastly is South Africa. And when you break the demographics of the United States as a whole you’ll see that California topping the charts. Then we’ve got Texas, Florida, New York, Arizona, Illinois, New Jersey, Georgia and then Pennsylvania. If this is your first podcast welcome to the show, if there’s anything that you would like to talked about on the Speech Therapy Private Practice startup Podcast, shoot me an email <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a>. Also want to tell you guys I have a space available for the Perfect student. That’s when you can fly in and work with me hand in hand and we will get you credentialed, ready to Bill and help you set up. You’ll have coaching calls with me, work with me here live in Tucson, Arizona. We will help you grow your own Speech Therapy Private Practice. But a lot of people reach out to me and they say they just simply don’t have the time. So I do have an all access membership community and that’s where you can log on and you have direct access to me. There’s a private coaching section in there, there’s tons of threads on billing, collections, How to Start grow scale your own Speech therapy private practice. We have monthly trainings, webinars, those are transcribed into PDF format. They have audio formats for you to listen to, video formats or you can watch those. So there’s a lot of information in there and that’s available at <a href="http://www.privateslp.com/coaching" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">www.privateslp.com/coaching</a>. Now when you go to forward slash coaching you might see an “Apply” button there or the membership may be open or close but you can go ahead and click that button and leave me your name &amp; details and I’ll review your application. So today I wanted to speak to you guys about Insurance time. Now what is insurance time? I can guarantee you that your Insurance time is different than your Paycheck time. Now what do I mean by that? Insurances have their own set of rules. They have their own time that they pay you on. So here’s an example I remember after Hurricane Katrina. We had some leaks in our roof and we just didn’t have time to sit down and call the Insurance company. The insurance companies were inundated with phone calls. I remember the guy who came out to adjust our home and look at our home for our insurance company. He was called out of retirement. He was retired Airline pilot and he was also an Insurance adjuster on the side so I remember climbing the ladder and getting on top of one of these big duplexes in New Orleans. I don’t know for those of you who grew up in New Orleans or been around duplexes. The duplexes in New Orleans are kind of like a shotgun house but they have two stories and then this huge roof. And it’s way high up but I got on the roof with him and walked the roof and I was talking to him and he was just telling me they’re so backed up on these insurance companies. They just simply couldn’t handle the volume of calls. People who were calling in distress it’s Hurricane Katrina. People’s homes were flooded, their roofs were destroyed, their houses were gone and here I am just trying to get my roof taking care of. But I remember when Hurricane Katrina happened the very next day I was able to call a friend of mine. He was a contractor and I said “Hey, I need two roofs. What can you do for me?” He says how you pay and I said cash. And he said “I’ll be out there next week” and I said “I appreciate it”, and I’ll never forget we had a team of roofers on one house and then two days later they’re on the second house and it was ready it was a done deal. I think the total for each roof was about twenty seven hundred dollars each and I had cash in the bank and I was able to deal with the insurance company later. And so again think about what I just said, when you’re dealing with insurance companies you’re going to have to wait. Think about a natural disaster such as Hurricane Katrina you got all those people trying to call insurance companies, they’ve got a skeleton crew answering the phones and they got people who they’re hiring temporary employees to go adjust homes and it was really crazy. But the takeaway that I learned as I was looking when I walked that roof I saw all those people waiting. They had blue tarps I don’t know if you google “Blue tarps New Orleans Hurricane Katrina”, You’ll see what I’m talking about. Tons of blue images just people who wanted to keep the rain out of their house they put tarps over their roof. And I didn’t have to do that because I was able to pay cash and get my service immediately. So what’s the takeaway from here. The takeaway here is have cash in the bank for a rainy day. Go figure “Hurricane Katrina Rainy day”, you get that. So have cash in the bank so you can stay operational. Insurance time is completely different than your Payday. When you’re employed you’ve got a paycheck every two weeks or every other week or by monthly you might be a salary employee or an hourly employee or you might have a contract but you’re going to get paid. But with insurance companies it’s not set like that when you work for yourself you’re employed by your patients and ultimately their payments to you whether that’s a cash rate or it might be a copay towards their insurance or a deductible towards their insurance or it might be that actual payment from Insurance companies. But in order to stay afloat and to stay profitable, you must run a lean business and stay out of debt and make your expenses on a monthly basis. What are those expenses? Electricity rent if you have insurance, Professional general liability those are expenses and whatever you have left over is a profit. Now in order to maximize your cash flow you have to realize that insurance time is different from your time or your pay time. So you’ve got to have money in the bank so you can get paid and so you can sustain your business. You’ll get your payment hopefully if you do it right with insurance companies and we do talk a lot about that in the All Access Community, how to bill and collect from insurance companies. But when you deal with Insurance companies you have to put all the information for each claim on a form and that form is called a HCFA 1500 form. CMS – The Center for Medicaid services, they have an official standard form that’s used by physicians or speech occupational physical therapists. When you submit a bill or a claim for reimbursement to Medicare, Medicaid or even private insurance companies, that form is called a HCFA 1500, and HCFA just stands for Health Care Financing Administration. It’s a standardized form and when you fill that form out it’s got to have other appropriate patient demographics, that diagnostic codes, CPT codes or pick codes all those codes go on that form and then it’s sent to the Insurance company for payment. Now you have to submit a clean claim in order to get paid or let’s say someone has Medicaid for instance, if they have Medicaid and then they have a third party payer like a private insurance company like Cigna, UnitedHealth or Blue Cross you still have to submit a clean claim to the Medicaid company in order to get payment or you have to submit a clean claim to the third party liability company. Normally when it comes to Medicaid though the state always wants to be the payer of last resort. So you will bill the private insurance company, first submit that clean claim, get the denial then send that denial. If you still need to get paid to the Medicaid companies. So it’s a tricky process but you’ve got to have cash in the bank in order to avoid delay. Now when I talk about delay I mean delay. We’ve seen it all with Speech therapy private practice and our company therapy group of Tucson in Tucson, Arizona. We see a lot of kids and adults for treatment with communication disorders and we bill all day long. But that doesn’t mean we get paid all day long either. We call and follow up on the claim a couple days to a week later and they’ll say, “Oh, we didn’t receive it”. Even though we filed electronically or sometimes we send certified mail to the insurance company because some of these companies they want documentation they want certain things. Different payers require different items to get a clean claim and so sometimes we’ll send a big stack of notes with a certified mail so we can track it and they’ll say, “Oh, we never received it”. So some of those insurance companies they make it up. They have their delay tactics to avoid making that payment. So again go back to the Hurricane Katrina and the Blue roof theory. You’ve got to have cash in the bank and if you’re borrowing that cash from the bank you’re working for the bank you’re not even working for yourself. So don’t forget Insurance time and Payday time are two totally different things. Talking about clean claims, denials, insurance, billing and HCFA 1500 forms that’s something that we do all the time in the Speech therapy All Access community at <a href="http://www.privateslp.com/" rel="noopener nofollow" target="_blank">www.privateslp.com</a>. So I hope this has been a good informational podcast for you guys and if you have any questions, below this podcast you’ll see a place for questions. So please don’t hesitate to ask if there’s something that you’re looking for that you’re not seeing on our podcast simply shoot me an email <a href="mailto:kyle@privateslp.com">kyle@privateslp.com</a> and as always thank you for listening. The post <a href="https://privateslp.com/insurance-companies-pay-on-their-own-time/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">40. Insurance Companies Pay on Their Own Time</a> appeared first on <a href="https://privateslp.com" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">PrivateSLP</a>.

40. Insurance Companies Pay on Their Own Time

The best philosophy podcast episodes. Asking questions about how to live a better life, what it means to be and do good, to the idea of God. This topic includes episodes that bring about important questions that everyone should be asking themselves. Add episodes you're interested into your queue below!

Best Episodes on Practical Philosophy & How To Live

The best podcasts on investing. For anyone interested in the stories in the investing industry, whether it's an interview with Ray Dalio or Ed Thorp to the writer of The Big Short. This topic includes the most fascinating stories from all the best investors. Add episodes you're interested into your queue below!